Home

A User Guide to iSBEM - National Calculation Method

1. Geometrical detail for the whole Project P General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges Building infiltration Global ow Building details f No use default value 25 m h mz Zone height Global 3 m f Yes Alr permeability at S0pa is 3 m h m Maximum number of storeys 1 Building area 2900 me Currently total zone area is Building ornentaton papa 2900 me Building clockwise rotation D degrees Building volun LeDSBEM calculate the volume of the building E Vee nmp own value ma Figure 35 General amp Geometry sub tab of Project tab in the Geometry form Thermal bridges sub tab The Thermal bridges sub tab allows you to define global Psi values for thermal bridges These global values can be selected when defining a zone so that you do not need to define the thermal bridges separately for each zone If however the global values you define here do not apply to a specific zone you can always choose not to use the global values when defining the zone and enter new values to be applied to that specific zone only see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones SBEM requires information about non repeating thermal bridges associated with junctions between envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior as shown in Figure 36 Defining the global thermal bridges see footnote below on types of thermal bridges Note on types of thermal bridges There are two
2. Record H 1 of 2 r RL RD Search Figure 31 An external wall being defined in the Constructions for Walls tab Task 4 Define each of the construction types Fabric details for the Example building are listed in APPENDIX A Section A 1 Look through the records in each of the sub tabs using the record selector and you will see that five out of the seven constructions have been defined for you You need to define the roof and the internal wall constructions This will involve clicking on the appropriate sub tab adding a new record clicking on the appropriate radio button and choosing the appropriate options from the drop down menus As you will see the glazing door and external wall parameters have been entered manually the ground floor has been entered using the inference procedures and the internal floor has been selected from the library The roof and internal walls can both be selected from the library Simple names such as Ground floor for Example building have been used 73 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Viewing and deleting construction types To view the construction types that you have in your Project Database form you need to click on the record selector in each of the four tabs A drop down list will then appear showing all of the constructions that have been defined in that project so far To delete a construction or glazing type you need to select it using the record selector and then
3. Figure 106 The Convert and Quit buttons Convert New MCT file to create jL e Projects Example building Tutorial Example building Tutorial_v4 Le 229 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Microsoft Access a x Your existing NCT File has been successfully updated to the new File fm new File nct Please select another file to convert or click on the Quit button below to exit this conversion tool Figure 107 Message which appears after conversion 6 Open iSBEM and open the newly created nct file Due to the nature of the changes introduced in the new version some fields in some projects may not get refreshed automatically In order to ensure all the fields in your project are refreshed and updated after converting files generated by a previous version you need to do the following using the record navigation arrows at the bottom e Click through all the envelope elements in the Geometry form gt Envelope tab in order to refresh the adjacencies i e the connects space to field e Click through all the HVAC systems in the Building Services form gt HVAC systems tab gt General sub tab e Click through all the sub tabs in the Building Services form gt Zones tab e Due to the construction database having been updated in certain parts you may wish to review your construction definitions in the Project Database form if the constructions were selected e
4. Separate submission This compliance document contains the following sections e Administrative Information This section gives information about the project s address the building s owner including name telephone number and address and the building s 179 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 certifier including name telephone number and address It also gives information about the certification tool used to generate the results e Criterion 1 This section of the report contains information about the building s estimated CO emission rate BER and the target CO emission rate TER in kg m year It then states whether the building s emission rate is less than or equal to the target value e Criterion 2 This section of the report contains information about the building fabric including the construction U values air permeability and the building services systems Then the report states whether the building s U values are better than the design limits for each construction type and whether the air permeability of the building is better than the worse acceptable standard It also lists the building services parameters for the building so that they can be checked against the limiting standards by Building Control NB Note that the Building Regulations compliance check regarding U values will be applied by the tool to all envelopes which are not adjacent to a Conditioned adjoining space or Same space Also no
5. The initial use of the NCM was for compliance with the 2006 amendmenis to Part L of the Building Regulations in England and Wales The NCM is required for compliance with Advisory Documents ADL1A and ADL2A but not for situations covered by ADL1B or ADL2B Similar amendments have been made in Scotland and Northern Ireland Scottish Building Regulations Section 6 and Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F For dwellings the NCM consists of a new version of the existing Standard Assessment Procedure SAP This is not dealt with in this Guide SBEM iSBEM and the associated databases and files are an implementation of the non domestic building part of the NCM that is freely available to users Subject to certain licensing conditions Other accredited software may be used if preferred but it is intended that SBEM and iSBEM should be applicable to the majority of buildings The initial versions of SBEM and iSBEM have principally been aimed at meeting Building Regulations requirements In later versions further features have been incorporated in order to allow them to be used to generate Asset Ratings for existing non domestic buildings SBEM successfully completed the life cycle of the regulatory period 2006 2010 with the correction of sporadic issues During the summer of 2009 a special version of the software CSBEM was developed to implement the changes proposed for the revision of Part L2A of the Building Regulations in 2010 Thi
6. There is from iSBEM_v3 2 b onwards a version of iSBEM specifically for Access 2007 users in addition to the version for Access 2003 users Both versions are downloadable from www ncm bre co uk Please ensure that you download and install the iSBEM version suitable for your version of MS Access The approved version of iSBEM has been developed to work on a Windows platform only Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Unfortunately iSBEM is not compatible with Mac or Linux SBEM itself will run on most platforms as it is standard C and subject to funding can be compiled in Mac or Linux but the iSBEM interface is a Microsoft Access application which will not run on Linux or Mac operating systems NB Ensure that you have full read and write access permissions on the NCM folder on the C drive where iSBEM is installed by default on your computer If you are unable to do this you need to contact the IT department of your company and ask them to adjust your settings to give you full read and write access rights on the NCM folder on your computer NB Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to enter all your assessor details into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection then the X
7. can this be verified from purchase documentation Any assumptions made must err towards a less efficient plant and or less precise control If an external contractor has responsibility for operation or maintenance it may be necessary to probe carefully how the plant is actually configured This is to avoid misunderstandings on how it should work Table 3 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 26 28Jan13 Convention For EPCs Use of default values The conventions group has ruled that the energy assessor shall only use the default values within the Software Tool in the absence of any conventions identified within the conventions documents or through more specific information on the building Where a default value is selected the assessor must provide evidence in the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt EPC audit sub tab detailing why the default value has been selected This is to enable their Accreditation Scheme Provider to verify the appropriate use of default values during Quality Assurance processes Use of default values should be avoided where possible 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your building The way a building is subdivided into zones will influence the predictions of energy performance Therefore the NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk defines zoning rules that must be applied when assessing a building for Building Regulations purposes
8. Table 17 below shows the area information you need for entering the geometry of the zones into ISBEM See Section 3 5 for a description of the nomenclature used in this example e g Z0 01north n external north wall of zone z0 01 north Perimeter Zones Area m Envelope Area m length m Windows Doors Area m z0 01north z0 01north n z0 01north n g z0 01north e z0 01north e d z0 01north f z0 01 north ci z0 01 east z0 01east e z0 01east f z0 01 east ci z0 01south z0 01south s z0 01south s g z0 01south e z0 01south e d z0 01south f z0 01 south ci z0 01southwest z0 01southwest s z0 01southwest s g z0 01southwest w z0 01southwest w g z0 01southwest f z0 01southwest ci z0 01west z0 01west w z0 01west w g z0 01west f z0 01west cl z0 01northwest z0 01northwest n z0 01northwest n g z0 01northwest w z0 01northwest w g z0 01 northwest f z0 01 northwest c z0 02 50 z0 02 n 7 5 2 5 z0 02 el 60 20 z0 02 s TS 2 5 2 x 3 75 z0 02 w 60 20 z0 02 w d 7 5 20 02 f 50 20 02 ci 50 XXIV For a description of nomenclature used in the example see Section 3 5 193 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 20 03 n 20 03 e Z0 03 s Z0 03 w z0 03 w d z0 03 wi z0 03 f z0 03 ci Perimeter Area Zones Area m Envelope Area m length m Windows Doors m z1 01north 225 5 Z1 01north n Z1 01north n g Z1 01north ni Z1 01north ei Z1 01north wi z1 01north fe 21 01 north fi Z1 01north c z1 01nor
9. The details of all the glazing present in each zone are given in Table 17 in APPENDIX A First click on the Geometry form the Windows amp Rooflights tab and then the General sub tab For each new window you will need to add a new record and by referring to Table 17 enter all the required parameters Do this for the window in zone z0 01west z0 01west w g Viewing deleting and copying windows in the Windows amp Rooflights tab To view the windows that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the main windows tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the windows that you have defined in that project To the right of the window s name will be the names of the envelope element which that window is part of followed by the name of the zone to which the envelope belongs Note that the first line in the drop down box reads Select action or window from the list This refers to actions that will be available in future versions of the tool for example sorting by envelope element To delete a window you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete Record button If you press the Copy Record button you will copy the selected window The new window will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied window 1 Once it has been created you can change its name 96 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Task 10 View the window t
10. nati Luge Tinted r g az ng types coating type Source BRE Digest 465 sd T 5ek R55 U value 2a Wine L Solar 0 3 6 select a source to add a 8 enter a source to this list description see Section 4 of T H optional this appendix ee Figure 110 Description of ting tab in User defined construction library 7 enter T Solar L Solar and U value For further details of these parameters press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the ISBEM User Guide A glazing type created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab It will be accessible when the import one from the library radio button is selected from the glazing library The glazing type will be called Glazing Name where Glazing Name is the name entered in the name field 234 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 3 How to add a frame type to your library and add this to iSBEM As with the glazing you can add a frame to your frames library in the same way that you add a construction to the constructions library but in the Frames form The only parameters required to define a frame is the type PVC hardwood softwood steel etc and the U value You are able to enter a description as with the constructions and glazing libraries 2 enter a unique name NB in iSBEM this name will be 1 click on the create proceeded with a frame button To view all
11. 68 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Notes e Constructions for intermediate floors ceilings are dealt with under the Constructions for Floors tab e If the space in the roof is unconditioned the top floor ceiling should be dealt with as a roof It should be given the combined thermal performance of the whole construction including the ceiling construction the void and the roof construction e Only constructions for external doors and windows need to be defined in iSBEM i e ignore doors and windows within envelopes that are not adjacent to the exterior General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Gonstructons for tos Constructons for Hoord Constructions for Do Glazing Constr selector External wall fd ie P General Assigned Hame External wall T Tick if it involves Metal Cladding Generally used in walls that connect the zone to Exterior a What would you like to do Constructions from the Library C Import one from the library ree Help with Inference procedures f Introduce my own values U value 0 16 Week Secta K i aI kk Bulda Heg Eang Mote that thi value was called Erm Bernera Wescrotion in Previous versions Record I1 1 of 2 er RL OR Filte Search Figure 29 The Constructions and Glazing tabs in the Project Database form Each of the main tabs in the Project Database form has two sub tabs Genera
12. GFT Cooling fuel type Page 4 of 4 226 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion lf you want to open and edit files created with the previous versions ISBEM v3 5 a iSBEM v3 5 6 iSBEM v4 0 a iSBEM v4 0 c ISBEM v4 1 a ISBEM v4 1 b iSBEM v4 1 c or iSBEM v4 1 d using this current version v4 1 e you will need to convert them to v4 1 e using the conversion tool nct_convert_v4 1 e mdb as described below If you wish to open and edit versions created with iSBEM versions prior to v3 5 a i e 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 a 1 2 a_b01 1 2 a 2 0 b 2 0 c 2 9 0 3 0 a 3 0 b 3 0 e 3 0 f 3 1 a 3 2 6 3 3 a 3 3 b or 3 4 a you will need to convert them first to v3 5 a using the conversion tool nct_convert_UP TO_v3 5 a mdb and then convert the v3 5 a nct file to v4 1 e using the conversion tool nct_convert_v4 1 e mdb Both file conversion tools are downloaded and installed to your computer at the same time as you download and install the new version of iSBEM There are 6 stages to converting the files from v3 5 a v4 0 a v4 0 c v4 1 a v4 1 0 v4 1 c or v4 1 d to v4 1 e 1 ISBEM_v4 1 e folder as shown in Figure 102 i iSBEM_v4 1 e File Edit G Back F pO Seach Folders oy X E F 7 Pl View Favorites O cev n INET I pem gt Projects 5 bbl11 dll S brukl dll EPCgen dl I ERC gen ee SEP Cgen ini OV iSBEM cnt iSBEM HLP AV iSBEM_v4 1
13. No recommendations defined by the energy assessor have been identified Page 4 of 7 205 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 4 Next steps a Your Recommendation Report As the building occupier regulation 10 1 of SI 2007 991 requires that an Energy Performance Certificate must be accompanied by a recommendation report You must be able to produce a copy of this Recommendation Report within seven days if requested by an Enforcement Authority under regulation 39 of SI 2007 991 This Recommendation Report has also been lodged on the Government s central register Access to the report to the data used to compile the report and to previous similar documents relating to the same building can be obtained by request through the Non Dwellings Register www epcregister com using the report reference number of this document b implementing recommendations The recommendations are provided as an indication of opportunities that appear to exist to improve the building s energy efficiency The calculation tool has automatically produced a set of recommendations which the Energy Assessor has reviewed in the light of his her knowledge of the building and its use The Energy Assessor may have comments on the recommendations based on his her knowledge of the building and its use The Energy Assessor may have inserted additional measures in section 3d Other Recommendations He she may have remo
14. Projects sub folder within the ISBEM_v4 1 e folder You are about to close current project Save CANCMAISBEM v4 1 e5Frojecta E sample Building Complete E sample building Complete act Help Cancel Exit without saving Figure 9 The iSBEM END dialogue box 40 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 After you have chosen to save or exit without saving the iSBEM END Figure 10 dialogue box will open To exit click on the button in the centre of the dialogue box E ISBEM END E Thank you for using SBEM National Calculation Methodology SEEM Please use the feedback system on the www ncm breco uk website to report your comments Figure 10 iSBEM END dialogue box FINAL TASK You only need to do this task when you have finished your session Go to the General form and click on Exit iSBEM When you are asked whether you would like to save your project click on Ok 4 6 Getting assistance with using iSBEM The following sources are available if you need assistance on the use of ISBEM and have been unable to locate the information you need in this Guide e You can click F1 while in any field within the iSBEM interface to get Help information on any specific input item see Section 6 2 iSBEM Help e Frequently Asked Questions FAQs can be accessed from the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk fags jsp e For all software and policy queries related to Non Domesti
15. The first entry in the drop down list begins with Choose action or X from the list where X can be a construction zone wall HVAC system etc The only action currently planned to become available is to Copy a single object This will allow when it becomes functional in future versions the user to copy only the selected object with none of its associated child objects To copy the object and all of the associated objects you will need to use the Advanced Copy button which is discussed below 3 Add new record button E If you hover over this button with the mouse cursor the text Click here to insert a new X will appear where X could be a construction object zone HVAC system etc You can also click on the Add new record button at the bottom of the screen You will then be prompted to enter a name for the record Once you have done this press on the Tab or Enter button on your keyword You will then be able to start entering the rest of the information necessary for that record NB The name should be entered in the Name field Do not try to add a name in the Record selector field 4 Delete record button If you hover over this button with the mouse cursor the text Click here to delete current X will appear To delete a record select the record you want to delete from the drop down Record selector menu and click on the Delete record button Not only will the reco
16. The input for this parameter is now done through a drop down menu rather than free text and a valid option must be selected for the EPC calculation to run successfully Further _ 15 Transaction type the transaction type which has prompted the generation of the EPC This guidance parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC generation A e valid option for this parameter must be selected from the drop down menu for the EPC calculation to run successfully General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About BEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor P Project details special considerations EPED Recast Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details I Tick if the building is a Modular or Portable building Modular or Portable buildings Planned time of use in a given location iz f Less than 2 years f More than 2 years W if more than 702 of the external envelope of the building is to be created from sub assemblies manufactured prior to the date this Approved Document comes into force Pfa VERYEER celeulation t amp mot available fone module conetucted arian bo October 2l Date of manufacture of subassemblies pril 2002 March 200 Figure 23 The Special Considerations sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 61 iSBEM version 4 1
17. a Parasitic power for occupancy sensing Enter the parasitic power consumption of the occupancy sensing in W m if you know it Otherwise the default value of 0 3 W m will be used NB Values for the parasitic power need to be reasonable Otherwise the benefits due to the use of occupancy sensing may be negated by the extra electrical consumption required by the controls equipment NB If the zone is a corridor or other circulation area dry sports changing room swimming pool sales area cold store display area or performance area stage then the types of occupancy sensing that can be applied are AUTO ON DIMMED and AUTO ON OFF only If any other type is selected for these activities SBEM will disregard it during the calculation i e no benefit will be considered for the zone lighting from occupancy sensing Type of Occupancy Brief Description Sensing Control in iSBEM MAN ON OFF EXT Lights manually switched on and off with the addition of an automatic extinction signal AUTO ON DIMMED Lights automatically switched on whenever people enter a room and dimmed to a low level when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes AUTO ON OFF Lights automatically switched on whenever people enter a room and switched off when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes MAN ON DIMMED Lights manually switched on and automatically dimmed to a low level when no movement
18. out of the Recommendations report whether NCM or added by the Energy Assessor run the calculation and obtain the potential improved rating They can then input that same value in the original nct file of the building as described above and re run the calculation for the value to appear on the original Scottish EPC for that project Asset rating if in E amp W the comparative Asset EPC Rating of the building if the calculation were run using the specifications for an EPC in England amp Wales but using the Glasgow weather data set This parameter is active only if the Scottish EPC is selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above NB SBEM does not automatically calculate the comparative E amp W asset rating This value is input by the user This asset rating value and the corresponding comparative E amp W energy band which is determined by the software are inserted into the XML for Scotland EPCs The comparative E amp W rating value needs to be entered by the Energy i Available from the Building Standards Division at htto Awww scotland gov uk Topics Built Environment Building Building standards 60 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Assessor in the relevant field in the interface Energy Assessors can use iSBEM to arrive at that rating value by making a copy of the original completed nct file containing the building model in iSBEM in which they can change the purpose of analysis to EP
19. 204 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 3 Recommendations The following sections list recommendations selected by the energy assessor for the improvement of the energy performance of the building The recommendations are listed under four headings short payback medium payback long payback and other measures a Recommendations with a short payback This section lists recommendations with a payback of less than 3 years Recommendation Potential impact Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit HIGH Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescenttubes LOW Reduced number of fittings required b Recommendations with a medium payback This section lists recommendations with a payback of between 3 and 7 years No recommendations of medium term payback have been identified c Recommendations with a long payback This section lists recommendations with a payback of more than 7 years Recommendation Potential impact LOW Consider installing building mounted wind turbine s Add time control to heating system Consider installing PV Add optimum start stop to the heating system L O Some walls have uninsulated cavities introduce cavity wall LOW insulation d Other recommendations This section lists other recommendations selected by the energy assessor based on an understanding of the building and or based on a valid existing energy report
20. 55 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 box There is a button in the Building Navigation form which you can click in order to initiate the refresh function manually See Section 7 7 Building Navigation form 3 Tick box which is ticked by default to automatically clear the contents of the Quick Envelopes tab once the envelopes have been created i e once the create envelopes button has been pressed You can untick this box if you do not wish for the contents of the tab to be cleared see Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 4 Tick box which is ticked by default to allow the definition of the areas of glazing within envelopes to be input as areas in m rather than percentages in the Quick Envelopes tab If you wish to define glazing areas using percentages then you can untick the box see Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows About SBEM ing Navigation ral Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Build File Options General Information Actions T File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAM Settings Helpline diagnozis IY Tick this box to produce Data Reflection reports in HTML format Building navigation farm a Tick this bos to refresh automatically the content of the Building Navigator when selecting
21. Comments Recommendations for RENEWABLES Consider installing building mounted wind turbine s Code EPC R2 Energy Impact LOW Page 3 of 4 211 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Consider installing PV Code EPG R4 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Recommendations for OVERHEATING There are no recommendations for OVERHEATING Recommendations for ENVELOPE Some walls have uninsulated cavities introduce cavity wall insulation Code EPC E4 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Recommendations for FUEL SWITCHING There are no recommendations for FUEL SWITCHING Recommendations for AUXILIARY AUXILIARY accounts for 26 3 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of AUXILIARY provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of AUXILIARY provision is GOOD There are no recommendations for AUXILIARY Recommendations for OTHER There are no recommendations for OTHER Page 4 of 4 212 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 7 Sample SBEM BRUKL Output Document BRUKL Output Document HM Government Compliance with England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 Project name Example building As designed Date Mon Jan 28 17 06 28 2013 Ad
22. Doors Envelope name Zone which envelope belongs to Type of envelope o Pitch angle degrees field enabled if envelope type is roof or floor ceiling o Perimeter length m field enabled if envelope type is wall Envelope connects space to or select global value Envelope construction Envelope area m Envelope orientation Is there a transpired solar collector TSC on this wall field enabled if envelope type is wall o TSC name o TSC area mf Definition of any thermal bridges in the envelope additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier Thermal bridge length m Thermal bridge Psi W mK O O o Thermal bridge description Sub tab General iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Door name Envelope which door is in Door type Door construction 243 28Jan13 e Door area mf e Definition of any thermal bridges in the door additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier Thermal bridge length m Thermal bridge Psi W mK Thermal bridge description O O O Tab Windows amp Rooflights Sub tab General Window Rooflight name Envelope which window rooflight is in Glazing type Window Rooflight projected area mf Ratio of developed area to projected area of window rooflight Ratio of roof area covered by rooflight array to area of rooflight glazing Is it a display window Frame factor Aspect ratio Shading system on window rooflight Transmission factor due to fins and overhangs Definition of any th
23. Otherwise the calculated value will not be correct 5 Pitch angle in degrees if the envelope is a roof lf that envelope element has any windows or glazed areas you need to fill in the following remaining fields 6 Area of the window or rooflight including the frame in m If you wish to define windows or rooflights including the frames using percentages of the envelope areas as was the case in previous versions of iSBEM then you need to untick the relevant box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab The box is ticked by default NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM NB If the wall roof is fully glazed then the area of the window will be equal to i e 100 of the area of the wall roof NB If a wall roof contains a row array of identical windows rooflights you should input the area of only one window rooflight and use the multiplier field to define the number of identical windows rooflights that exist in the same wall roof NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is found to be less than the total area of windows and doors defined within it SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures yo
24. Select an option from the drop down menu General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About SBEM Global and Defaults Hvac systems Hws ses Pvs _ Wind generators CHP generator Transpired solar collectors Zones Building services detail for the whole Project HVAC System Defaults Project building services Air Conditioning Inspection Does the building have an air conditioning system nnsssnnnnsnsnennunnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnSnnNnnSNSNSNNNNNSNNNNNSNNNSNNNNNSNNNNNSNSNSNNNNNSNNNANSNNNSNNNNNSNNNENENSNSNNNNNSNNNENENENSNEENE Sna IY Tick this box if the actual output is unknown What i the estimated total effective rated output of the air conditioning system Greater than 250k Haz an air conditioning inspection been commissioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings regulations Don t kroy r for cooling Figure 49 Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services form 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Overview of how to model HVAC Systems The building s HVAC system s is defined within the first seven sub tabs of the HVAC systems tab e General sub tab This is where you select the system type give it a unique name and enter some basic system details for each HVAC system in the building e Heating sub tab This is where you can further define the heat generat
25. User library dev vd Te mdb S416 EB Microsol Access Da 09 08 2012 14 51 Boes e My Computer 7 Figure 4 Location of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file and Projects folder The first time that the application is opened a dialogue box will appear containing iSBEM s licensing terms and conditions Figure 5 You will need to accept the terms and conditions before you can proceed If you tick the Don t show this message again box this window will not appear again on starting the application 36 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 a LICENSING CONDITIONS FOR SBEM SOFTWARE The Department for Communities and Local Government CLG wishes to allow the widest possible use of the Simplified Building Energy Model SBEM its interface OBE and accompanying guidance as an energy calculation tool for the purposes aj of assessing and demonstrating compliance with Part L of the Building Regulations 2010 The current version of SBEM v4 1 2 can be used to assess and demonstrate compliance with Section 6 of Scottish Building Regulations SBEM can be used in the channel Island of Jersey for the purposes of assessing and demonstrating compliance with J do accept Don t show this message again Figure 5 Terms and Conditions dialogue box 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects When the terms and conditions have been accepted a new window will appear which gives t
26. W I s e Variable speed pumping o Type Sub tab Metering Provision e Does the HVAC system have provision for metering field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations o Is there monitoring and testing with alarm for out of range values field enabled if HVAC system has provision for metering Sub tab Bi valent Systems Heat source Fuel type for heat generator Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for heat generator Proportion of heating load provided by heat generator Sub tab System Controls sub tab enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Does the HVAC system have central time control Does the HVAC system have optimum stop start control Does the HVAC system have local time control Does the HVAC system have local temperature control Does the HVAC system have weather compensation control Tab HWS Sub tab General 245 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e HWS name e HWS generator type o Fuel type for HWS generator field enabled if hot water is not generated by HVAC system o Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for HWS generator field enabled if hot water is not generated by HVAC system o Was the HWS installed later than 1998 relevant only if default efficiency value is used field enabled if hot water is not generated by HVAC system Sub tab Storage amp Secondary Circulation e ls the system a storage system o Storage volume litres
27. Wales and Northern Ireland your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to have entered your assessor number into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab Please note that the EPC and Recommendations Report produced on your computer will always contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis when the XML is always generated if the calculation runs successfully and the EPC documents generated on your computer are not watermarked NB See APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register for more guidance 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab when checking compliance with building regulations and the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab when generating an EPC by clicking on the SBEM output button and it is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary of the energy consumptions and COs emissions of the building It provides 178 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e The name and type of the building e Abar chart showing the annual CO
28. Wy gt 21 O1lcentre e1 Properties of iw 21 Olcentre ni highlighted object LWY 21 OQ1lcentre wi gt 2l Ulcentre te EZ 20 Olnorth owe 20 Qlnorth n wi gt 20 Olnorth n g ae 2 0 UQlnorth e d gt 20 Olnorth e d lt f gt 20 Qlnorth c1 fF ro Olynorth F gt Figure 79 Objects Properties tab in the Building Navigation form 7 8 About iISBEM form This form displays information about the SBEM software licensing conditions and acknowledgement There is no data entry in this form 7 9 Double checking the data lt is advisable to always double check the data entered for any project in order to ensure that the building is modelled correctly before running the energy performance calculation and compliance checking There are several tools within iSBEM to facilitate this e The Objects reports These reports can be accessed from all of the forms in the interface by pressing the Object Reports button This can be found at the top right hand side of all the tabs in the Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms the bottom of the Asset Rating tab in the Ratings form and in the File Options tab in the General form There are two reports available in iSBEM to help the users check their data entry 1 The Unassigned Objects report which lists all the objects which have been created defined but not assigned to any other object 2 The Data Summary report which provides a hierarchical sum
29. Zone height h4 is top of floor to U underside of soffit eaves level not average room height Roof heat loss area is as seen from underside of ceiling i e L x d zone depth h U value is from under ceiling to i outside roof U End wall area is whole gable up to roof apex as this is all exposed to inside temperature 20 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e If there is a horizontal ceiling half way up the pitched roof split the area into The part with a void L using the U value including the void Un The part where there is no void Ly Lis using the U value without a void Ur2 Zone height is still to underside of soffit eaves level So the general rule is to input the area exposed to the inside temperature and the U value between this surface and outside except for the dropped ceiling case e Intermediate floors with suspended ceilings and raised floors Zone height is top of floor slab to top of next floor slab e g h SO ignore the suspended ceilings and raised floors for the purposes of e zone height e surrounding wall areas But include their impact on Kappa values of the slabs above and below so that thermal mass effects are calculated correctly e With suspended timber ground floor and ventilated void below Zone height is top of suspended floor surface to top of first floor surface hst Where the floor U value is calculated it should ta
30. amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC What information is available on lighting i Full lighting design carried out Total wattage 77D Wal Design illuminance Lus Flett blank default assumption will be 100 lus Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out emai pci fed Pe reer Campe umens perecet wattage MAOR O75 Hgh outputtatia Lighting parameters not available Lamp type Define in any case re ai extracting luminaires fitted E Fluorescent halophosphate low frequency ballast C Yes f Noor dont know Recon 42 of ig b HHE search Figure 74 Defining the zone lighting characteristics in the Lighting General sub tab Lighting Controls sub tab In this sub tab each zone needs to be selected and the controls relating to its lighting need to be defined 1 Light controls Here you need to indicate whether there are No local controls i e the lighting is centrally controlled according to the occupancy schedules from the NCM Activity Database for the activity selected for this particular zone Local manual switching and or Photoelectric controls present by ticking none both or one of the two tick boxes Local manual switching is where the occupants can control their own luminaries individually and each light switch must be less than six metres from the luminaries it controls it could be a hand h
31. assigned to If the zone has not been assigned to an HVAC system it will say Unassigned 91 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Note that the first line in the drop down box reads Select action or wall from the list This refers to actions that will be available in future versions of the tool for example sorting by zone or copying only part of the envelope for example copying a wall without its windows To delete an envelope element and any associated windows or doors you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete Record button If you press the Copy Record button you will copy the selected envelope element along with any windows and doors that have been created and linked to it The new envelope will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied envelope 1 Once it has been created you can change its name The names of the copied windows and doors associated with the envelope however will have the same name as those they were copied from the following section will explain how to rename and edit the windows Task 7 View the envelope elements you have created for zone 20 02 in the Envelope main tab AND in the Envelope Summary tab First using the record selector in the main Envelope tab view the envelope elements that have been created in this project Then go back to the Zones main tab select zone z0 02 and click on the Envelope Summary
32. emissions from the building in kg m due to fuel and electricity consumptions It also shows the amount of annual CO2 emissions displaced by renewables if applicable and the building area in m e A bar chart showing the annual energy consumption of the building for the different end uses in kWh m e A bar chart showing the variation of the monthly energy consumption by the different end uses along the year in kWh m e A pie chart displaying the percentage of the total annual energy consumption that is due to each of the end uses with the energy consumed by equipment excluded from the total e A pie chart displaying the percentage of the total annual energy consumption that is due to each of the end uses with the energy consumed by equipment included in the total See APPENDIX A A 3 for the SBEM Main Output Document for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Approved Documents checks button or hyperlink and as with the SBEM main output report it is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder The fi
33. if applicable Page 4 of 6 216 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 HVAC Systems Performance MJ m2 MJ m2 kWh m2_ kWh m2_ kWh m2 SEFF SEER ST No Heating or Cooling Actual 2661 57 o jo 53 Jo Jo Jo st Notional 1541 401 Jo qo ha fof ST Single duct YAV HS Heat pump electric ground or water source HFT Electricity CFT Electricity Actual 132 J239 ia z3 fase i345 fees Jas faz Notional 232 is92 z fise fae fas se Heat dem MJ m2 Heating energy demand Cool dem MJ m2 Cooling energy demand Heat con kWh m 2 Heating energy consumption Cool con kWhim2 Cooling energy consumption Aux con kKWh m2 Auxiliary energy consumption Heat SSEFF Heating system seasonal efficiency for notional building value depends on activity glazing class Cool SSEER Cooling system seasonal energy efficiency ratio Heat gen SSEFF Heating generator seasonal efficiency Cool genSSEER Cooling generator seasonal energy efficiency ratio ST System type HS Heat source HFT Heating fuel type GFT Cooling fuel type Page 5 of 6 217 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Key Features The BCO can give particular attention to items with specifications that are better than typically expected Building fabric Uimin Wall 16 Floor A Windows roof windows and rooflights 5 Personnel doors Vehicle access amp similar large doors No external vehicle access doors High u
34. is ticked the following fields become active Either depending on the selected radio button a Storage volume volume of the HWS cylinder in litres b Insulation type on the HWS storage cylinder selected from the drop down menu If the option selected is not Uninsulated then the following parameter becomes active i Insulation thickness on the HWS storage cylinder in mm or Storage losses in MJ month Does the system have secondary circulation tick box i If the secondary circulation tick box is ticked default values will be assumed for heat losses per metre run W m pump power kW and secondary pipework length m You can insert specific values if you Know them li Tick box if there is time control on the secondary circulation NB If the above two boxes regarding a HWS storage volume and secondary circulation are activated but no values are entered by the user for the relevant parameters the default values used in the SBEM calculation will be displayed within the interface after the calculation has been run However these calculated defaults would be quite pessimistic and users are advised to enter their own values instead NB If a solar energy system is connected to a HWS then hot water storage is expected to exist NB If the provision of hot water in any area zone of the building consists of a combination of HWS generators that do not work simultaneously Such as an additional generator for backu
35. menu e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing an electric current through resistance wire Assumed to be an electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be a wet radiator system with heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be a constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab NB The default HVAC systems are repr
36. sub tab Here you should be able to see all the envelope elements that you have created in Task 6 If you have made any errors you will need to go back to the main Envelope tab and edit the envelope elements there Task 8 Create a new envelope element and then delete it So that you become familiar with the functionality of the tool try introducing a made up envelope element for zone z0 02 using the Envelope tab Once it has been sufficiently defined i e the green fields have been filled in you will be able to delete it Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab The windows and doors assigned to an envelope element can be viewed in the Window amp Door Summary sub tab of the Envelope tab shown in Figure 41 see Section 7 5 5 Defining windows for details on creating windows and rooflights and Section 7 5 7 Defining doors for details on creating doors Depending on which radio button is selected in the Objects section you can choose to either view only the windows and rooflights attached to the envelope view only the doors or view the envelope s windows and rooflights as well as any doors The envelope s windows and or doors are then listed in the left hand side window in terms of their names and types lt wi gt for window and lt d gt for door If any of the windows or doors are highlighted in the left hand side window more details about that object appear in the Selected objects properties window such as its a
37. that you have defined in the Project Database form as well as a default construction For e g if this is a wall then all the constructions you previously defined in the Project Database form gt Constructions for walls tab will be visible Select one of these If you need another construction type you will need to go back to the Project Database form and create it first 7 Area This is the area of envelope element inclusive of any windows and doors in m This value is used to calculate the fabric heat loss so this is the area to which the U value is applied the areas of windows and doors will be deducted within the calculation when necessary For floors and flat roofs ceilings the envelope area is calculated in the same manner as the zone area see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones and Section 3 4 Measurement and other conventions The area for an exposed pitched root i e without an internal horizontal ceiling will be that of the inner surface area of the roof For vertical envelopes i e walls the area is calculated as follows Area of vertical envelope element h w where h floor to floor height floor to soffit on top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab and w horizontal dimension of the wall Limits for this horizontal dimension are defined by the type of the adjacent walls usually at right angles to the vertical envelope element in question If the adjacent wall is external
38. x i a i i ee I BAE V 5 ie an i L f c Combi boiler d Direct system F indicated by the dashed line is the dedicated solar storage volume Figure 63 Schematic examples of arrangements for solar pre heating These schematics are not intended to show safety measures or devices needed to make the systems safe Adapted from SAP2005 2 Solar pre heating type you need to select an option from the drop down menu as follows e Separate solar cylinder when there is one or more dedicated solar storage vessels that are heated with the solar collectors only and that do not contain any other heating sources i e the solar energy system has a storage cylinder that is independent of that for the hot water system storage Combined cylinder the solar storage is combined in a hot water cylinder with one or more back up sources i e the solar energy system shares the same storage vessel with the hot water system lf the solar pre heating type selected is Separate solar cylinder then the following parameter becomes active 132 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 a Insulation type on the solar storage cylinder selected from the drop down menu If the option selected is not Uninsulated then the following parameter becomes active i Insulation thickness on the solar storage cylinder in mm 3 Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger s in the collector loop
39. 1 e mdb file in the a al oy My Computer Figure 102 Folder showing the file conversion tool iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 22 28Jan13 2 Select the file you want to convert To do this click on the button shown in Figure 103 This opens a dialogue box shown in Figure 104 from which you need to browse to find the file you want to convert Once you have found the file click on Open This file must have been created using iSBEM_v3 5 a iSBEM_v4 0 a or iSBEM_v4 0 c or converted to iSBEM_v3 5 a NCT File Conversion Tool Click to open the dialogue box This tool converts previous version NCT files from version 3 5 to the latest version v4 Le mo g Severe Figure 103 Selecting a file to convert stage 1 Please See an n existing NCT T project f file 7 E z panene building ile ren AC t Select file for G conversion M y R egent Documents a H 7 F k Deskto p mr My De IcLMments 3 ri Ea My Computer My Network Places Figure 1 104 Selecting a file to convert stage 2 228 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 3 Choose a name for the converted file There are two options 1 Click on the button shown in Figure 105 This opens a dialogue box the same as in stage 2 Re select the file you are converting and click on Save The new file will automatically be given the name original file name_v4 1 e nct The original file will not
40. 7 Al C Only from Report BERII N N E A re Recommendations jew rovetes ai Delete Reccommendation Recommendation Category OTHER A Code USER Energy impact UNKNOWN Assessor comments CO impact UNKNOWN CO2 saved per spent UNKNOWN Payback Applicable to BUILDING ki Pay back years UNKN Ow k Record H 1 of 1 Eo RR i o Filte Search Figure 89 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing the active fields for creating a user defined recommendation EPC Audit sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The EPC Audit sub tab Figure 90 contains four sub forms as follows e Construction sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the construction input parameters i e construction specification of walls floors roofs windows rooflights and doors e Geometry sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the geometry input parameters i e definitions of thermal bridges air permeability and shading systems on glazing 173 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 HVAC amp HWS sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the HVAC and HWS input parameters i e heating and cooling system type heating and cooling efficiencies duct and
41. 9m x 3m 27 m Total area of rooflight glazing 10 x 1 m 10 m Area ratio covered for the example in the diagram 27 m 10 m 2 7 Figure 43 shows a window being defined 95 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation ti Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Window selector 20 01 north n g gt l Tc H Cue T General Additional Thermal Bridges Name 20 01 northern Multiplier 1 Mult Lim Psi fw mk Descrip In Envelope 20 01 nothin Glazing type Double Area projected 5 1 me Surace area ratio 1 esac corered tatales Sh a Display window E Frame factor 0 1 Aspect ratio OF Shading system Ext solar protection with automatic control Transmission factor 0 8 Record IH 1 of 19 oR OR Search Figure 43 A window being defined in the General sub tab of the Windows amp Rooflights tab in the Geometry form At the top right hand side of the Windows tab a message will appear indicating how many windows have not yet been assigned to an envelope element To see a list of all the windows which have not been assigned to envelope elements click on the Reports button for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Task 9 Create the windows for zone z0 01west
42. Area Area of the structural opening in the wall roof i e it includes the glass and the frame Aspect ratio window Ratio of the window s height to its width Frame factor window Ratio of the window area which IS occupied by the frame to the total window area see definition above Deadleg Length Length of the draw off pipe to the outlet in the space only used for zones where the water is drawn off Used to determine the additional volume of water to be heated because the cold water in the deadleg has to be drawn off before hot water is obtained Assumes that HWS circulation maintains hot water up to the boundary of the zone or that the pipe runs from circulation or storage vessel within the zone Flat Roof Roof with a pitch of 10 degrees or less Pitched Roof Roof with a pitch greater than 10 and less than or equal to 70 If the pitch is greater than 70 the envelope should be considered a wall Display Window As defined in ADL2A As defined in ADL2A High Usage Entrance Door As defined in ADL2A Vehicle Access Door As defined in ADL2A Glazed door When doors have more than 50 glazing then the light solar gain characteristics must be included in the calculation This is achieved by defining these doors as windows Otherwise they are defined as opaque doors Table 4 Measurement and other conventions 30 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Internal horizontal dimension Figure 3 Internal horizo
43. Assessor details Owner details Iv Inthe design of this building please confirm by ticking the box that consideration has been given to the use of alternative energy svstems a defined in the recast EPBD renewable energy systeme CHP district heating cooling or heat pumpa Tick where applicable if any such systems are used in the proposed design solution Renewable energy system CHP District heating andor cooling Heat pump Figure 24 The EPBD Recast sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form man EPBD Recast sub tab In this sub tab Figure 24 the following information can be entered 62 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Further guidance 1 Tick box to indicate if in the design of this building consideration has been given to the use of alternative energy systems as defined in the recast EPBD renewable energy systems CHP district heating cooling or heat pumps If the box is ticked tick boxes for the following parameters become active a D C d e Is evidence of such a feasibility assessment available for inspection Are renewable energy systems used in the proposed design solution Is CHP used in the proposed design solution Is district heating cooling used in the proposed design solution Are heat pumps used in the proposed design solution NB Refer to the recast Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPBD2 for more information on the
44. Database form It will be located in the Constructions for X tab where X is the type of envelope as selected in the envelope type field stage 3 and under the category as selected in the category field stage 4 The construction will be called Construction Name where Construction Name is the name entered in the name field 233 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 How to add a glazing type to your library and add this to ISBEM Adding a new glazing type to the glazing Library and updating iSBEM with this information is done in the same way as for constructions but in the Glazing form For glazing in addition to requiring a unique name U value and source of the information you are required to enter parameters which describe the solar and light transmission properties of the glazing For details of any of the parameters press F1 or see Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide 2 enter a unique name NB in ISBEM this name will be 1 click on the create proceeded with a new glazing button To view all the ___ _ glazing types in your library click here 3 select the i window Glazings glazing type click here Glazing selector c Ar Update the SREM Click on rooflight Glazing Library Jeneral Mame Hew glazing type 4 select number of panes Delit this button to Type window update iSBEM Panes DOUBLE with your new 5 select med m lazi
45. Energy used by equipment does not count towards the total for cakulating emissions Total is net of any electrical energy displaced by CHP generators if applicable Energy Production by Technology kWh m Actual Notional Photovoltaic systems 0 0 Wind turbines 0 0 CHP generators 0 0 Solar thermal systems 0 0 Energy amp CO Emissions Summary Actual _ Indicative Target Heating cooling demand MJ m 361 04 241 86 Primary energy kWh nt 564 41 289 65 Total emissions kg m 100 6 52 1 Primary energy is net of any electrical enemy displaced by CHP generators if applicable Page 3 of 4 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 225 28Jan13 HVAC Systems Performance MJ m2 MJ m2 kWh m2_ kWh m2_ kWh m2 SEFF SEER ST No Heating or Cooling Actual asoa 22 ojo p ono on Notional 1e72 s03 o o he fo b Actual faae 3102 ee 517 eae fo esos BST Notional 1508 3058 505 509 ase ows ner Heat dem MJ m2 Heating energy demand Cool dem MJ m2 Cooling energy demand Heat con kWh m2 Heating energy consumption Cool con kWhim2 Cooling energy consumption Aux con kKWh m2 Auxiliary energy consumption Heat SSEFF Heating system seasonal efficiency Cool SSEER Cooling system seasonal energy efficiency ratio Heat gen SSEFF Heating generator seasonal efficiency Cool genSSEER Cooling generator seasonal energy efficiency ratio ST System type HS Heat source HFT Heating fuel type
46. England Wales and Northern Ireland 7 BRUKL supplementary document Additional Details on Project Parameters as Input by the Certifier As described in the previous section the first four reports are accessible from within iSBEM using the appropriate buttons or hyperlinks in the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab These reports are all stored in the same location as the project files along with the Technical Output Reports which can only be accessed from the Projects folder The default location for the project files is within the specific project folder created when the 177 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Further guidance project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects within the ISBEM_v4 1 e folder e g C NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e Projects Example building complete Output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates lf either EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and the calculation was run to generate the Energy Performance Certificate then SBEM produces eight output reports The nine reports produced by SBEM are as follows SBEM Main Output Document Energy Performance Certificate Recommendations Report Data Reflection Report for
47. Global 3 m f Yes Alr permeability at S0pa is 3 m h m Masimum number of storeys 1 Building area 2900 me Currently total zone area is Building onentathor aaa 2900 me Building clockwise rotation D degrees Building value LeDSBEM calculate the volume of the Building Wee my own valde o TE Figure 32 The Project Zones Envelopes Doors and Windows amp Rooflights tabs in the Geometry form 7 5 1 Summary of how to define the geometry of a building There are 5 steps to defining the geometry of a building 1 Enter building scale information total floor area and global values which apply to most zones such as zone height and Psi values for thermal bridges This is done in the Project tab Section 7 5 1 Project tab Then for each zone 2 Create the zone This is done in the General sub tab of the Zones tab Section 7 5 3 Defining zones 3 Create its envelope elements There are two ways to create envelope elements walls floor and roof ceiling a Inthe Envelopes main tab Section 7 5 4 b Inthe Quick Envelopes sub tab of the Zones tab Section 7 5 8 4 Create any windows There are two ways to do this a Inthe Windows main tab Section 7 5 5 b Inthe Quick Envelope sub tab of the Zones tab at the same time as creating the envelope element it is part of Section 7 5 8 5 Create any external doors In the Doors tab Section 7 5 7 NB Internal windows and doors should no
48. H AC system Heating only other systems Should only include unconditioned spaces which hawe no Assumed to be wet radiator system Heat generated by fuel heating or cooling eg plant rooms storage spaces exposed combustion Purnps assumed to be powered by grid electricity circulation spaces Natural Ga Heating only Electric resistance Heating and mechanical cooling Heat generated by passing curent through resistance wire Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and Electric central heating spstem with warm air distribution Fan fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans pump assumed to be storage heaters and electric fan convectors should be entered powered by grid electricity on the HVAC systems General tab as Other local room Natural G fier lacett TE en Natural Gas for heating Grid Supplied Electricity for cooling Figure 47 The tabs in the Building Services form 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab In this tab there are three sub tabs e HVAC System Defaults sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab e Project Building Services sub tab e Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation except EPC Scotland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project D
49. Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k Km kJ m k o Has the U value been corrected to account for heat loss through floors in contact with the ground Tab Construction for doors Sub tab General e Name of construction e Definition of construction of doors using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector 241 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k o Km kJ m k Tab Glazing Sub tab General e Name of construction e Definition of construction of glazing using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building Regulations compliance o Number of panes o Coating o Frame material or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value for glazing in vertical inclination W m k o T solar for normal incidence o L solar for normal incidence Form Geometry Tab Project Sub tab General amp Geometry e Global air permeability at 50pa m h m e Building clockwise rotation degrees e Global zone floor to floor height m e Maximum number of storeys e Building area mf Sub tab Thermal Bridges e Global Psi value W mK for junction
50. Summary report to double check your data entry If you have completed all the tasks up to this point with no errors you should find that the Unassigned Objects Report lists all the zones that you have created listed in the Unassigned Building Objects section The Data Summary Report should contain only zone z0 01east one of the 6 zones already defined for you as this is the only zone that has had its HVAC system selected The following section the Building Services form explains how to assign all the remaining zones in the Geometry form to an HVAC system Only then will they appear in the Data Summary Report 7 6 Building Services form This form holds all the information relating to the building services This information is entered into the following main tabs these are circled in Figure 47 e Global and Defaults tab This tab contains some default information on HVAC systems if no or little information is Known about the systems in the actual building It also requires information on the electric power factor and lighting controls for the whole building e HVAC systems tab This tab requires information on the HVAC systems in the building e HWS tab This tab requires information on the hot water systems in the building e SES tab This tab requires information on any solar energy systems connected to the hot water systems in the building if applicable e PVS tab This tab requires information on any photovoltaic sy
51. You will then be asked if you want to save the complete version Click on Exit without saving You will then be presented with the start up options dialogue box Click on Select an existing project to open and then select the Example building Tutorial File 7 1 Order of data entry Some items need to be defined before others in iSBEM For example the building fabric needs to be defined before the walls doors and windows can be fully described This hierarchy 52 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 between the different elements defined in iSBEM can be seen in Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects However there is a degree of flexibility too Figure 16 shows which elements need to be entered before others and also gives a suggested order of data entry It is this order that is followed in the tutorial Necessary order of data entry Where in iSBEM a General certification details such as building s address and certifier s name as well as the weather location and the relevant Building Regulations b Build up database wa of construction and Ta glazing types zi o eee T c Create the zones and define their basic Q amp dimensions g io D y d f Define the zone s envelopes windows and doors lt O and any additional thermal bridges associated with these TI D elements Some information can be entered at the same Q So time as the zone but to complete the defini
52. a building into iSBEM Chapter 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OUTPUT REPORTS This chapter explains how to produce the Compliance document for Building Regulations obtain the Asset Rating and view the other output documents produced by SBEM APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion APPENDIX C User defined construction database APPENDIX D List of parameters required by iSBEM APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register APPENDIX F Matrix of activity areas and building types APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions 13 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE NCM 2 1 Whatis iSBEM SBEM and the NCM The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPBD 2002 91 EC of the European Parliament and Council dated 16 December 2002 requires that the energy performance of new buildings be evaluated with a calculation methodology that complies with the Directive Separately the Directive calls for the production of energy performance certificates for existing buildings This uses the same calculation methodology although this is not mandatory In response the UK Department for Communities and Local Government DCLG commissioned the National Calculation Methodology NCM for the energy performance of buildings
53. and accdb files respectively On the other hand if you are running the Office 2003 version of iSBEM you can import details from a previous Office 2003 version of iSBEM only i e only 1 button for mdb files will be visible in the interface Clear all All the information in the Certifier Details Energy Assessor Details Agent Details Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab will remain visible in any new project created but can be cleared by pressing the Clear all button 66 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About SBEM File Options General Information Lee Further Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor iF Project details Special considerations EFED Recast Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details Energy Assessor details Insurance details Insurer company Insurance Policy number 0o01 Effective date 01 08 2010 Calendar Expiry date 31 07 2011 Calendar FI Limit 500000 Clear all Figure 27 Insurance Details in the General form guidance parameter is set to EPC generation This is where the following information can be entered 1 OL gt Y Insurer Company Name of the energy assessor s insurance company NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Policy Number The
54. and around openings which is not covered in Accredited Construction Details or MCRMA guidance needs to be accounted for and this may be done Accredited Construction Details for Limiting Thermal bridging and air leakage Details on http www communities gov uk Design of metal roofing and cladding systems Guidance to complement Approved Documents L2A and L2B MCRMA Technical paper no 17 joint publication by MCRMA and EPIC 2006 80 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 xiii using the method in BRE Information Paper IP 1 06 making use where appropriate of the new publication on conventions for temperature factors and linear thermal transmittance 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab The first step in defining the geometry of a zone is to create the zone in the Zones tab of the Geometry form NB For building regulations calculations purposes we recommend that users generally avoid creating more than 100 150 zones in iSBEM However the processing time will depend on the total number of objects not just zones i e zones envelopes windows etc Note that for building regulations compliance checking the calculation has to generate 2 buildings the actual and notional so the number of objects all the zones envelopes windows etc that the calculation has to process is multiplied by 2 while for the asset rating to be calculated for an EPC 3 buildings need to be generated actual notional and refe
55. and to produce Energy Performance Certificates and Building Energy Ratings Although the data produced by the tool may be of use in the design process SBEM is not intended as a building design tool Building Energy Performance and CO2 emissions 0 kgCO2 mz2 displaced by the use of renewable sources Building area is 2900 m2 Fuel kgSO2 m2 m Annual Energy Consumption Pie chart including Equipment end use Cooling Auxiliary Hot Water Lighting Equipment Total kWhim2 Pie chart excluding Equipment end use kWhime2 Equipment Lighting a Hot Water fa Auxiliary ia Cooling E HW 23 Heating E Although energy consumption by equipment is shown in the graphs 0 the CO2 emissions associated with this end use have not been taken Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec into account when producing the rating Page 1 of 2 198 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Annual Heating Demand rere Notional Actual kWhim2 Notional Actual i Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual Cooling Demand kWhim2 amp Notional Actual kWhim2 Notional Actual 5 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Page 2 of 2 199 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 4 Energy Performance Certificate for Example Building Energy Performance Certificate 8 HM Government Non Domestic Building 56 London Road Certificate Referenc
56. assigned All the above Assigned tabs cannot be edited They are for viewing only 7 9 4 The Summary sub tabs The Summary sub tabs show which sub objects have been assigned to the object in question There are three Summary sub tabs in the interface e The Envelopes Summary sub tab in the Geometry form gt Zones tab shows which envelopes have been assigned to each respective zone see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones e The Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab in the Geometry form gt Envelopes tab shows which windows and doors have been assigned to which envelope see Section 7 9 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab e The Zone Summary sub tab in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab shows which zones have been assigned to which HVAC system see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems Task 18 Check your data entry and assignments using the Summary and Assigned sub tabs Double check that the assignments are correct before proceeding 161 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OUTPUT REPORTS The energy performance of the building is calculated and compliance with the building regulations is assessed or the Energy Performance Certificate is generated via the Ratings form The key results are then displayed in this form while further details on Building Regulations compliance and a more detailed analysis of the en
57. b composite panel metal cladding systems with insulation inside the panels If the metal is simply used as an external shield against the weather such as a rainscreen this is not for the purposes of SBEM calculations considered as metal cladding 4 Description of the construction SBEM requires a number of parameters to describe the thermal characteristics of the construction types These can be introduced into iSBEM in one of three ways 70 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 i Import directly from the library This is the default option If it is not already selected you need to click on the Import one from the library radio button Then in the library drop down menu s choose the construction that most closely matches the one you are trying to define from your knowledge of what has been found in the building or is specified on drawings or schedules li Choose from the library following inference procedures This option is intended for use when certifying existing buildings when you may not have the drawings or schedules which specify the construction types used in the building The inference procedures will help you to select construction types on the basis of non technical information you may have on the building To use this option you need to click on the Help with Inference procedures radio button and then in the inference drop down menus choose the options that most closely describe your constructi
58. be over written by the conversion tool and you should keep it for future reference li If you want to give the converted file a new name of your own type a new name and its full path into the field shown in Figure 105 MCT File Conversion Tool NCT File v4 1 e Conversion Tool een This tool converts previous version MET files from version 3 5 a to the latest version v4 Le Existing MET file to convert New MET fle to create P Option ii Enter a new name of your choice Option i Use original name_v4 1 e is Figure 105 Naming the new file JEM_v4 Ld Projects Example building Tutorial Example building Tutorial nct 7 4 Convert the file When both of the fields are filled the Convert button becomes active see Figure 106 Clicking on this button converts the files and produces the message shown in Figure 107 Click on OK The new file will be saved to the same folder as the original file by default unless you specify otherwise 5 Close the tool Click on the Exit button see Figure 106 MCT File Conversion Tool NCT File v4 1 e Conversion Tool Click to convert files This tool converts previous version MET files from version 3 5 a to the latest version v4 Le Existing WCT file to convert JC NCM SBEM_v4 1 d Projects Example building Tutorial Example building 1 _ net w Click to exit tool hl
59. building i e the BER to the Standard Emission Rate i e the SER multiplied by 50 The AR should be rounded to the nearest whole number aes 50 AR R The Asset Rating is also converted into an energy band grade on a linear A G scale with A being the most efficient followed by A and G being the least efficient Table 2 where the border between grade B and grade C is set at the SER and given an AR of 50 This means that a gas heated building with mixed mode cooling that is just compliant with Part L 2006 would have an Asset Rating of 50 18 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 AR lt 0 0 gt A 0 0 lt AR lt 250 gt 4A 25 0 lt AR lt 50 0 gt B 50 0 lt AR lt 75 0 gt C 75 0 lt AR lt 100 0 gt D 100 0 lt AK lt 1250 gt 8 125 0 lt AR lt 150 0 gt F 150 0 lt ARG Table 2 Asset rating and energy bands In addition to the Asset Rating the EPC displays two additional calculated items as references benchmarks a The building regulations standard i e the TER Note this is based on the performance of the notional building not the reference building b The performance of a typical building which was originally based on the 1995 Building Regulations Part L standards but later simplified so that its energy performance is assumed to be equal to twice that of the 2006 target i e approximately equal to the energy performance of the 2010 notional building multiplied by a factor of
60. checking the data Notes on viewing deleting copying zones To view the zones that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the Zones tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the zones that you have defined in that project so far To the right of the zone s name will be the HVAC system which that zone has been assigned to If a zone has not yet been assigned to an HVAC system it will say Unassigned To delete a Zone along with all its associated envelope elements doors and windows you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete record button If you press the copy button you will copy the selected zone along with all of the envelope elements doors and windows that have been created and linked to it The new zone will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied zone 1 Once it has been created you can change its name However the names of the copied envelope elements doors and windows will still have the same names as those they were copied from The following sections will explain how to rename and edit the envelope elements doors and windows There will be an option to just copy the zone by itself without its child objects in future versions of the tool 85 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Task 5 Create Zone z0 02 in the General tab the circulation area on the ground floor The building has already been zone
61. click on the Delete record button 7 5 Geometry form Depending on what information you have first you can start by entering information into either the Geometry form or the Building Services form To define the geometry of your own building you will need to have followed the instructions on zoning given in Chapter 3 The Example building has been zoned for you Details can be found in Table 17 Figure 100 Ground floor plan and Figure 101 First floor plan in APPENDIX A The Geometry form contains five main tabs see Figure 32 e Project tab This tab requires geometrical information on the whole building rather than on a zone level and is where you can enter global default values for a number of parameters to be used The geometry of each zone is then described in the following four tabs e Zones tab e Envelopes tab e Doors tab e Windows and rooflights tab viii For further descriptions of the various commands in iSBEM see Chapter 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU 14 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation Windows amp Rooflights About SBEM Geometrical detail for the whole Project P General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges Building infiltration Global i o i o Building details f No use default value 25 m h mz Zone height
62. cneeceeeccaeeceneees 183 Foure IO TECHNICA OUMU TOD OTE tests ce us AE Rata ana har eee AS Rene RAL a Te kee 184 Figure 97 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for Duilding regulations compliance CHECKING ca vesicriestebasota touctadsttinss dace N ENA KNEE NEE 189 Figure 98 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for TEMCT OY FCTOTINGNCEC erie aE S oS EEA EE E AEA E R EE 190 Figure 9I SD View Of the Example Dullin Oterreta e NENNE EET TAE AEON 191 Fone TOO Ground JOON PIONIE ET EAEE EAE OE NEO OOE E E E TET E E AEO OOE 196 FONE TOL FS MOOT PION oE E E ade NE E EE EE T ENE 197 Figure 102 Folder showing the file conversion tool oonnennennnnnnnnnnnsnnsennsensenssenseessessesseessesseese 227 Figure 105 Selecting a fileto convert Stao g Tori rer n e E OEE EN ENEE 228 9 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Figure 104 SClCChING ATLETO CONVETE SIAC Z aR TR AE 228 Fleur LOS INGMING WIC TOW TUC excuses vacaees an anee ao ure eae ae 229 Froure 1060 The Comvert and Oui DUIIONS o iin inten Reasteniegauiad viniat esac dstat eaak esas dniaeitaaneeu eG 229 Figure 107 Message which appears after conversion cccccccccsccceeeccneeeceeecaeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeaaees 230 Figure 108 Location of the User defined construction library cccccccc cece eecceeecceecceeeaeeseaeesaeseaeees 232 Figure 109 Description of Constructions tab in User define
63. construction or glazing un assignments Figure 83 shows the Building Rating sub tab in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales and Figure 84 shows the same for Scotland The message at the bottom of the screen indicates that there are no critical un assignments detected in the project If there were the user would need to click on the Objects Report button identify the un assignment make the correction in the appropriate part of iSBEM then return to this page and then click on the Check Regulation button 164 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Building Regulation check England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 P Building A ating Calculation Lags Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Ausilary Lighting Hot water Total Actual 22 27 22 97 23 81 101 67 kWwh m2dyr Notional 13 97 23 64 37 82 1 CO emissions mandatory requirement BER 43 96 kglO2 m2 yr a Click on text below for__ i kglO2 m2 yr Notional ee SBEM Outputs TER i i i i 44 2 kglO2 m2 yr Data Reflection Actual Building Pass CO Data Reflection Notional Building 2 Additional checks required by approved documents View Approved Document Checks Approved Documents Checks Calculation progress Building Regulation check completed Additional Details Report Click
64. created envelopes denoting orientation would not be changed automatically by the rotation Also note that any envelope created after the rotation is performed will still retain the original coordinate system Hence this parameter should be changed with caution from the default of zero NB The Building rotation parameter can be used when you want to model a building identical to one you have already modelled in iSBEM before and therefore have its nct file but which has a different orientation to the original one As such this parameter can be used to rotate the whole building as described in the guidance provided you do not need to make any further modifications to the geometry of the building Wall 1 North a Wall 1 North East Wall Created to the North Wall Created to the North N BEFORE ROTATION N AFTER ROTATION Figure 34 Example of a 45 degree building rotation NB The user is no longer required to enter the building height height to eaves in m Building Details 3 Zone height Global Floor to floor height floor to soffit for top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab As with the global building infiltration parameter the value you enter here will be given as the global or default zone height in each of the zones You can choose to use this global value or enter a new value for each respective zone see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones NB For a zone with a flat roof the
65. database There may or may not be building elements such as glazing surrounding the atrium although there may need to be something for smoke control in case of fire The atrium itself is not maintained to the conditions set by the activity database for adjoining spaces The technical purpose of the atrium can be one or more of the following e Providing a buffer between the thermal conditions in the adjoining spaces and the exterior to reduce the direct impact of the exterior on those zones In this case it should not be maintained to conditions as though it is occupied If it is conditioned and the features below do not apply in this context it is not considered to be an atrium e Providing a means for daylight to reach the middle of deep plan spaces that would otherwise not receive it e Encouraging stack effect or other passive ventilation to draw extract air from the adjoining spaces Automatic Blind Control In this context internal or inter pane but not exterior blinds that are motorised so that the position can be modified to control solar heat gain and or glare controlled by automatic sensors The control regime must also open the blinds as the heat gain and or daylight levels decrease so that the use of these natural resources can be optimised for each zone Note that exterior shading devices can be modelled using iSBEM in the definition of each window however SBEM currently does not model the re radiation effects of blinds whe
66. down of the annual energy consumption by end use for both the actual and notional buildings in kWh m Asset Rating tab displays the CO emissions in kg per m of building area for the actual and typical buildings Part L TER and SER along with their corresponding EPC bands It also displays a break down of the annual energy consumption by end use for the actual notional and reference buildings in kWh m 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab This tab is visible if either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 Scottish Building Regulations 2010 or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F 2012 were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The Building Regulations Check tab has four sub tabs e Building Rating sub tab e Calculation Logs sub tab e Calculation Errors sub tab e Supporting Documents sub tab Building Rating sub tab Building Regulations compliance is assessed by clicking on the Check Regulation button in the Building Rating sub tab This initiates the data processing through the SBEM calculation engine and the Compliance Checking Module BRUKL The following calculated information is then displayed in this sub tab as follows 1 The energy used per unit floor area kWh m annually by the actual building and the notional building for heating cooling auxiliary energy lighting and hot water 2
67. e UK Volume 28Jan13 Special Considerations sub tab In this sub tab Figure 23 the following information can be entered 1 Tick box to indicate if this is a modular or portable building as defined in the 2010 ADL2A If the box is ticked the following parameters become active a A radio button to indicate the planned time of use is a given location is either i Less than 2 years li More than 2 years b Depending on your selection in the above parameter one or more of the following parameters will become active i A tick box to indicate if more than 70 of the external envelope of the building is to be created from sub assemblies manufactured prior to the date on which the 2010 ADL2A comes into force ii A tick box to indicate if a TER BER calculation is not available for a module constructed prior to October 2010 iil Date of manufacture sub assemblies iv A tick box to indicate whether this portable building is a distress purchase as defined in ADL2A 2010 NB Refer to the 2010 ADL2A for more information on the above parameters related to modular and portable buildings and the associated requirements NEW General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor P i Project details Special considerations EPBD Recast Building details Energ
68. energy assessor s insurance policy number Effective Date The energy assessor s insurance policy effective start date Expiry Date The energy assessor s insurance policy expiry date PI Limit The energy assessor s insurance policy cover limit Owner Details sub tab In this sub tab Figure 28 the following information can be entered Owner of the Building Details 1 Name of the owner of the building NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Telephone number of the owner of the building Address of the owner of the building NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes City of the owner of the building Post Code of the owner of the building 67 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor iF Project details Special considerations EPBD Recast Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details Owner of the building details Hame J ohn Joned Telephone number 967654321 Address B3 London Road City LONDON Postal Code siwi23 1H Figure 28 The Owner Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form NB The background information has already been entered for the Example building so
69. following sections e Administrative Information contains information on the Property Reference Number the software used to produce the report and the validity dates of the report e Energy Assessors Details contains details about the energy assessor e Background contains information on the legislation and the servicing strategy of the property e Introduction contains information on the calculation tool used e Recommendations contains a list of recommendations edited by the energy assessor for the improvement of the energy performance of the building and their respective potential impact on the COs emission rate of the building The recommendations are grouped into the following sub sections short payback up to 15 recommendations 185 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 medium payback up to 10 recommendations long payback up to 5 recommendations and other recommendations created by the energy assessor up to 10 recommendations NB Only recommendations that are defined as applicable to the whole building i e the parameter Applicable to has been set to BUILDING appear in the official Recommendations report All the defined recommendations however will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report e Next Steps contains information on the steps that need to be taken following the production of the reports e Glossary contains definitions of some of the terms used in the report See A
70. following the zoning rules for zones with windows and rooflights and you do not need to sub divide it yourself If you select No then you need to specify the percentage area of the zone where the lighting is controlled so as to respond to daylight whether by a ohotosensor or manual control If that percentage is 100 this means that the whole area of the zone has lighting controls that respond to daylight and SBEM will perform no further sub divisions for this zone i e you have already done the sub division manually yourself If the percentage value that you enter is less than 100 for e g 70 then SBEM will sub divide the zone into two daylight zones whose areas are 70 and 30 of the total area of the zone respectively SBEM will then consider that the 70 daylight area will have lighting controls responding to daylight while the lighting in the 30 daylight area will not be affected by daylight NB In the unlikely event that your zone has a non typical layout of windows and or rooflights and you are worried that SBEM s automatic sub division might not correctly reflect the access to daylight in the zone you can carry out the daylighting sub division yourself as with previous ISBEM versions 3 Occupancy Sensing Here you need to select what kind of occupancy sensing the zone has if applicable from the available options shown in Table 16 If occupancy sensing is available in the zone the following field becomes active
71. has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes MAN ON AUTO OFF Lights manually switched on and automatically switched off when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes Table 16 Types of occupancy sensing controls available in iSBEM 152 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Figure 75 shows the lighting controls in a zone being defined General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PiS Wind generators Transpired solar collectors ones Record selector z0 02 Ed P _HVAC amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC Light controls _ Occupancy Sensing If Local Manual Switching Type NO NE x m Photoelectric Automatic daylight zoning for light controls es SBEM to subdivide zone if needed Do You Erow the Parasitic Power of the occu sensig device fo Wie use the default 0 3 Wim No percentage area controlled is 100 l E res parasitic powers ATE Photoelectnic options f Switching Iw Tick here if there is a Do vou know the Parasitic Power of the photoelectric device r different sensor to control the Dirar imming back half of the zone ote sete eral 0 3 wm Type Stand alone sensors i Yes parasitic power is O35 Wine Record 14 4 2o0
72. heating distribution and floor heating Heating amp mechanical ventilation Central heat generator s with air distribution Other local room heater fanned Heating Includes gas fires gas convectors direct electric heaters electric storage heaters that are provided with fans Larger units above about 10kW such as cabinet heaters or unit heaters should be classed as forced convection air heaters Other local room heater unfanned Heating Includes gas fires gas convectors direct electric heaters electric storage heaters that do not have fans Unflued radiant heater Heating Luminous or non luminous overhead radiant heater without flue Includes electric overhead radiant heaters 113 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Flued radiant heater Heating Luminous or non luminous overhead radiant heater with flue Multiburner radiant heaters Heating Overhead multiburner radiant heater Flued forced convection air heaters Heating May have fan to assist transportation of combustion air and or combustion products Unflued forced convection air heaters Heating Direct gas heaters Note that provision for adequate ventilation must be provided Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation An all air system in which the volume of supply air is Single duct VAV modulated to match the cooling demand May have reheat capability Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system
73. i Natural Mechanical supply extract f Use default from Activity database f Use user value J Tick if pes Do you know the Supply Extract SFP Demand controlled ventilation f No use the default 1 5 Wilts No demand controlled ventilation es SFP for the system is 05 Wals Pov Teg al al Gita epee Record 14 4 2o0f19 rR OR Search Figure 71 Defining the zone ventilation in the Ventilation sub tab Ventilation cont sub tab This sub tab is used to specify the type of heat recovery if applicable in the ventilation system specific for each zone It is also used to define the SFP of the terminal unit if applicable depending on the HVAC system serving the zone The following data can be entered Heat recovery 1 Heat recovery Here you need to select from No heat recovery Plate heat exchanger Recuperator Heat pipes Thermal wheel and Run around coil see Table 12 for a brief descriptions of the options This parameter is active if the zonal ventilation type is selected to be mechanical 2 Heat recovery seasonal efficiency This parameter is active if a heat recovery system is selected i e the previous parameter is not set to No heat recovery If you know the heat recovery efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM 3 Tick box to denote whether the heat recovery system efficiency is variable This parameter
74. in the Collector Parameters SUD tAD cccccccccecceneeeees 131 Figure 63 Schematic examples of arrangements for solar pre heating These schematics are not intended to show safety measures or devices needed to make the systems safe Adapted from SAT OOS oeeie e e A AE E E E E ede ine 132 Figure 64 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab 134 Figure 65 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab 135 TEC OTT OOS DIC AIT COLE S etic tase tau et le op id dedi sd ni au AEON dip sa as Tove ae x ipa eb 136 Figure 07 Demin CA WHA Tenera OT oori er vip tii pasedip ENEAN E isda cd ve eed iy AEE 137 Figure 68 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tabui cccccccccccccccccccnecccescceeseusccaesseaeseaeeseaees 139 Figure 69 Defining a transpired solar collector Transpired Solar Collectors tab ccccccccesecce veces 140 Figure 70 Selecting a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting SVStCMS ccccccccseecccseeeceeeeecaeeeesaneeeaeneeees 144 Figure 71 Defining the zone ventilation in the Ventilation SUD tAD ccccccccccseeeceeeeeceeeeeaeeeeneeeenes 146 Figure 72 Defining heat recovery in the Ventilation CONt SUD t D cc cccccecccneccuesceaeeeceessaeceaeees 147 Figure 73 Defining the zone mechanical exhaust in the Exhaust SUD tAD ccccccc cece cneece essen eeseneees 148 Figure 74 Defining the zone lighting characteristi
75. is active if a heat recovery system is selected above 4 Do you know the terminal unit specific fan power Here you can either use the default value or enter your own SFP for the terminal unit in W I s This parameter becomes active if the HVAC serving the zone is selected to be Fan coil systems or Indoor packaged cabinet VAV in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab NB If the HVAC system selected is Fan coil systems or Indoor packaged cabinet VAV the SFP input in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt System Adjustments sub tab should be for the central plant and then the SFP for the terminal units can be input in this sub tab for all the zones served by this HVAC system 5 Tick box to denote whether a night cooling NC strategy operates in the zone If this box is ticked then the following parameters become active 146 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 a Max hours of NC per month This is the maximum number of hours per month during which night cooling is operating in the zone b Max flow rate during NCM hours This is the maximum air flow rate in the zone in I s m of floor area during the operation of night cooling c Do you know the specific fan power for the night cooling unit Here you can either use the default value in iSBEM or enter your own SFP for the night cooling unit in W I s For further details on the SFP and ho
76. is made here Assumed to also provide heating Constant volume system fixed fresh air Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation An all air rate system in which the volume of supply air is fixed Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system If provided with local reheat capability use the Terminal reheat constant volume system This category includes packaged rooftop units Constant volume system variable fresh Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Constant air rate volume system in which the proportion of fresh air can be varied to limit chiller operation free cooling economiser Multizone hot deck cold deck Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation A central air handling unit has separate hot and cold decks Mixing takes place at the Air handling unit and air is supplied to each zone through a single duct per zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system 114 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Terminal reheat constant volume Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Cooled air is supplied centrally and reheated locally to the desired supply temperature for each zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Dual duct constant volume Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Hot and cold air are distributed separ
77. know the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the collector loop ifs erat arse amp No use default value Yes coefficient is T Record IH l afi Eo RL OR Search Figure 64 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab see Figure 65 are 1 Are the distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system insulated you need to select either yes or no If there are pipes between the solar thermal system and the back up heating system this parameter is used to estimate the thermal losses of the distribution between the solar thermal system and back up heater This parameter becomes active only if the Solar pre heating type parameter in the Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab has been set to Separate solar cylinder 2 Circulation system you need to select one option from the drop down menu If the option selected is forced circulation system with no PV then the following parameter becomes active a Do you know the nominal power of the pumps you need to select one of the following options e No use the default value e Yes the value is you need to input the nominal power in W in the box that will become active NB The auxiliary energy consumption required by the circulation pump
78. need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this during the compliance checking Convention For EPCs Air permeability To accommodate different ages and types of building where the SBEM default value of 25 m h m for all existing buildings has been viewed as unduly restrictive the value shall be amended as follows Less than 10 m h m only with an accredited air pressure test result 10 m hm buildings with total floor area gt 500 m built to 2002 Building Regulations 15 m hm buildings with total floor area lt 500 m built to 2002 Building Regulations and buildings built to 1995 Building Regulations 25 m hm buildings built to Building Regulations pre 1995 35 m hm to be considered where buildings are pre 1995 regulations and where suitable evidence of high permeability exists e g single skin metal clad structure within Planning Use Class B2 B8 with large roller shutter doors and poor constructional details etc For further details on global values see Section 6 1 Basic interface functionality and buttons T iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Building Orientation 2 Building clockwise rotation In degrees from north NB For example Figure 34 a rotation of 45 degrees would change north facing walls to north east However note that the nomenclature in the names of already
79. number into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection then the XML message will not be generated Please note that the EPC and Recommendations Report produced on your computer will always contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis NB See APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register for more guidance and trouble shooting steps General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation File Options General Information About SBEM Actions P File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Prox Server Use a proxy server for your LAN Pislelpere Insert_Proxy_Address_Hete Port Prosi Port Tick if Emna Server requires password Username Username Paes Figure 20 The Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab Helpline Diagnosis sub tab In this sub tab Figure 21 there is a button that initiates the generation of diagnosis data for the SBEM Helpline to assist in identifying a problem This button should not be pressed unless you are requested to do so by the SBEM Helpline 57 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Datab
80. of the energy performance of the building and its Asset Rating It contains the following sections Energy Performance Certificate contains the title of the certificate address of the building and the Certificate Reference Number Energy Performance Asset Rating contains information about the building s calculated Asset Rating based on its predicted COs emission rate BER It also shows where the building s Asset Rating fits on a scale of the building energy efficiency bands Benchmarks contains information about the Asset Ratings corresponding to the target COs emission rate Part L TER and the typical stock average CO2 emission rate Technical Information contains information on the servicing strategy of the building i e building environment the service strategy that delivers the greatest total CO2 emissions the main heating fuel the fuel which delivers the greatest total thermal output for space or water heating and the complexity of the building NB If none of the zones in the building have been defined as conditioned the building environment will be set by the calculation to be Unconditioned 184 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB If none of the zones in the building as defined have space or water heating energy nsumption the main heating fuel will be set by the calculation to be Other O NB Permanently unconditioned buildings are different to those which are expected
81. only the NCM recommendations generated by EPCgen All USER click this button to view only the recommendations added by the user If there are no user defined recommendations then iSBEM will prompt you to add one see below All Click this button to view both the NCM recommendations and the ones added by the user Only from Report Click this button to view only the recommendations that have been included in the Recommendations report In addition to creating new recommendations in this sub tab the energy assessor can also edit the NCM recommendations generated by EPCgen by adding comments and or modifying the calculated impacts using the following parameters 2 Click to edit this recommendation By ticking this tick box you indicate that you wish to edit this particular NCM recommendation whose text can be viewed in the grey box entitled Recommendation generated by EPCgen If the box is ticked the following fields become active a Assessor Comments You can enter any comments related to the recommendation for e g the reason why you have chosen to edit this NCM recommendation These comments will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report not the official Recommendations report Energy Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the energy performance of the actual building HIGH chang
82. or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall Otherwise the limit will be half way through its thickness Convention For EPCs Boundary of assessed building when other buildings adjoin Where there is a party wall between buildings this is deemed in compliance with the RICS definition of internal areas to be a perimeter wall and therefore horizontal dimensions should be measured to the inside face from the side of the building being assessed NB If surfaces of the room are not rectilinear for example if a pitched roof is exposed to the inside of the conditioned zone i e there is no flat ceiling underneath it then the roof area will be that of the inner surface area of the roof as seen by the heat flux 89 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Convention For EPCs Dimension conventions See APPENDIX H for the treatment of other rooms with non rectilinear surfaces NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is found to be less than the total area of windows and doors defined within it SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 8 Orientation Here you need to select from the drop down m
83. parameters required by ISBEM ccccssseeseseeeeeneees 239 APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register c sssccseeseeeeeeeeees 249 APPENDIX F Matrix of activity areas and building types 0000 250 APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level 253 APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions 256 T iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 List of Figures FOUE 1 SiWuctire Of Sb EM ODJET cist ae EE E ATE E sence 25 Figure 2 Steps for calculating the rating fOr a building 1 ccc cece cccccneccceecceeecc eee ceeecaeeeeaeeene essa eeaeeeees 24 Figure 3 Internal horizontal dimension Of a ZONE ccccsccccvccccccc cece eeec cece eeeeseeeeeeee sees ea ee eee eee aa ese ae eeaa estes 31 Figure 4 Location of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file and Projects fOldGr ccccccccccecccneeceeeeeneeens 36 Figure 5 Terms and Conditions dialogue DOXrorcereseet aiie A AEEA A E A EEAS 37 FUE OPUS BEM Star Up dialo QUC DON AEEA RN OOE O ON E O dsutex 37 Figure 71S BEM Basic Mjorman on JOM sarissa EEE TEE EE E E EET 39 Figure 8 General form showing the correct ways of closing ISBEM cccccccccsecceesccaeeccaeccneeseaeeeaees 40 Freure 9 The iSBEM END Malogue Dokrinssrirenrie aar RE A A E AE E A 40 Preure JO 19BEM END dialogue DOK coxccaucsaxcews cues sadsishovceus caaiaadsewe vekesioeai E E E E 4 Preure 17 The seven OTIS INIS BEM icsaswsaveces caei
84. pipes in the collector loop you need to select one of the following options e No use the default value e Yes the value is you need to input the heat loss coefficient in W K in the box that will become active This is the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the solar loop including pipes between collectors and array pipes between the collector array and the solar storage tank s If the pipe and insulation for the solar loop are known the overall heat loss coefficient of all the pipes in the solar loop can be calculated accordingly see for instance John A Duffie and William A Beckman Solar Engineering of Thermal Process Wiley Interscience ed 1991 133 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pys Wind generators Transoired solar collectors Zones Record selector SES 1 fd Tc H rule T Collector parameters Solar storage amp Collector loop Ausiliary energy amp Distribution losses Solar storage Collector loop Solar storage volume FO litres Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger in the collector loop There is no heat exchanger Solar ore heating type Combined c linder P aie y No use default value Feet eit ieee Ype Jrnipadateg 7 C Yes value is D WWE Do you
85. powered by grid supplied electricity If you Know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 47 NB The default HVAC systems in iSBEM are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you are running an EPC calculation and do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for these systems are quite pessimistic and they cannot be edited by the user General sub tab The General sub tab is shown in Figure 50 For each HVAC system in your building you will need to create a new record and add the following information xix The Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by the DCLG 110 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 1 Name A unique name must be given to each HVAC system NB Note that the Multiplier field no longer exists for HVAC systems or HWS If you convert project files created with much older versions of the tool where this field had a value of more than 1 corresponding multiples of the zones served by that HVAC system are created 2 System type Here you can currently choose between 26 system types 11 heating only systems and 15 heating and cooling systems including for e g VAV variable air volume fan coil dual duct and central heating with water distribution see Table 13 for brief definitions of the syste
86. record and add the following information 1 2 Name Similar to the naming of the zones see Section 3 5 for more information Multiplier Indicates how many envelope elements identical to this one exist in the selected zone Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated windows doors and additional thermal bridges during the calculation Zone Here you need to select the zone from the drop down list of zones defined so far which this envelope element is part of Type of envelope Choose between wall floor or ceiling and roof If you select roof or floor or ceiling the following parameter becomes active i Pitch You need to enter the pitch angle in degrees from the horizontal lf you select wall the following parameter becomes active i Perimeter You need to enter the perimeter length in m This is the horizontal dimension of the wall Limits for this horizontal dimension are defined by the type of the adjacent walls usually at right angles to the vertical envelope element in question If the adjacent wall is external or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall If the adjacent wall is internal the limit will be half way through its thickness NB Smoke vents are no longer used in the SBEM calculation and so their input into iSBEM is no longer required Compliance checking with respect to their U values will therefore need
87. report for the notional building Ea Example building Complete refer SKB E Se Example building Complete_not err KB html Data Reflection report for the actual building Example building Complete_epe err RR FE FALEI z E sample building Complete err 2 an a l a Ej Example building Complete ref sim nm 4 Error files reporting error messages and warnings Example building Complete not sim 117KB O25imDocument O1 02 2013 17 43 E Example building Complete sim TY KEE D2SimDocumert O1 02 2013 143 Example building Complete_ret bdl 114KB BDL File 010r 207 3 dr Aa Example building Complete rot bdl Example building Complete epic bdl Example building Complete bdl 7 Example building Complete ber pdf TE Example building Complete epc srec pdf 7 Example building Complete epc rec pct E Example building Complete_epclepe pdf BU Main SBEM Output report 24 re F et SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report Ad EPC Recommendations Report Energy Performance Certificate TH Example building Complete_dr pa 4TKE Ad pdf Data Reflection report for the actual building 32 objeets 6 00 ME if May Computer A Figure 98 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates 190 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM output documentation A 1 Building description T
88. required minimum controls package Details of the minimum controls packages for the different systems additional controls and corresponding available credits are described in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by DCLG Note that the necessary documentation to support the efficiency calculation may be required by Building Control Figure 58 shows a HWS generator being defined Building Services Ratings Building Navigation Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Pys wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones General Project Database Geometry HWS selector HS for the example building ite he General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned Bi valent Systems ajej Hame JHws for the example building Generator type Dedicated hot water boiler Tick if the generator is later than 1995 Fuel type Natural Gas sll Da you know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency No use default value 0 65 f Yes seasonal efficiency is 0 85 Record I1 l afi Po HE Search Figure 58 Defining a HWS in the General sub tab 125 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab In this sub tab Figure 59 you can enter the following information 1 Is the system a storage system Tick if yes 2 If the above tick box regarding the a storage system
89. run the htm reports SBEM needs to know the Program Files folder path The default value should be OF for most systems Change to pour system s Program Files folder in case the htm reports do not work Program Files folder C Program files Project Files folder 4pp Path Projects Figure 18 The System Configuration sub tab System Configuration cont sub tab This sub tab Figure 19 contains tick boxes which users can modify to reflect their preferences while using ISBEM 1 Tick box which is unticked by default You need to tick it if you would like SBEM to generate the Data Reflection reports for the actual and notional buildings in html format as well as csv format which is always done during the calculation and the relevant access button will appear in the Ratings form If the box remains unticked then these reports will be generated in csv format only see Section 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and the relevant access button in the Ratings form will remain invisible 2 Tick box which is ticked by default and should remain ticked if you wish for the contents of the Building Navigation form to be refreshed automatically with any changes in the objects properties that might have been performed since the form was last accessed If you do not wish for the Building Navigation form to be refreshed automatically you should untick this
90. schools Alpha value 13 59 11 58 Se eae a a sE aenta INSI ONIYErsSES anad colleges Percentage of the building s average heat transfer coefficient which is due to thermal bridging C2A Secure Residential Inst esidential space D1 Non reside Sommunity Day Centre D1 Non residential Inst Libraries Museums and Galleries D1 Non residential Inst Educatior D1 Non residential Inst Primary Health Care Building D1 Non residential Inst Crown and County Courts D2 General Assembly and Leisure Night Clubs and Theatres Others Passenger terminals Others Emergency services Others Miscellaneous 24hr activities Others Car Parks 24 hrs Others Stand alone utility block Energy Consumption by End Use kWh m Actual Notional Heating Eue 2 54 Cooling EAE 13 97 Auxiliary 22 97 23 64 Lighting 31 6 37 82 Hot water 23 81 24 74 Equipment 45 24 45 24 o TOTAL 101 67 102 7 Energy used by equipment does not count towards the total for cakulating emissions Total is net of any electrical energy displaced by CHP generators if applicable Energy Production by Technology kWh m Actual Notional Photovoltaic systems 0 0 Wind turbines 0 0 CHP generators 0 0 Solar thermal systems 0 44 0 Energy amp CO Emissions Summary _ Actual _ Indicative Target Heating cooling demand MJ m 251 03 211 64 Primary energy kWh nt 245 96 247 2 Total emissions kg m 44 44 2 Primary energy is net of any electrical energy displaced by CHP generators
91. see APPENDIX H Building Total Floor Area Sum of zone areas Used to check that all zones have been entered in iSBEM Horizontal dimension of the wall Limits for that horizontal dimension are defined by type of adjacent walls If the adjacent wall is external or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall If the adjacent wall is internal the limit will be half way through its thickness Envelope Area Area of vertical envelopes walls h w where h floor to floor height floor to soffit on top floor i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab w horizontal dimension of wall Limits for that horizontal dimension are defined by type of adjacent walls If the adjacent wall is external or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall If the adjacent wall is internal the limit will be half way through its thickness NB Areas of floor ceilings and flat roofs are calculated in the same manner as the zone area Area for an exposed pitched roof i e without an internal horizontal ceiling will be 29 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Envelope perimeter length the inner surface area of the roof Used to calculate fabric heat loss so this is the area to which the U value is applied Convention For EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining envelope areas in a range of building configurations see APPENDIX H Window
92. sub tab these links are established automatically This will be further explained as you work through the Example building The final stage of defining a zone is to assign it to the appropriate building services systems This can be done in either the Geometry partly or Building Services form Figure 33 below is an example of a simple zone To define the geometry of this zone you would need to create the zone 6 envelope elements one window and one door The south wall door and window would need to be linked to the south wall which in turn along with the other 5 envelope elements would need to be linked to the zone as shown by the arrows in the diagram below Diagram of a simple zone showing Define ceiling the building objects needed to define the zone and how they need to be linked to each other Define north wall east wall N Define door in south wall Define vw south wall Define window in south wall 76 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 7 5 2 Project tab Before defining the geometry of each zone there are several parameters at the building scale which you need to enter such as the total floor area of the building You can also enter global values which apply to all or most zones zone height and air permeability These parameters are entered into two sub tabs e General amp Geometry sub tab e Thermal Bridges sub tab General amp Geometry sub tab This sub tab requires the inpu
93. system have Secondary Circulation Tick if the system ts a storage sine Iv Tick it the system has secondary circulation 7 sberm sbem te Storage volume 70 litres ei ES i repre Insulation type Factory insulated Bump aawer al Thickness a0 mm Lcoplength mi tC Storage losses Hd imanth TICE Here Te tme coniolomsecondamiciculatian pa Record H l afi Eo Hoki i Filte Search Figure 59 HW Storage and Secondary Circulation sub tab Bi valent Systems sub tab This sub tab becomes active only if the generator type in the General sub tab is not defined as Same as HVAC It allows the user to define a bi valent water heating system i e a system in which the heating is supplied by two or more different types of heat sources As such in addition to the generator type fuel type and seasonal efficiency of the primary heat generator for water heating you have already defined in the General sub tab in the Bi valent Systems sub tab you can also define additional heat generators that share the total water heating load with the primary heat generator see Figure 56 For each additional heat generator the following parameters need to be input 1 Generator type of the additional heat generator 2 Fueltype of the additional heat generator 3 Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency of the additional heat generator 4 Proportion in of the water heating load that the additional heat generator provides 127 i
94. systems installed before this period a conservative default seasonal efficiency of 0 65 is suggested Please note that from around 1989 the boiler industry began producing boilers with efficiencies that would have complied with the above statutory instrument 4 Fueltype Depending on the generator type selected a list of fuel types is available For example if Instantaneous combi is selected you need to choose between Natural gas LPG Biogas and Oil If one of the project s HVAC systems is chosen as the generator type this field is not enabled as the fuel type would have been previously defined in the HVAC Systems tab 5 Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency If you Know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for the HWS generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM This field is inactive if the HWS Generator type selected is Same as HVAC The default value is based on the above tick box on whether the generator was installed in or later than 1998 NB The Effective Heat Generating Seasonal Efficiency is calculated by adding the Heating Efficiency Credits where applicable to the Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency The Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency is the ratio of the useful heat output to the energy input over the heating season The Heating Efficiency Credits are available for additional controls and other measures that go beyond the
95. tab has five sub tabs e File Operations sub tab e System Configuration sub tab e System Configuration cont sub tab e Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab e Helpline Diagnosis sub tab File Operations sub tab This sub tab contains the options to Save current project Save As Open an Existing Project Create a New Project and Exit iSBEM shown in Figure 17 It also displays in the Current file box the name and location of the currently open project file nct file General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Actions P File operations System configuration System contiguration cont Local rea Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Create a new project Exit SBEM Open an existing project Name and location of Save current project currently open nct file Save 45 Current file CANCMAISBEM v4 1 e4Projects Example building Completes E sample building Complete nct Figure 17 The File Options tab in the General form System Configuration sub tab ISBEM creates different output reports more details can be found in Chapter 8 Two of these reports have the file extension htm i e they are in html format In order for the htm files to be created for you to view by accessing your web browser e g Microsoft Internet Explorer ISBEM needs to know the Program Files fol
96. that in the evaluated building The area of glazing is a certain percentage of external walls and roofs and is dependent on the building type e tis exposed to the same weather conditions as the evaluated building e Standard operating patterns to allow consistent comparison between buildings in the same secior e Standardised assumptions for building fabric glazing and HVAC plant efficiencies Detailed specifications of the 2010 England and Wales notional building are in DCLG s 2010 NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk and further guidance is in the Building Regulations 2010 Approved Document Part L which can be accessed from hitto Awww planningportal gov uk uploads or BR_ PDF ADL2A 2010 pdf Further information on the limiting standards for building services is available in the 2010 Non Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide which can be accessed from http Awww planningportal gov uk uploads br non domestic building compliance guide 2010 pdf NB Only the communal areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats should be assessed for compliance using SBEM for example circulation areas using the Common circulation areas activity under the building type Residential spaces The self contained flats themselves should be assessed using SAP for domestic buildings The specifications for the 2010 Scottish notional building are in the 2010 Section 6 document and the 2010 Scottis
97. the Actual Building Technical Output Report for the Actual Building D P R wa pP o Technical Output Report for the Notional Building 7 Technical Output Report for the Reference Building The following additional report is also produced but only during the generation of the Energy Performance Certificate for England Wales and Northern Ireland 8 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report As described previously the first four reports are accessible from within iSBEM using the appropriate buttons or hyperlinks in the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab These reports are all stored in the same location as the project files along with the Technical Output Reports which can only be accessed from the Projects folder The default location for the project files is within the specific project folder created when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects within the iSBEM_v4 1 e folder e g C NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e Projects Example building complete One more file is produced when running the asset rating calculation and generating an EPC This file is the XML message required for the official submission lodgement of the EPC with the National Register It contains all the data used in the generation of the Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations report Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement in England
98. the Building Navigation form Warning This may cause some delays when selecting the Building Navigation form in projects with a high number of Quick envelope tab M Tick this bow to automatically clear the configuration of the quick envelope tab once envelopes have been created M Tick this bos to insert area of glazing instead of of glazing to define window area in quick envelope tab Figure 19 The System Configuration cont sub tab Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab In this sub tab the following information can be entered Figure 20 Proxy Server 1 Tick box to indicate whether a proxy server is used by a Local Area Network for connecting your computer to the Internet If the box is ticked i e a proxy server is used then the following fields become active a Address the URL address of the proxy server used b Port the port of the proxy server used c Tick box to indicate whether the proxy server requires a password If the box is ticked then the following field becomes active i User name the user name for the proxy server ii Password the password for the proxy server 56 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB All information on the proxy server if one is used should be available from your IT Department NB Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to enter your assessor
99. the Quick Envelopes tab The example wall is a 15 m external 5 m perimeter south facing wall constructed from an External Wall specification that had previously been defined in the Project Database form It has a 7 5 m window with glazing of a type previously defined in the Project Database form and it is not a display window 102 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Global button returning the global default adjacent condition associated with in this case External wall This global default would have been defined in the Project Areas of windows defined by entering the area values in m Percentages can be input instead only if the relevant box is unticked in N E 20 03 the General form Database form when the External wall was defined General Quick Envelopes Envelope Yummary Orient Construction Adjacent condition Area L LICEE Glazing Disp 5 External wall z f ATE ES E External wall T 5 NE Exterior r Walls F a NW al r i W Internal wall a 5 D DW ir Ceiling intemal floors and ceilings a AEE E EE Floor Ground floor E v Pitch Roof G Exterior 45 C Record 14 4 3 EL of 19 Figure 46 The Quick Envelopes sub tab Task 12 Create the remaining 12 zones and define their envelopes and windows using Quick Envelopes Details on the remaining twelve zones are given in APPENDIX A Table 17 To create each new zone you wi
100. there is no tutorial task relating to the General form 7 4 Project Database form Each type of construction used in the building fabric is defined within the Project Database form Within this form there are five main tabs circled in Figure 29 e Constructions for Walls tab e Constructions for Roofs tab e Constructions for Floors tab e Constructions for Doors tab e Glazing tab In each tab you need to enter information on each of the different types of construction found in the building For example in your building there may be two glazing types This is where you enter the details of these types Later on during the building s geometry definition each of these construction glazing types can be assigned to particular parts of the building i e envelope door or window In other words you are not defining the walls doors or windows of your building at this stage just the characteristics of the materials used in their construction Clicking on the Check Objects assignment button produces two reports the Unassigned Objects Report and the Data Summary Report These reports can be used to check the data entered at any stage of inputting a building into the interface There is a Reports button on each tab within the interface so it is not necessary to return to this form to access the reports How to double check the data you have entered is explained at the end of this chapter see Section 7 9 Double checking the data
101. these are the only cases where SBEM can be used to model domestic areas For more information on the appropriate software tools to use for modelling your building please refer to DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from DCLG s website at http www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling 6 Area Floor area of the zone in m calculated using the internal horizontal dimensions between the internal surfaces of the external zone walls and half way through the thickness of the internal zone walls See Section 3 4 Measurement and other conventions and Figure 3 This parameter is used to multiply area related parameters in the databases The area basis needs to be consistent with that for Operational Ratings NB If the zone has any virtual boundaries created due to the zoning rules on daylight access you need to consider the area of the zone as that delimited by the line created by that virtual boundary the virtual boundary itself is not entered into iISBEM NB Where there is an unheated unoccupied roof space i e between a pitched roof anda flat ceiling above an activity area it should not be treated as a separate unheated zone Instead the void should be considered as part of the construction when calculating the U value between the occupied acti
102. to check object azsigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 83 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM General Project Database Geometry Building Services Building Regulation check a Scottish Building Regulations 2010 Building A ating Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Ausihary Lighting Hot water Total Nationa kWh m2 9 1 COZ emissions BER 100 62 kglO2 m2 yr a Click on text below for_ 103 52 kglO2 m2 yr Notional IF L C SBEM Outputs R O n ajo 7 SM Ue en Data Reflection Actual Building Pass CO Data Reflection Notional Building 2 Additional checks which relate to guidance to building standards View Specifications Specification Checks Calculation progress Building Standard check completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL urn agsigments in the project Figure 84 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for Scotland 165 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Calculation Logs sub tab Log files for the SBEM calculation SBEM log and the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL log can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 91 Calculation Errors
103. vole UI wee gt 20 Ulnorth c1 fF roe Oilwnorth F gt Figure 78 Selections tab in the Building Navigation form 7 7 2 Object Properties tab In this tab Figure 79 if any of the objects listed in the Object tree window is highlighted more details about that object s properties appear in the Objects properties window on the right For example if the highlighted object is an envelope the details displayed will be its area construction and the condition of the adjoining space etc 156 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings i tisBEM Selections Object Properties Los About iSBEM HVAC for the example building Name 20 03 2 gt Z2U Uleast HVAC system HVAC for the example building EWY z0 Oleast e Multiplier i ZU Uleast c1 Building Type ALAZ Retail and Financial Professional servi zU Ulesst t Activity Small Shop Unit Sales area general Area 900 m2 20Us s Fir to Flr Height 3m EW z0 037e Air Perm 50Pa 3m3 h m2 iW gt 2U U3n HWS HWS for the example building ow gt Z0 U3 HWS type Dedicated hot water boiler td gt 2UeOs wed HWS fuel Natural Gas lt f gt 20U03cC1 Dead leg 0 lt f gt 20 034 EWY 20 O03 w1 ae 2l Qlcentre r gt 21l OQlcentre c lt f gt 2l OQlcentre f1 iw 21l OQlcentre s1
104. wall roof NB If a wall roof contains a row array of identical windows rooflights you should input the area of only one window rooflight and use the multiplier field to define the number of identical windows rooflights that exist in the same wall roof NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is found to be less than the total area of the windows and doors defined within it SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 6 Surface area ratio This is the developed area to projected area ratio for the window or rooflight The developed area is the total area of the glass plus the frame and the projected area is the area of the opening in the wall roof Therefore for domed or conical rooflights for example this ratio would be larger than 1 and for typical windows and flat rooflights the value is 1 It cannot have a value which is less than 1 The default values are 1 for windows and 1 3 for rooflights 7 Area ratio covered This is the ratio of the roof area covered by an array of rooflights to the total area of the rooflight glazing See Figure 42 for example This parameter is active only if the envelope to which this window belong
105. where the Hot Water System generator fuel type and efficiency are defined The HW system needs to be defined here before it can be assigned to any zones e Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab This is where the data on the hot water storage and secondary circulation if applicable are defined e Assigned sub tab This tab shows which zones each HWS is assigned to serve e Bi valent Systems sub tab This is where you can define bi valent systems for water heating This sub tab becomes visible only if the hot water is not provided by the HVAC system General sub tab A HWS is defined by the following information 1 Name This needs to be a unique name NB Note that the Multiplier field no longer exists for HWS 2 Generator type Select from Dedicated HWS boiler Stand alone water heater Instantaneous HWS only Instantaneous combi Heat pump or any of this projects HVAC systems previously defined in the HVAC Systems tab 3 Is itlater than 1998 Tick if the system was installed later than 1998 The generator type selected above determines whether this tick box is enabled Whether is box is ticked determines the default seasonal efficiency used by the tool if no value is input by the user 124 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB For boiler systems installed from 1998 onwards a default seasonal efficiency of 0 81 is suggested by the tool based on Statutory Instrument 1994 No 3083 and for boiler
106. with all of its envelope elements windows and doors If you need to only copy the selected record and not any of its sub objects use the copy single object function found in the record selector menu this function will be available in future versions of the tool 6 Reports button Clicking on the Reports button produces two reports the Data Summary report and the Unassigned Objects report These reports are for double checking the data entered For more details on these two reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data 7 Help button Eg The Help button can be found in the top right hand corner of every sub tab of iSBEM Clicking on this button opens the Help menu see Section 6 2 iSBEM Help for further information 8 Multiplier field lf there is more than one identical zone for example this field allows the user to only define it once and then enter the number of these identical zones that exist in the building Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated envelope elements windows doors and additional thermal bridges during the calculation 9 Record navigation buttons ike gt ot These buttons allow you to scroll through the records in that sub tab quickly 10 The Escape key navigating away from incomplete records Once a new record has been created iSBEM will not allow you to navigate away from that screen until you have completed all the mandatory fields all the gr
107. you have been working on in iSBEM or from another User Library This appendix will take you through the basics of How to add a construction type to your library and add this to ISBEM How to add a glazing type to your library and add this to iSBEM How to add a frame type to your library and add this to iSBEM How to edit the list of opaque constructions categories and the list of sources How to import constructions previously entered into an iSBEM project or in another User Library into your own User Library Oh a a For definitions of a particular parameter place the curser in that field and press F1 This will open a window with the Help item for that field in the same way that the Help can be accessed within iSBEM These definitions are not included in this appendix 231 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 The User library can be found as shown in Figure 108 i iSBEM_v4 1 e File Edt Yiew Favorites Back gt E w Address C SNCM ISBEM_v4 1 e vate ED Help Tools Jeah er Folders a XK WD E Name Sze Type Date Mone O BEEMLib z Folder 031272012 11 12 O cev File Folder Os 22012 11 12 iNET File Folder 2970172013 11 16 I pem File Folder Os 12 2012 11 12 gt Projects File Folder 24 01 2013 09 44 a bbl 1 ll 243968 KE Application Extension 31703 2011 20 23 4 Grok dll 2 002 KB Application Extension 25 01 2013 75 11 a E FCgen dll 3 611 KE Application Extension 0171272012 1
108. ysuj JeENUepISeJ UON 1G soueye pue suunesnyy s nesiq SUOIINSU eENUSPISe4 UON LG s eme ye poo 10H pue sjuawysiiqejsy Sulyuq sajeo pue jueINe saY GY PV EV Matrix of activity areas and building types oo aa gt a 2s 22 o5 lt x M APPENDIX F S 9IM S BUOISS9JOJ4 PIOUBUI pUe JIe OY TE 24x7 Generic Office Consulting treatmen Area t areas area corridors and 24x7 Bedroom Unit stairways 24x7 Circulation 24x7 Warehouse 24x7 Reception storage 24 hrs 24x7 Toilet Assembly areas halls Auditoria S S Bathroom I Bedroom I Bedroom Ony Bedroom Unit x x Cell police prison Changing facilities i X with showers Circulation area corridors and stairways ca Circulation area corridors and stairways public non Circulation area corridors and stairways non public restrict Classroom mememe tite Tr e maoona send 1iiiitm 11 SS A e a Se A E T Se a SS S E a moame e e ti A E T es A mma A A E T me 0 e tT s ss uisnq doysyoM PUL s do ao fit H HE Common circulation areas Computerlab DataGentre I X Dept Store Sales T y HAA area chilled DeptStoreSaes X 7 T l i Dept Store Sales area electrical 250 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 area general Diagnost
109. zone height would be from top of floor to top of roof For a zone with a pitched roof and a flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to underside of soffit For a zone with a sloping roof i e an exposed pitched roof with no flat ceiling underneath it the Zone height would be from top of floor to soffit height If there is a suspended floor the zone height would be measured from the floor surface rather than the slab underneath it 78 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 4 Maximum number of storeys Number of storeys of the building being modelled If the building does not have the same number of storeys all over the floor plan input the maximum number of storeys 5 Building area The total building sum of zone areas floor area m This field is for data entry checking purposes only i e the value entered into this field is not used in any part of the calculation The user can compare this figure to the figure calculated by ISBEM and reported directly below it as Currently the total zone area is whichis a sum of all the areas of the entered zones A red warning will appear if these values are not identical The total zone area calculated by iSBEM takes into consideration the value input in the multiplier parameter for each of the zones ing Navigation General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Build About iSBEM
110. 0 519 1077 168 174 1093 168 162 488 236 117 30 3 75 Table 17 Zoning summary and dimensions of the Example building iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 195 28Jan13 A 2 Drawings The next figures show architectural drawings and building zoning for each floor of the Example building z0 01south z0 01north west 20 01 wesi west E S Coffee Shop L f eed z0 01south e AEPA La Tia 5 ial Supermarket a 5 Figure 100 Ground floor plan 196 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 2 E Alet d 28Jan13 z1 01south yon on ae z1 01west e 271 01north west west bp TY Da Circulation a rede le EO PEET cs m Fc H ca E a Le Open Plan Office z1 01north z1 01centre eA E RAEAN e EA E ESEA A z1 01 T z1 01south os a a z O a G Figure 101 First floor plan 197 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 3 SBEM Main Output Document for Example Building SBEM Main Calculation Output Document Thu Jan 31 17 04 56 2013 v4 1 e 5 Building name Example building Building type B1 Offices and Workshop businesses SBEM is an energy calculation tool for the purpose of assessing and demonstrating compliance with Building Regulations Part L for England and Wales Section 6 for Scotland Part F for Northern Ireland Part L for Republic of lreland and Building Bye laws Jersey Part 11
111. 1 n 1 respectively 32 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e f you use the Copy Record function a name is generated automatically for you For example if you copy zone z0 01 the new zone will be automatically named z0 01 1 which you can later rename However any building objects i e envelopes windows doors assigned to the zone which are also copied as a result retain the same names as those which they are copied from e g Z0 01 n z0 01 n g etc It is recommended that you appropriately rename any copied elemenis 3 5 2 Naming constructions and building services systems As there are generally far fewer constructions and building services systems in a building such a methodical nomenclature system as that recommended for the geometrical definition of the building is not generally required as long as the names you give them are unique for e g do not give the same name to two different constructions in the Project Database form However names which clearly identify the type and or use of the construction or building services system are recommended 33 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED This chapter will show you how to install and open iSBEM start a new project or open an existing project and finally close the application correctly NB To open and edit files created with previous versions of iSBEM i e prior to the current version you
112. 2 0 75 Its COs emissions rate is termed the Typical Emission Rate TYR More details on the calculation procedure required by the NCM and the definition of the rating scale are explained in more detail in the NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk Further information on EPCs can be found in DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling This document provides an introduction to energy performance certificates for non dwellings describes the scope and requirements of the regulations that apply on construction sale or let and provides guidance on how these are applied in practice For information on the approved accreditation schemes please refer to http Awww communities gov uk planningandbuilding theenvironment energyperformance energyassessorqualification accreditationstatement NB Communal areas that accompany units with independent heating systems when using ISBEM to produce an EPC Please refer to DCLG s website at http Awww communities gov uk planningandbuilding theenvironment energyperformance energyperformancefaqs epccommercialfagqs named which advises the following In the guidance Improving the Energy Efficiency of our Buildings A Guide to Energy Performance Certificates for t
113. 28 01 13 User Guide C SD oa oo i ISBEM TO Jivovivil An Interface for SBEM Simplified Building Energy Model Part of the N ational Calaulation M e hodology SBE M for assessing the E nergy Performance of Buildings A User Guide to iSBEM UK Volume 2010 Building Regulations iSBEM version 4 Le 28 January 2013 e e Communities 0o D and Local Government iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Version history 2006 4 October 2006 9 July 2010 2010 12 November 2010 2010 31 March 2011 2010 12 December 2011 2010 28 January 2013 2010 Key changes and additions from previous versions of the User Guide Changes and additions in 28 January 2013 version 4 1 e yew _ Changes related to new functionality in the new version as well as further explanation Heeennnnrn or Clarification of existing parameters and functionality in iSBEM are listed below and Further _ denoted in this guide using the NEW and Further guidance icons in the left margin guidance sere e Guidance on the purpose of the new version of the software and the key differences in the new version of the software see Section 2 1 What is iSBEM SBEM and the NCM e Further guidance on inputting energy assessor details into iSBEM see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab in accordance with Landmark s new verification system iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e New field for comparative E amp
114. 6 9547 0 095951 16 8587 69 JUN 1 95959 oO 0 Oo 0 oO 0 oO O 15 2248 O 171647 0 083561 17 1011 70 JUL 2 0626 oO Oo oO 0 Oo 0 oO O 16 5969 O 18 6615 0 082125 15 5793 T1 AUG 2 12798 0 oO oO 0 oO 0 Oo O 16 6614 O 18 7691 0 074043 16 7151 72 SEP 2 16472 Oo oO 0 oO oO 0 Oo O 151326 O 17 2975 0 05665 17 2408 73 OCT 2 71122 oO o o o oO o 0 0393272 15 6952 O 18 6027 0 25304 16 5497 74 Moy 3 52059 oO 0 oO 0 oO 0 0 143006 14 6657 Oo 19 9444 0 661679 19 0827 DET 4 16859 oO 0 oO 0 oO 0 oO 256352 14 5744 Oo 211062 1 33137 19 7745 76 77 SUM 35 1 oO Oo 0 oO oO 0 O 11 4539 181 227 O 227 621 6 96776 220 633 76 KG Cozim 6 80944 oO 0 oO 0 oO Oo O 0267347 74 5655 O 81 6625 3 96907 77 6934 79 l4 4 H Example buiding Complete sim LESS R Ready A Figure 96 Technical output report 8 2 6 Technical Output Report Notional Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel for the notional building similar in format to the technical output report for the actual building described above 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Energy Performance Certificate button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary
115. 8Jan13 Ventilation with Enhanced Thermal Coupling to Structure This is a further development of the night ventilation strategy such that significant components of the building structure in addition to its ordinary surfaces are exposed to night ventilation in order to enhance the building s capability of offsetting daytime cooling demands An example of this procedure is the ThermoDeck system where night ventilation is passed through ducts in the solid floors of the building thereby increasing the coolth contained in the thermal capacity of the building structure available to offset subsequent summertime daytime cooling loads 255 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions Horizontal dimensions Bas Plan 2 Consider Building 1 Building 2 e Plan view of two buildings in a terrace Separated by a party wall Building 1 has two zones e Wall types Perimeter surrounds each building external and party walls Internal refers to walls within each building partitions a O F ja i Panttion 3 Generally follow RICS definition of Gross Internal Area Need to measure e Inside perimeter walls e Mid point of internal walls e Party walls are perimeter so measure to surface not mid point Openings e Inside structural opening w x h e Not just glass area e Percentage glazing is as viewed from inside ie percentage of wall area to full zo
116. 9 56 mi EFCgen ese 3607 KE Application 2012013 16 37 E EPCgen ini TEB Configuration Settings 29 01 2013 71 16 i ISBEM crit 2UREB Help Contents File 1271172010 15 34 SBEM HLP 3244 KBE Help File 12 11 2010 15 32 4h ISBEM_v4 1 e mdb 5 908 KE Microsoft Access Da 29 01 2073 11 16 E curl dll FOO KB Application Extension 27 09 2011 15 46 2 bea dll 1 517 KE Application Extension 14 02 2011 17 07 k libidn 11 dll ffT4KB Application Extension 307 0372010 21 29 libssl32 dll 34 7 EE Application Extension 14 02 2077 1707 Fj net convert UP TO v3 5 4 mdb 1 664 K6 Microsoft Access Da 31703 2011 20 47 lak net convert v4 1 e mdb 2160 EB Microsott Access Da 25 01 2019 15 46 Z README tmt SKEE Test Document 26r 0172013 14 27 M SBEM EHE BS KEB Application 25 01 2073 15 21 gt SBE Mini TEBE Configuration Settings 29701 2013 11 15 E SBEM_brukl ini TEB Configuration Settings 29 01 2013 11 15 d User Library cnt 4EB Help Contents File 1202 2008 11 02 gt ee LIBRA Y ALP ef The User Library can be accessed by peat ery rene tel cae ie NO el double clicking this icon 39 9 MB d My Computer A Figure 108 Location of the User defined construction library E objects 1 How to add a construction type to your library and add this to iSBEM To add a construction to the User Library click into the Constructions form and follow the instructions starting by clicking on the create new construction button and finishing by up
117. AHU leakage specific fan power HWS generator efficiency metering and controls provision and high pressure drop air filtration Lighting sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the lighting input parameters i e lamp type lighting controls and parasitic power This sub tab is where the energy assessor provides supporting evidence for over riding any of the default values in iSBEM This information is necessary for the audit trail regarding all the parameters that are used to carry out the energy calculations for the generation of the EPC should any of the default values or settings be changed by the energy assessor Each of the above four sub sub tabs contains the following 1 2 General Accept defaults this is the list of defaults set in iSBEM for each of Construction Geometry HVAC amp HWS and Lighting which the energy assessor can over ride Assessor walk though inspection supporting evidence based on a walk through inspection by the energy assessor Inspection by other Sales particulars supporting evidence based on sales particulars Inspection by other Technical inspection supporting evidence based on a technical inspection by someone other than the energy assessor On site measurements of input parameters for assessment supporting evidence based on on site measurements of the input parameters Other sources supporting evidence based on other sources Comments additio
118. ATING provision is GOOD Add time control to heating system Code EPG H2 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add local time control to heating system Code EPC H5 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Savedper Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add local temperature control to the heating system Code EPC H6 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add optimum start stop to the heating system Code EPC H7 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 209 Page 1 of 4 28Jan13 CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add weather compensation controls to heating system Code EPC H8 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add time control to heating system Code EPC H2 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to HVAC for the example building Comments Add local time control to hea Code EPC H5 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spen OOR Applicable to C Comments HVAC for the example building Add weather compensation controls to heating system Code EPC H8 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Appl
119. Assigned Absortivity Good Refresh Shading factor 1 ratio fe Tick if the solar collector is provided with an independent fan cDo you know the Supply SFP Do you know the Design Air Flow Rate f No use the default 1 5 Wris amp No use the default 1 2 mas i Yes SFP for the system iz Wilts f Yes design air flow is mas Record I1 l afi Po H Re Search Figure 69 Defining a transpired solar collector Transpired Solar Collectors tab 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab The zone definition is not completed within the Zones tab in the Geometry form Some zone parameters related to building services are defined within the Building Services form under the Zones tab There are eight sub tabs in the Zones tab e HVAC and HWS Systems sub tab This is where you assign the HVAC system and HWS which serve each zone e Ventilation sub tab This is where you define the local ventilation type and characteristics for each zone e Ventilation cont sub tab This is where you provide more data on the ventilation and heat recovery in the zone 140 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e Exhaust sub tab This is where you define an exhaust system in a zone e Lighting sub tab This is where you enter details about the general lighting characteristics for each zone e Lighting Controls sub tab This is where you enter details about the lighting controls for each zo
120. Building Control while surveying the building 181 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 ile Edit Yiew Favorites C NCM iSBEM_ 4 1 d Projects Example building Complete Example building le C NCM SBEM_v4 1 d t X 18 Live Search Tools Help w Favorites 53 E Suggested Sites Web Slice Gallery ec INCM ISBEM_ v4 1 d Projects Click here go to the zone which the envelope is part of not ground floor ve window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door gt gt Pager Safety Tools v th amp 0 11 0 45 0 08 ual 0 09 gt _1 6 Envelope Parameter Value Comments Warnings ante pme Click here to be taken to the l description of the External Wall Type of envelope Wall anne pace to Exterior Click here go to the HVAC uction Externdf wall system which serves the zone m2 7 5 that the envelope is part of tation South 2 2 gt 2 6 Envelope Parameter Value Comments Warnings Name z0 02 ei Multiplier 1 Type of envelope Wall Connects space to Conditioned adjoining space Construction Internal wall EJ o N ao a tom e z Figure 94 Data Reflection report in html format NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab iSBEM versio
121. C system System type heat source fuel type further details on Zone Building Services form gt efficiencies duct leakage HVAC systems tab specific fan power and controls and so on A a by this Generator type fuel type details mI on efficiency and whether it is a Zone Puding SECES ior storage system envelope Dimensions orientation HWS Building Services form gt elements inclination storage SES tab If et d appropriate surroun on this zone Dimensions orientation Building Services form gt inclination and type PVS tab Terrain type dimensions and Building Services form gt i a and so on for all the windows roof lights and power Wind generator doors that are present in the envelope elements Fuel type details on efficiency CHP building heat and hot water Building Services form gt generator supplied and thermal and CHP tab electrical efficiencies Building Services form gt Zone and TSC tab Geometry form Envelope gt Envelopes tab and element Building Services form gt Type operation control type absorptivity and design air flow Zones tab Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects 23 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK volume 12Dec11 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA 3 1 Introduction There are four steps to calculating the ratings for a building First a decision needs to be made on whether SBEM is the appropriate
122. C England set the weather location to Glasgow run the calculation and obtain the comparative E amp W asset rating They can then input that same value into the original nct file of the building as described above and re run the calculation to enable the software to determine the corresponding E amp W energy band and insert both the comparative asset rating and energy band into the XML generated for EPC Scotland 12 Main renewable source Select to either let SBEM determine the main renewable source to appear on the Scottish EPC based on the input parameters and the calculated results select From calculation or to display Other non calculated on the EPC to denote that the main renewable source is of a type that cannot currently be modelled in SBEM This parameter is active only if the Scottish EPC is selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above 13 Tick box to indicate whether mains gas is available on site even if it is not actually used in the building This parameter is active only if the Scottish building regulations EPC or compliance checking is selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above 14 Related party disclosure any related party disclosure by the Energy Assessor for the purposes of energy calculations for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB
123. Calculation Logs sub tab e Calculation Errors sub tab e Supporting Documents sub tab Building Rating sub tab The Asset Rating is calculated by clicking on the Calculate EPC Rating button This runs the data through the SBEM calculation engine and the Energy Performance Certificate Generator EPCgen NB Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to enter all your assessor details into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection then the XML message will not be generated Please note that the EPC and Recommendations Report produced on your computer will always contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis 166 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB See APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register for more quidance The Building Rating sub tab then displays the following calculated results 1 The energy used per unit floor area kWh m annually by the actual notional and reference buildings for heating cooling auxiliary energy lighting and hot water 2 The total energy used per unit floor area kWh m annually by the actual notional and reference buildings in terms of electric
124. Compliance with Building Regulations 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB If any changes are made to a project the Check Regulation button needs to be clicked on again upon returning to this sub tab in order to update the results as the results figures cannot be refreshed unless the calculation is re run NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced Unassignmeni alert If you have omitted to assign any objects in the interface you will be notified at the bottom of both the Building Regulations Check and Asset Rating tabs You will be able to view the Unassigned Objects Report by clicking on the Objects Report button You will see one of the following two messages at the bottom of the screen Click to check object assignments there are no CRITICAL un assignments in this project Please check CRITICAL UNASSIGNMENTS before proceeding with final rating where is the number of critical un assignments detected in the project NB CRITICAL refers to building object un assignments rather than
125. Dual duct VAV Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation A VAV system with separate supply of hot and cold air Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Indoor packaged cabinet VAV Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Local cooling heating unit May supply air directly into room into under floor void or into ceiling void May have terminal units with variable local recirculation rate May have electrical trim heater Volume of air handled is sufficient to handle all the cooling load Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Fan coil systems Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Local fanned terminal units in ceiling on wall or on floor with a central chilled water supply Systems may be 2 pipe 3 pipe or 4 pipe changeover or non changeover no distinction is made here Assumed to also provide heating Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level Induction system Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Air is supplied from a central unit commonly at high pressure This induces a secondary airflow within the terminal unit to achieve an acceptable delivery temperature Final heating or cooling is provided by heat exchangers within the terminal Systems may be 2 pipe 3 pipe or 4 pipe changeover or non changeover no distinction
126. Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations Report EPC reference number xml lf the EPC is generated in Welsh as well as in English by ticking the relevant tick box in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab the file containing the EPC in Welsh will be named as follows 9 Energy Performance Certificate in Welsh project name _epcw pdf The project folder for the Example building Complete file is shown in Figure 97 with the output reports highlighted when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking and in Figure 98 with the output reports highlighted when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates Also highlighted is the NCT file which is the file that is read by iSBEM and where all the input data has been stored If you need to share a project with your colleagues this is the only file you need to send them They will be able to open it through iSBEM and generate all the other files Other files highlighted in Figure 97 are 3 error files with the extension err which you should check for any warnings or error messages generated by SBEM or BRUKL during the calculation These are text files which can be opened by any text editor on your computer for e g MS Notepad Similarly in Figure 98 4 error files are highlighted which contain warnings or error messages generated by SBEM or EPCgen during the calculation The contents of these files can a
127. Help ar at a 5 ay A J 5 Back i D Pa Search ler Folders Va e Xx if Address C NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e4Projects Example building Complete 3 Go Name ssssuue uecslSwedd XML file for official submission of the EPC and the 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 xml 193KB ecommencations report E Example building Complete_ sim owh EB ff SEE xample building Complete nct IEKE The NCT file the file read by iSBEM ray Example building Complete sinm csy CEB MicrosottExcel Com O1 02 2013 17 43 Fay Example building Complete ret sin ceyv 9 RB p sal aes i aa T EL Example building Complete not sim csv JEE Technical Output report for the actual building Ea Aar s hl FRampls piang DOMpeIecnOkcChesy age Technical Output report for the reference building ray Example building Conmplete_epe csy SKE Zk Example building Complete_dr csv 3KE Technical Output report for the notional building Example building Complete_ret inp NEE IR z TVET eZ x E ilding a0 KB EE G SIRE pacing eamplets_pabine g csv Data Reflection report for the notional building Example building Complete_epe inp 18 KEN Example building Complete np 1EB IN csv Data Reflection report for the actual building Example building Complete sin hws 2 KE 7 z OE eO Example building Complete_not_dr htm 2 048 KE HTML Document O1 02 2013 143 Example building Complete_dr htm 2 736 RE html Data Reflection
128. I s field enabled if there is mechanical ventilation at zone level o Demand controlled ventilation 24 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 B Flow regulation type e Does activity require high pressure drop air treatment Sub tab Ventilation cont e Heat recovery in the zone ventilation field enabled if there is mechanical ventilation at zone level o Heat recovery seasonal efficiency o Variable heat recovery efficiency e Specific fan power for system terminal units W I s Sub tab Exhaust e ls there mechanical exhaust in the zone o Flow rate of mechanical exhaust I s m o Specific fan power for exhaust W I s o Extract system serves single or multiple rooms Sub tab Lighting e Provide information on lighting using one of the following 3 options 1 Full lighting design o Total wattage W o Design illuminance lux or 2 Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out o Lumens per circuit wattage o Light output ratio or 3 Lighting parameters not available o Lamp type e Does display lighting use efficient lamps field enabled for activities with display lighting o Lumens per circuit wattage for display lighting e Are air extracting luminaries fitted Sub tab Lighting Controls e Type of lighting controls in the zone o Local manual switching o Photoelectric B Dimming or switching B Type of sensors B Different sensor for back of zone B Parasitic power for photoelectric control o Do you want SBEM to pe
129. It should include all heat generating plants including any CHP generators any waste heat recovery or heat dumping the effect of heat losses in distribution external to the building the emissions from electricity used for pumping and any other relevant carbon dioxide emissions The COs emission factors for the fuel s used by the district heating system should be taken from DCLG s 2010 NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk Submission for Building Regulations compliance and the evidence collected by the EPC energy assessors should include a report signed by a suitably qualified person detailing how the emission factor for district heating has been derived NB Guidance for calculating the CO emission factor for district heating schemes supplied by Combined Heat and Power only systems CHP For CHP systems the overall COs emission factor is the CO2 emission factor of the fuel divided by the overall efficiency of the 106 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 CHP plant If more than one fuel is used a weighted average figure should be calculated based on the respective proportions of each of the fuels and its corresponding CO emission factor This will then need to be apportioned between heat and electricity A suitable method for the purposes of calculations for Building Regulations compliance and Energy Performance XVIII Certificates for non domestic buildings is to use the following equations OEF Overall C
130. ML message will not be generated However this does not apply if EPC scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis 20745a1 75aed amp displaylang en iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB See APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register for more guidance and trouble shooting steps 4 2 Installing iSBEM on your computer The current version is iSBEM_v4 1 e 2010 building regulations The tool can be accessed via the following web address www ncm bre co uk NB FILES CREATED WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF iSBEM ARE NOT AUTOMATICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THIS VERSION AND WOULD REQUIRE CONVERSION BEFORE THEY CAN BE OPENED AND EDITED USING THE CURRENT VERSION see APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion How to install iSBEM 1 Go to the Download page and complete the form and accept conditions 2 Click on the hyperlink to download the tool 3 Save the iSBEM_V4 1 e exe file to a folder of your choice on your hard drive do not try to open the file at this point such as the Desktop 4 Once the download is complete double click on the ISBEM_v4 1 e exe icon and then click on Unzip to initiate the self extracting process This will automatically install the application in a new folder on your hard drive default folder C NCM You may change the installation path if you wish 5 Once the file has been unzipped to your hard drive the message 49 file s unzipped successfully will appear this nu
131. NG INTO iSBEM This chapter takes you through each of the iSBEM data entry forms consecutively the General Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms giving guidance on what information is required at each stage For this section of the tutorial you will be using the Example building Tutorial file Some of the information for the Example building has already been entered into this file but in each step there will be a few fields that need to be filled in The Example building The Example building is a two storey rectangular building A coffee shop and a supermarket are located on the ground floor separated by a passageway while the first floor is office soace The Original drawings for each floor as well as the characteristics of the building fabric are shown in APPENDIX A A 3D view of the Example building is shown in Figure 15 Figure 15 3D view of the Example building Before continuing with the tutorial it is recommended that you have a brief read through APPENDIX A to familiarise yourself with the building and in particular how the building has been zoned Task 3 Close the completed version of the example Example building Complete File that you have been using to take a tour of the interface in Task 2 and open the tutorial version of the example Example building Tutorial file To do this go to the File Options tab in the General form and click Open an existing project
132. O emission factor as defined above HPR the heat to power ratio over the whole year COs emission factor for heat OEF x HPR 1 2 5 HPR CO emission factor for electricity OEF x HPR 1 0 4 HPR General Project Database Geometry Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Building Services Global and Defaults Hvac systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators CHP generator Transpired solar collectors Zones Building services detail for the whole Project P HVAC System Defaults Project building services Air Conditioning Inspection Metering provision for lighting systems District Heating Parameters Is the lighting separately sub metered Do you know the carbon dioxide conversion factor of the DH network O N don t k fe as K fe Ho uee deraut value 0 293 kolOeki h gt with alarm for out of range values faje Conyersion action ig o 293 KOLUS kwh i No or don t know fe Yes it does k i Do you know the primary energy conversion factor of the DH network fe Wo use default valie Ta Esti Other building details f Yes conversion factor iE A a A Electric power factor O 9 od for cooling Figure 48 Project Building Services sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services form Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation except EPC Scotland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the Ge
133. OIDCS 2 11 cccsececeneeereneeeeneeeneneeeeneeeseneeeeaes 187 APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM output documentation 191 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 1 BUIGING CCSCHDNOR sorra E N 191 GONS MUCHOS cera a aa a a 192 Systems 192 ZOMAG OF ThE DUIN sirrin A AE AAR A ade aaa ladon doasioies 192 A 2 DAVINA S chest Sessa EEEE E A laa Deke Uae cea aaa ca aa tae E oa tacit nant atone E laa 196 A 3 SBEM Main Output Document for Example BUuIlCind 1cccccccsecseceeesseesseesseesaeeees 198 A 4 Energy Performance Certificate for Example Building 11cccccecccsseeccsnseseseeessneeseaes 200 A 5 Recommendations Report for Example Bulldlind 11ccccccseccsecnseccusecuessuessuessueseeens 202 A 6 Sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations REDO ccscccceeecsseceseeseesensenseesens 209 A 7 Sample SBEM BRUKL Output Document ccccseccseeccseecceeessueeceeessuseeseesseesseesens 213 A 8 Sample BRUKL Additional Details Report ccccscccseeccseecsneesseseeeeessueesseessneesseesens 219 A 9 Sample Energy Performance Certificate for Scotland ccccccccseeccseccseeecseessnseeseesens 222 A 10 Sample Specification Information Document for Scottish Building Regulations 223 APPENDIX B ISBEM file CONVErSION ccecceeeeeeeeneeeneeneeeneeneeeneeneneneenees 227 APPENDIX C User defined construction database 0 ssssceeeeseeeeeeeeeees 231 APPENDIX D List of
134. Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab is unticked It the box is ticked the contents of the Building Navigation form will be refreshed automatically with any changes in the objects properties that might have been performed since the Building Navigation form was last accessed see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Selections Object Properties i About iSBEM Objects section SP ee A VAC for the example building am z0 Oleast gt zU Uleast e gt 20 Oleast c1 gt z0 Oleast f E gt 2003 C Envelope elements Walls Roofs and Floors We 2003s Weedowes ancl Doors Wy 2003 6 ow 20 03 n iV Other objects HWS SES PVS Wind generators Wy 2003 d 20 03 wed f gt 20 O03 c1 5 lt w gt 20 03 91 status section Z gt zi 0lcentre igned Objects Lr z2il Ulcentre c ssi lt f gt 21 O1lcentre f1 cw ziQlcentre si Key to Objects iW Zzl Olcentre e1 2 section LW Z1 O1lcentre ni lt h gt HVAC Systems lt 7 gt Zones LW zi 0lcentre wi lt w gt Walls ar gt Roofs lt f gt z1lOlcentrefe lt f gt Floors lt wi gt Windows z zU Ulnorth lt rl gt Roofiights d gt Doors IW z20 Olnorth n lt c gt Constructions lt g gt glass wi 0O1lnorth n g lt hws gt HW Systems lt s gt Solar Systems We 2U Ulnorth e lt p gt FY generators lt wg gt Wind generators sd 20 Olnorthe d
135. PBD EPCgen ETL HEPA H THW HVAC HWS IF ISBEM LTHW LZC MTHW NCM PVS SBEM SSEER SSEff SES SFP TER VAV VRF iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Air Handling Unit Building Emission Rate Building Regulations United Kingdom Part L The Building Regulations compliance checking module Combined Cooling Heat and Power Comit Europ en de Normalisation The European Committee for Standardisation Combined Heat and Power Carbon dioxide Enhanced Capital Allowance Energy Efficiency Ratio Energy Performance of Buildings Directive Energy Performance Certificate Generator The EPC generator module Energy Technology List High Efficiency Particulate Air High Temperature Hot Water boiler Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Hot Water System Improvement Factor Interface for SBEM Low Temperature Hot Water boiler Low or Zero Carbon Medium Temperature Hot Water boiler National Calculation Methodology Photovoltaic System Simplified Building Energy Model Seasonal System Energy Efficiency Ratio Seasonal System Efficiency Solar Energy System Specific Fan Power Target Emission Rate Variable Air Volume Variable Refrigeration Flow 11 28Jan13 1 HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE 1 1 Scope of the guide The purpose of this guide is to give an introduction to the use of iSBEM an interface for SBEM Simplified Building Energy Model an approach for the National Calculation Methodology NCM for assessing the
136. PPENDIX A A 5 for a sample Recommendations Report for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced NB The NCM recommendations are generated for the building and its energy systems when operated according to standard schedules appropriate to the general activities in the building The Energy Assessor is expected to use his or her knowledge to remove inappropriate ones and possibly to add further ones If the Energy Performance Rating calculation has made extensive use of default values some of the recommendations may be based on uncertain assumptions These recommendations do not cover the quality of operation or maintenance of the building and its systems There are frequently significant opportunities for energy and carbon savings in these areas and a full energy audit to identify them is strongly recommended 8 2 9 Technical Output Report Reference Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel for the reference building similar in format to the technical output report for the actual building described previously See Section 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building 8 2 10 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report This report is generated if either EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purp
137. Power Record I1 l afi RL Re Search Figure 67 Defining a wind generator NB There are no wind generators in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 7 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tab This tab only appears if one of the HVAC systems defined in the HVAC Systems tab is specified to use a Combined Heating and Power CHP generator for provision of hot water space heating and electrical power or a Combined Cooling Heating and Power CCHP generator for provision of hot water space cooling space heating and electrical energy i e the relevant box is ticked 137 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 There is only one sub tab in the CHP Generator tab e General sub tab General sub tab The parameters required to describe the CHP generator in iSBEM are see Figure 68 1 Fuel type Select from Natural gas LPG Biogas Oil Coal Anthracite Smokeless fuel inc coke Dual fuel appliances mineral wood Biomass and Waste heat 2 Heat efficiency the seasonal thermal efficiency of the CCHP generator defined as the total annual useful heat supplied by the generator divided by the total annual fuel energy input to the generator using the gross calorific value 3 Electrical efficiency it is calculated as the total annual electric power output by the CHP divided by the total annual fuel energy input using the gross calorific value NB Values for the heat and electrical effi
138. RR OE E La BE OASIS GG E Oa Rt hea Sa a Pn casio eaves 108 Figure 50 HVAC system definition General sub tab oo ccccccccc cece cnecc cence eee e cee ee eee ca eeeeeeeeae essa eeaaeeeaaees 113 Figure 51 HVAC systems definition Heating SUD tAD cccccccccscccceeccccneee cc eeee ca eeeenaeeecaaeeesaneesaaeeenes 117 Figure 52 HVAC systems definition Cooling SUD t D cccccccccccsecc cence cneee ce ee ceca eee c canes caaeeenaaeesaaeeenes 118 Figure 53 HVAC systems definition System Adjustments SUD tAD ccc ccccc cece cence ceeecceeccaeeeeaeeeaeeseneees 120 8 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Figure 54 HVAC systems definition Metering Provision sub tab ccccccccscccecccneeceeeccaeeeeaeesaeeseaeees 121 Figure 55 HVAC systems definition System Controls sub tab ooeessneesneeseesssesssenssersserssersseess 122 Figure 56 HVAC systems definition Bi valent Systems sub tab noooensnensnnsnnnssenssessserssersseesss 123 Figure 57 HVAC Systems tab Zone Summary SUD TAD iisa 124 Figure 58 Defining a HWS inthe General SUDAGD rarena aAA 125 Figure 59 HW Storage and Secondary Circulation sub tab eonnennannnennnnsensenssensenssessenseessesseene 127 Figure 60 HW Bi valent Systems SUb tabD xii sols cnceceig savas eten ov A En tata EERE RAAE EA TRETA i 128 Figure 61 The Assigned sub tab shows Zones to which the HWS has been assigned 0 000000000nn 129 Figure 62 Defining a Solar Energy System
139. SBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 To delete a generator type click here to highlight and click the Delete button on your keyboard amp No Filter Figure 60 HW Bi valent Systems sub tab Assigned sub tab The zones assigned to the HWS can be viewed in the Assigned sub tab of the HWS tab shown in Figure 61 Task 15 Define the HWS Details can be found in Section A 1 under Systems Click into the HWS tab in the Building Services form There is only one type of HWS in this building and it needs to be named and defined here 128 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Ps Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones HWS selector HWS for the example building gt l Tc zH General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned Bivvalent Systeme This HS is assigned to ones iieast COCOON 20 01 northwest 20 01 south 20 01 southwest 21 01 centre 21 01 east 21 01 north 27 01 northeast 121 01 northwest 21 01 south 21 01 southeast Record H l afi RL OR z Search Figure 61 The Assigned sub tab shows Zones to which the HWS has been assigned 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab There are three sub tabs in the SES tab e Collector Parameters renamed fro
140. TPUT REPORTS cceeeeees 162 Sls WMG RALIG Sil OM soa EER 162 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab cccccsccccssscccseeenscsesnsueecsusescsusessusesnsusesseessasesanaes 163 8 1 2 AssS et Raung laDeror eere rE EA a E A AR aa 166 8 2 SBENW OUIDULTCDOMS eeni dunt dnogaedalosduntsdaseundevasteaes 177 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output DOCUMEOMN cccccccccccesccuscussoncsaecsasecssecsnscusseustoetsasesasecssecenses 178 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations 179 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual BUullOlind 12 cccccseccnesecneeccneesauseeeesseseeseessnsenaeesens 181 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional BULlIin 1ccccccseecseecneccseecseecusesuessuesauesauesseeses 183 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building ccccccccsecccseecsueeeeecsueeeseessuecsseessneeeaees 183 8 2 6 Technical Output Report Notional Building 1ccccsccccseccseeecneecsueceaeessseeseessnsesaees 184 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate a hexc tata lect edisatite vise banasi salute vaostieatidastiteviassbaneveustnes inset 184 8 2 8 Recommendations TROD OM si csie is Saataa esna E Sonigy shades EER E 185 8 2 9 Technical Output Report Reference Building 1 cccccccccccseeccseccseeeceessusesseessnsessees 186 8 2 10 SBEM Secondary Recommendations RDO 2 cccccccceeecneeecneeeeaeeereaeeesaeeensaeeeeaes 186 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project f
141. The total energy used per unit floor area KWh m annually by the actual building and the notional building in terms of both electricity and fuel use 3 The Actual Building Emission Rate BER This is the annual COs emissions per unit floor area for the actual building in kgCO2 m 4 The Notional Building Emission rate This is the annual CO emissions per unit floor area for the notional building in kgCO2 m 5 The Target Emission Rate TER kgCO m for details on the derivation of the TER see Section 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes In Scotland this is the Notional Building Emission Rate with the following two factors applied to it a IF improvement factor b LZC Low or zero carbon benchmark 6 Pass COs If the BER lt TER the building passes the CO emissions criterion of the building regulations Otherwise it does not Checks regarding other Building Regulations compliance criteria such as U Value checks and building services efficiencies checks can be found in the Building Regulations Compliance document see Section 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations which can be accessed from the Building Rating sub tab Also accessible from this sub tab is the Main SBEM Output report and the Data Reflection Reports See Sections 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output 163 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Document
142. U value check N B Neither roof ventilators inc smoke vents nor swimming pool basins are modelled or checked against the limiting standards by the tool Air Permeability Worst acceptable standard This building mi h m at 50 Pa Page 1 of 6 213 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 b Building services The building services parameters listed below are expected to be checked by the BCO against guidance No automatic checking is performed by the tool Whole building lighting automatic monitoring amp targeting with alarms for out of range values Whole building electric power factor achieved by power factor correction 1 HVAC for the example building Heating seasonal efficiency Cooling nominal efficiency SFP W I s HR seasonal efficiency Automatic monitoring amp targeting with alarms for out of range values for this HVAC system 1 HWS for the example building Heating seasonal efficiency Hot water storage loss factor kWh litre per day Local mechanical ventilation and exhaust Supply extract SFP W I s HR seasonal efficiency Exhaust SFP W I s ee ee E General lighting and display lighting Zone 20 02 23 oo o y O z1 02 C zao 20 S o z1oteemre 2790 21 01north M080 z1 01west 490 21 01south M090 z1 01easi C z0 01southwest a oo eo a z0 01northwest z1 01northeasi z1 01southeasi z1 01southwest z1 01northwesi Criterion 3 The spaces in the building should have approp
143. UK Volume 28Jan13 envelope lt w gt for wall lt f gt for floor ceiling and lt r gt for roof If any of the envelopes windows or doors are highlighted in the left hand side window more details about that object appear in the Selected objects properties window such as its area construction and the condition of the space it connects the zone to Also included in the details is the ID number given by iSBEM to this envelope This ID number can be used to locate this particular envelope quickly using the Go to ID field in the Envelope tab should any editing of its parameters be required see section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab and Figure 40 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About SBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights l This is the ID number of Zone selector 20 O1east fea ne Che this envelope given to it by e iSBEM General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary a gt aaatse UTT tmtm lt gt zUOleastec1 lt f gt z0U Uleast t Show objects Envelopes only amp Miclude Windows amp Doors Selected objects propertie EEN ID Name roy least e in Zone z0 0least Multiplier 1 Area 54 m2 Length 18 m Type Wall Adjoining condition Exterior Construction External wall U value 0 16 Wim2k km value 51 kJ m2K Record H 1
144. Unfiltered Search First Previous Next Last 3 Add new record record record record record button 9 Record navigation buttons 10 Additional Functionality the ESCAPE key Pressing the escape key to navigate away from an uncompleted form Figure 12 A General sub tab basic commands and buttons 46 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 1 Data entry fields The data entry fields in iSBEM require the user to either enter text numbers or select an option from a drop down menu Some of the fields have a green background These fields are mandatory and must be filled in before proceeding to the next record or navigating away from that screen 2 Record selector button Clicking on the record selector drop down button produces a drop down list of all of the records in that sub tab For example in the Project Database form gt Constructions for Walls tab clicking on the record selector drop down button displays all of the constructions for walls that have already been defined in that project To the right of the name of the record there is further information about the parent building objects for that record For example in the Zones tab clicking the record selector button displays all of the zones in the building along with the HVAC system with which each zone is associated the HVAC system that serves the zone Extra features Copy single object function this function will be available in future versions of the tool
145. W asset rating for EPC Scotland calculations in General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e Field for transaction type is now also active for EPC Scotland calculations in General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e New sub tab for EPBD Recast requirements in the General form gt General Information tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e Field for UPRN is now also active for EPC Scotland in the General form gt General Information tab gt Building Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e New field for restricted access to XML for EPC Scotland calculations in the General form gt General Information tab gt Building Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e Field for inspection date is now also active for EPC Scotland calculations in General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e New field for assessor s email address in the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e Sub form for assessor s insurance details is now also active for EPC Scotland calculations in General form gt General Information tab gt Accredited Person Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab e New fi
146. ab gt Thermal bridges sub tab General sub tab Condition of adjoining space Project Database form gt Geometry form gt Envelope for envelope elements Construction for Walls tab gt tab gt General sub tab General sub tab Geometry form gt Zones tab gt Project Database form gt Quick Envelopes sub tab Construction for Floors tab gt General sub tab Project Database form gt Construction for Roofs tab gt General sub tab Table 8 Global parameters 6 2 iSBEM Help ISBEM Help can be accessed in two ways 1 By pressing the Help button which appears on every sub tab in the interface as described in Section 6 1 This opens the Help Topics window from which you can navigate to the item of interest See Figure 13 2 By clicking into the field of interest and pressing the F1 key on your keyboard This opens the specific Help entry relating to that particular field in the Help Entries window see Figure 14 From there you can click either Contents Index or Find to open the Help Topics dialogue box There are Help entries on each of the fields in the interface and there is a selection of How to entries such as how to close iSBEM how to name the building objects or how to go about describing a roof Most of this information can also be found in this User Guide Help Topics window Figure 13 All of the Help topics are listed in the Help Topics window It cont
147. above parameters related to alternative energy systems and the associated requirements General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Agent R Project details Special considerations EPBD Recast Building details Qualified Accredited Person details Owner details Building details Building type Offices and Workshop businesses v Name of the project Example building UPRN 0000000000 Access restriction Norestictiol H Building address City 56 London Road LONDON Postal Code sw23 1HA Location Description Inspection date 29 01 2008 Calendar I fick the bu Figure 25 The Building Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form Building Details sub tab In this sub tab Figure 25 the following information can be entered Building Details 1 Building type The choice of building type here sets the default building type for the activity areas that you will define later You will however be able to change the building type for each of the activity areas when you come to define them in the Geometry form At this point you should choose the building type that most closely defines the majority of the building 2 Name of the project NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes UPRN the Unique Property Reference Numb
148. ains three screens from which you can navigate to your chosen topic the Contents screen the Index screen and the Find screen e The Contents screen lists all the entries under the iSBEM form tab or sub tab to which they relate or under the How to menu 49 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e The Index screen lists all the entries in alohabetical order e The Find screen contains a search facility which brings back all the Help entries which contain in their contents a given word or phrase Entries listed under the Entries listed form tab sub tab to which in they relate or under the alphabetical Find facility allows the user to search for a given word or phrase in the content of the How to menu order Help entries Help Topics iSBEM National Caiculation Methodology eo x Contents Index Find Click a topic and then click Display Or click another tab such as Index Background Information ce General 2 Project Database Form g Construction For walla Ce Constructon For Roots Ce Construction For Floors g gt Constructon For Doors Ce Glazing gS Geometry Ce Building Services Ce Ratings Ce Special Buttons ce How to Figure 13 Help Topics window Help Entries window Figure 14 Double clicking on the item of interest in the Help Topics window or clicking on F1 on your keyboard while the cursor is in the relevan
149. air volume VAV single duct b VAV dual duct c VAV indoor packaged cabinet d Fan coil systems 2 3 or 4 pipe and changeover or non changeover e Induction systems f Constant volume systems CAV fixed or variable fresh air rate g Multizone hot deck cold deck systems h Constant volume systems terminal reheat i Constant volume systems dual duct j Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams plus displacement ventilation k Active chilled beams Water loop heat pump systems e g Versatemp Is there an air conditioning system present that incorporates centralised air YES supply as an integral component A Level 3 assessment can therefore be carried out 253 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume YES A Level 4 assessment is YES therefore required A Level 4 assessment is therefore required YES A Level 4 assessment is therefore required 28Jan13 Accompanying Notes to Assessment Level Decision Flow Chart including agreed definitions Air Permeability Air permeability is expressed as volume flow per hour m h of air supplied to the space per square metre m of envelope area for an internal to external pressure difference of 50 Pa i e 25 m hm at 50Pa Atrium In this context a non continuously occupied interior space within a building often several storeys high bounded on at least one side by occupied spaces set to the conditions determined from the activity
150. amp lumens per circuit Watt and li the light output ratio LOR of the luminaire 148 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 c Lighting parameters not available where you need to choose the lamp type from a drop down list usually for existing buildings The luminous efficacy used by SBEM when each of the lamp types is selected is shown in Table 15 If you cannot find your lamp type on the list you can select the one with the closest luminous efficacy NB The options for inputting the lighting information available for the analysis are as follows e lf the purpose of analysis in iSBEM is set to 2010 Part L compliance i e this is a new building the lighting definition should be through inputting the lighting wattage and illuminance level as specified in DCLG s 2010 NCM Modelling Guide If the Lux level is left blank the illuminance level from the NCM Activity Database will be used in the calculation and a message appears in iSBEM advising what the database illuminance value is for this activity If the wattage is left blank a pessimistic default value is used by iSBEM If this is a preliminary analysis of the building and lighting has not yet been designed lighting input can be done by selecting a lamp type from the drop down menu option 1 c above However note that the luminous efficacy values used by SBEM in association with the available lamp type options are pessimistic Table 15 and users are advised to re run t
151. an be approximated in SBEM by defining your HVAC system type as split or multisplit the heat source as LTHW boiler and fuel type as natural gas and then define the appropriate seasonal efficiency for the heating and energy efficiency ratio for the cooling SBEM will use natural gas for the heating and grid supplied electricity for the cooling If applicable you then need to define the mechanical ventilation at zone level for all the zones served by this system with a suitable ventilation SFP and heat recovery 2 Are there destratification fans in the zone Tick box Destratification fans provide additional air recirculation in the zone to ensure even temperature distribution while these would help reduce heating loads they would increase auxiliary energy loads NB Desitratification may be achieved by several means for each of which minimum flow rates should be ensured Where destratification and heating is provided by the same system higher flow rates may be needed to avoid excessive air supply temperatures e Cased fans installed at high level The volume of air handled by the fans should be at least equivalent to two room volumes per hour Total air movement will be higher than this because additional airflow will be induced e Open blade sweep fans In this case air soeeds will be lower and the volume of air handled should be at least the equivalent of 6 room volumes per hour e High velocity induction nozzles wit
152. analysis Sub form Insurance details sub form enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Insurance Company Policy Number Policy start effective date Policy end expiry date Policy cover limit Sub tab Owner s details Name Telephone number Address City Postcode Form Project Database Tab Construction for walls Sub tab General iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Name of construction Does it involve metal cladding Globally used in walls that connect zone to Definition of construction of walls using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures 240 28Jan13 o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k Km kJ m k Tab Construction for roofs Sub tab General Name of construction Does it involve metal cladding Globally used in roofs that connect zone to Definition of construction of roofs using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k Km kJ m k Tab Construction for floors Sub tab General e Name of construction e Globally used in floors that connect zone to e Definition of construction of floors using one of the following 3 options 1
153. analysis tool Then information on the building needs to be gathered analysed and finally entered into the interface The tutorial in this User Guide focuses on the functionality of the tool To ease that process all the information on the Example building is provided in the appendices and the zoning is done for you However when analysing a real building you will need to collect and analyse the building data yourself This chapter will guide you on what information you need to gather and how you need to process this information before you can enter it into the interface ISBEM Step 1 Decide whether SBEM is the appropriate analysis tool see Section 2 6 Step 2 Gather the raw data on your building see section 3 2 Step 3 Analyse the information and identify the different zones see Section 3 3 Step 4 Enter the information into the interface double check it and run the calculation see Chapters 5 to 8 Figure 2 Steps for calculating the rating for a building 24 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 3 2 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM ten Requirements Potential issues and experiences New build and Existing building refurbishment Architectural Building plans Plans and Are plans available Have they been building sections site schedules should kept up to date Can they be used spatial layout plan be available at this What degree of detail do the plans of functions sta
154. are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors Figure 45 shows a door being defined In this example two doors of 3 75 m in area each have been entered 99 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Reofiights Door selector 20 01 north e d Tac oH cue Le General Additional Thermal Bridges Mame 20 0north e d Multiplier D Mu Em Panen Oep In Envelope 20 01 nathe Type Personnel Doors F Construction Estemal door Area 3 75 me Record IH 1 of 4 POHE Search Figure 45 A Door being defined in the Doors tab 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows The Quick Envelopes sub tab provides an alternative way of introducing the envelope elements and windows without having to assign them manually to a zone or envelope element respectively The information required is a selection of the parameters required in the main Envelope and Windows amp Rooflights tabs Envelopes elements and windows are created as follows The zone to which the envelopes and windows are to be assigned is defined by the zone selected using the record selector The type wall floor ceiling or roof and orientation of the envelope element is defined by which row you enter yo
155. area require high pressure drop air treatment This option caters for activities that inherently demand the use of high pressure drop air treatment including HEPA filtration This may occur in hospitals areas such as operating theatres and intensive care suites airports to keep aviation fumes out some museums and libraries with sensitive exhibits commercial kitchens odour filters grease traps filters to protect the odour filters etc some industrial processes and in buildings designed to withstand a biological attack Here you can either let SBEM take this parameter from the NCM Activity Database recommended or you can select to tick or untick the relevant box manually NB If you do tick the box manually you may be expected to provide justification to your claim for high pressure drops to Building Control Figure 71 shows a zones ventilation characteristics being defined 145 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pvs Wind generators Transpired solar collectors ones Record selector 20 02 zl HVAC amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC onal Yentilation Type Does activity require high pressure drop air treatment
156. ase Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Actions T File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAM Settings Helpline diagnosis Click here to generate diagnosis data if requested by the SBEM Helpline Figure 21 Helpline Diagnosis sub tab 7 3 2 General Information tab The General Information tab contains four sub tabs as described below where you can enter as much or as little background information about the project However there are also essential parameters to be selected such as the weather location for the project and the purpose of the analysis These details can be entered and edited in their respective tabs see Figure 22 Some of this information may have already been entered when the project was first created see Section 4 4 under Create a new project The General Information tab contains the following sub tabs e Project Details sub tab e Special Considerations sub tab T NEW e EPBD Recast sub tab OIE Building Details sub tab e Certifier Details OR Energy Assessor Details OR Agent Details OR Qualified Accredited Person sub tab e Owner Details sub tab 58 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about P
157. at recovery options in iSBEM to account for the additional resistance Building Services Ratings Building Navigation ti General Project Database Geometry Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws SES Pvs wind generators CHP generator Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector HYAC forthe example building Ei General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Bi valent Systems Zone Summary Name HVAC for the example Building Type Single duct VAW zJ Heating system Ventilation Heat source Heat pump electric ground or water Heat recovery Fuel type E tid Supplied Electricity Thermal wheel EEE Per TETTE TRATT ATE ree ee ver Teer TE E Tick if variable heat recovery efficiency Do you know the Heat Rec seasonal efficiency Cooling system Bok eile Morn chic No use the default 0 65 ratio PE i Yes Heat Rec seasonal eff is 0 75 tatio Generator type Jai cooled chiller Record I1 lafi Rl a _ We Unfiltered Search Figure 50 HVAC system definition General sub tab Heating Central heat generator s with water distribution and radiators Heating Central heat generator s with water distribution and convectors Heating Central heat generator s with water
158. ately commonly at high pressure and locally mixed to provide the desired supply temperature for each zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Chilled ceilings or passive chilled Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation The beams and displacement ventilation combination of a chilled ceiling or passive chilled beam system with a separate low level low volume supply of cooled ventilation air Heating assumed to be by separate LTHW system The default assumption is that there is displacement ventilation Active chilled beams Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Chilled beams which include the provision of cooled air from a central source typically operating as an induction system May include local fans Heating assumed to be by separate LTHW system Water loop heat pump Heating amp cooling amp mechanical ventilation Local heat pumps are served by a common water circuit to or from which they can reject or extract heat Central cooling and heating plant provides the net heat or cooling input to this circuit Assumed to also provide heating Split or multi split system Heating amp cooling Combination of outdoor and indoor units connected by refrigerant pipe work No mechanical ventilation system Use this category also for ducted split systems and window wall units The SEER SCoP should include the power consumption for compressors controls as well as
159. ation ancien ede ll ETH org Class L1 oO LTH ori Bothy r ey With differential sensor across pump Record H l afi oR RS WR Unfiltered Search Figure 53 HVAC systems definition System Adjustments sub tab Metering Provision sub tab The software also considers the effect of metering and alarms on system operation Controls assumptions are largely determined by the system choice There are just 2 questions to answer here see Figure 54 Controls Provision 1 Is this HVAC system separately sub metered This refers to either energy metering of plant and or metering of plant hours run and or monitoring of internal temperatures in zones If you click Yes it is the following question becomes active b M amp T with alarm for out of range values This refers to monitoring and targeting as a means of identifying changes in operation or onset of faults NB The above two parameters on controls corrections are not available if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to any Scottish calculations EPC or compliance in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab NB If you have more than one HVAC system defined in your project the Metering Provision sub tab will be available for each one of them i e each HVAC system can be separately sub metered 120 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 About iSBEM General Project Database Geomet
160. ation on the HVAC systems in the building actual and notional It also lists some general information such as the weather location of the building and the percentages of total building floor area occupied by the different activity types e Key Features This section highlights any items in the building fabric definitions whose specification is better than typically expected values see APPENDIX A A 7 for a sample England and Wales Building Regulations Compliance document and A 10 for a sample Specification Information Document for Scottish Building Regulations NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 180 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 An additional supplementary report is also produced but only for building regulations compliance checks for England Wales and Northern Ireland Certifiers can input their own text within special fields in this pdf report regarding any additional details on the project parameters This report can then be printed and included along with the BRUKL compliance document within the submitted package to building control At the moment this report cannot be re saved electronically with the certifier s input text unless they have some form of pdf writer software on their computer Therefore we recommend that certifiers save their text in a separate document for e g in an MS WORD fi
161. ations Report with all your editing applied 172 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB The NCM recommendations are generated for the building and its energy systems when operated according to standard schedules appropriate to the general activities in the building The Energy Assessor is expected to use his or her knowledge to remove inappropriate ones and possibly to add further ones If the Energy Performance Rating calculation has made extensive use of default values some of the recommendations may be based on uncertain assumptions These recommendations do not cover the quality of operation or maintenance of the building and its systems There are frequently significant opportunities for energy and carbon savings in these areas and a full energy audit to identify them is strongly recommended NB Once a recommendation has been edited by the user it can no longer be displayed in the Recommendations report as being automatically generated by the calculation and so cannot appear in any of the first 3 tables It must appear in the fourth table containing the users added or edited recommendations This is the case if the tick to edit box is ticked for any particular recommendation even if no changes are actually made or comments are added by the user after ticking the box General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England P C AlNCHM i AlLUSER
162. atus of the zone the highest element in the hierarchy The next column lists all of the zones that are assigned to that HVAC system All the zones that have no HVAC system are listed first see Figure 81 followed by those that do Figure 82 The next column lists all of the zone s envelope elemenis followed by the envelope elements additional thermal bridges windows the windows additional thermal bridges and finally any doors with their additional thermal bridges Summary information blue To the right of each zone envelope element and window or door name is a selection of its key parameters details For example to the right of any zone you will find its activity type and its area To the right of an envelope element you will find which type of envelope it is wall roof ceiling floor what sort of space it adjoins its construction type and its area To the right of a window you will find its glazing type and its area and for a door its construction and its area T DATA SUMMARY REPORT Prodecirame Example bulding Weabe rioak Lord on RCM proach ovenslew SOV DOIG 164608 Assigned Objects Report Page tot 17 HVAC ZONE ENVELOPE WINDOW Thermal Bridge ENyELOPE DOORS Thermal Eridge WINDOW DOORS 1 Zone without HYAC prem Circulation area fcorndors and stairways moa W Erai Extiual wall ated v Comlibml djiga hendad cana a pine re ee 2 SOS dard Exlemal door sO 02 ci a Comlite ml alpinme ipac Inkmal
163. ble check that the assignments are correct before proceeding 7 9 3 The Assigned sub tabs The Assigned sub tabs display the parent objects which the object in question has been assigned to There are six Assigned tabs in the interface e The Walls Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Walls tab displays all of the envelopes to which the wall construction selected in the record selector has been assigned e The Floors Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Floors tab displays all of the envelopes to which the floor construction selected in the record selector has been assigned e The Roofs Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Roofs tab displays all of the envelopes to which the roof construction selected in the record selector has been assigned 160 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e The Glazing Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab displays all of the windows or rooflights to which the glazing selected in the record selector has been assigned e The Doors Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Doors tab displays all of the doors to which the door construction selected in the record selector has been assigned e The HWS Assigned sub tab in the Building Services form gt HWS displays all of the zones to which the HWS selected in the record selector has been
164. building s owner and certifier energy assessor This information may have already been entered when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects under Create a new project but they can be edited here Project Database The Project Database form is where the glazing and construction details of your building fabric are entered Geometry The Geometry form is where the activity size and orientation of the zones are entered Each zone requires a description of the walls floor root ceiling doors and windows which comprise its envelopes Building Services The Building Services form is where all the building s systems are described including HVAC HWS PVS SES Wind and CHP systems Further information on the lighting and ventilation characteristics specific for each zone is also input through this form Ratings The Ratings form is used to carry out the energy performance calculation and compliance checking access the results and obtain the Building Regulations compliance document along with the Asset rating for the Energy Performance Certificate The only data entry in this form is related to modifying the energy efficiency recommendations for the report that accompanies the EPC Building Navigation The Building Navigation form provides a hierarchical summary of all the building objects that have been defined assigned and unassigned along with key details on some of the obj
165. c EPCs you should contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider e For policy queries related to Part L you can contact the Building Control department of your local council or DCLG through enquiries br communities gsi gov uk e You can also refer to DCLG s website at www communities gov uk including DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling e For all other queries you can contact the SBEM Helpline either through the Feedback page on the NCM website www ncm bre co uk feedback jsp or by sending an email to sbem bre co uk Unfortunately the SBEM Helpline cannot be accessed by telephone e Jersey users Enquiries on using iSBEM to undertake BBL11 compliance checks should in the first instance be directed to the States of Jersey Planning and Environment Department Phone 44 0 1534 448421 Fax 44 0 1534 448461 e mail BuildingControl gov je 41 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 5 TOUR OF iSBEM The interface consists of a number of screens into which the data for a building needs to be entered in order to model your building This chapter gives an overview of these screens 5 1 Introduction to the main forms in iSBEM If you have completed Task 1 you should now be within the interface in the Genera
166. cal Data Sheet Actual vs Notional Building Building Global Parameters Building Use Actual Notional Area Building Type Area m 2900 2900 31 Retail Financial and Professional services External area m 4307 5 4307 5 16 Restaurants and Cafes Drinking Est Takeaways ah 53 Offices and Workshop businesses reatar GLA GLA General Industrial and Special Industrial Groups Infiltration mhm 50Pa 8 10 Storage or Distribution Average conductance W K 1373 62 1972 76 Hotels Average U value Wim 0 32 0 46 ins va n spas antec HamBe Alpha value 638 5 27 Secale ne Percentage of the building s average heat transfer coefficient which is due to thermal bridging Secure Res nial in Residential spaces Non residential Inst Community Day tre Non residential Inst Libraries Museums and Gallerie Non residential Inst Education Non residential Inst Primary Health Care Building Non residential Inst Crown and County Courts General Assembly and Leisure Night Clubs and Theatre Others Passenger terminals Others Emergency services Others Miscellaneous 24hr activities Others Car Parks 24 hrs Others Stand alone utility block Energy Consumption by End Use kWh m _ Actual Notional Heating 15 14 48 31 Cooling 49 44 48 68 Auxiliary 61 07 34 13 Lighting 68 94 81 33 Hot water 24 46 gt 45 95 Equipment 45 24 45 24 TOTAL 219 06 258 39
167. ciencies are entered as ratios into iSBEM not as percentages For instance a 30 electrical efficiency should be entered as 0 3 into ISBEM For information regarding Part L minimum requirements for CHP and CCHP installations in England and Wales please refer to the latest approved version of the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and ventilation Compliance Guide NB The heat to power ratio is automatically calculated by iSBEM as the heat efficiency divided by the electrical efficiency of the CHP 4 CHPQA Quality Index an indicator of the energy efficiency and environmental performance of a CHP scheme relative to the generation of the same amounts of heat and power by separate alternative means NB The Quality Index QI provides a means of assessing the quality of CHP Schemes In SBEM it is currently used for reporting purposes only i e it is not used in the calculations For information regarding Part L minimum requirements for CHP and CCHP installations in England and Wales please refer to the latest approved version of the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and ventilation Compliance Guide 5 Proportion of space heating supplied to the building This average monthly value needs to be calculated through a detailed analysis of the building s space heating demand values and patterns Note that he CHP unit is normally sized below the peak heating demand of the building and will also be out of service at particular times for maintenance pu
168. cify the name of the particular HVAC system or HWS already defined in iSBEM to which the user defined recommendation refers NB Only recommendations that are defined as applicable to the whole building i e the parameter Applicable to has been set to BUILDING appear in the official Recommendations report All the defined recommendations however will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report 5 Delete Recommendation This button allows you to delete a user defined recommendation General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England P Show Recommendations AINON i AIUSER i Al C amp C Only from Report a T Click to Edit this Recommendation Click to take out Code EPC C1 Category COOLING Recommendation EASI 1i oc Energy impact The detault chiller efficiency 1 chosen ti recommended that the chiller system be inveshgated Ito gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements LENA CO2 impact A Ssessor comments Mo comments from assessor BUILGING Applicable tor Record H 1 of 63 Eo RoR i o Filte Search Figure 88 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing an NCM recommendation NB After editing deleting or adding any recommendations you need to re run the calculation in order to re generate the Recommend
169. ciusoyonciua EEEE vad seeossaus earned seaeteees 42 Figure 12 A General sub tab basic commands ANA buttons 6c ccccccsccc vec c ence cess ce eeec asec ca eeeaeseaeeeaaeeeas 46 FProure T3 FCI TOPICS WINA OWE ane E psiccainus soctpearew tau sata Soawue E NA A eA pam 50 Froure TA TICL DEEP UC SWI LOW aruinn Ena E AA EINTE E A A E Gea 51 Fieure 13 3D view of the Example Duildin 2 vickcsiceav cas vekauckus vari aE EE EE EER 32 FProure LO Order Of dala CnN eeraa E EE AEE TE O E E 53 Figure 17 The File Options tab in the General fOr cccccccccccccccccccccccecccesceeeee sees eeeeaeeeeaeeeae essa eenaeeeas 54 Figure 18 The System Configuration sub tab 0nnannansnnnnensennsnnsenseessenseessenseoserssesserssesseossesseesees 55 Figure 19 The System Configuration cont sub tab onnennnennnnsennennsensenssensenseessenseessesseossesseesees 56 Figure 20 The Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab 0nnennnennnnsnnnnnnsensonssensenssessesssessessees 37 Figure 21 Helpline Diagnosis SUD tOD ccc ccccc cece ccc cee ei a An E AE EAE EA 58 Figure 22 The General Information tab in the General fOrni ccccccccccccccccccsecccnscccesccaeesesceaesseaeseneeeees 59 Figure 23 The Special Considerations sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 61 Figure 24 The EPBD Recast sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 4 62 Figure 25 The Building Details sub tab of the General Informatio
170. cking on the appropriate import button as shown in Figure 114 To import data from an Construction Categories ee Constructions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources Import 1 Click here to browse through your To import data from ase an BEM project file to import eens network to locate the an existing user T files nct file you want to library import constructions Import data from a NCT file from 1 Click here to browse your network to locate the user library you want to import constructions from Choose an Library File to import MDE File 2 Click here to import the data from the selected nct file browse 2 Click here to import the data from the selected user library Clase Figure 114 Description of Import tab in User defined construction library Once this procedure is successfully completed these records will be available for editing within the User Library tool and should also be automatically available for use within iSBEM without any further updates needing to be carried out NB All user updated constructions glazings and frames from the User Library including those that have been imported will have the prefix added to them unless it already exists in which case an additional will NOT be added NB Should a construction glazing frame of the same name as an existing construction glazing frame be imported into the User Library a numb
171. compliance or energy certification The end result of the zoning process should be a set of zones where each is distinguished from all others in contact with it by differences in one or more of the following e The activity attached to it e The HVAC system which serves it e The lighting system within it e The access to daylight through windows or rooflights To this end the suggested zoning process within a given floor plate is as follows 1 Divide the floor into separate physical areas bounded by physical boundaries such as structural walls or other permanent elemenis 2 If any part of an area is served by a different HVAC or lighting system create a separate area bounded by the extent of those services 3 If any part of an area has a different activity taking place in it create a separate area for each activity 4 Attribute just one activity selected from the drop down list available for each building type to each resulting area 5 Divide each resulting area into zones each receiving significantly different amounts of daylight defined by boundaries which are e Ata distance of 6m from an external wall containing at least 20 glazing e Atadistance of 1 5 room heights beyond the edge of an array of rooflights if the area of the rooflights is at least 10 of the floor area e f any resulting zone is less than 3m wide absorb it within surrounding zones e If any resulting zones overlap use your disc
172. conductivity is above 0 08 W mK the contribution of the air cavity needs to be taken into account in the calculation of the K value although the contribution to the thermal mass of the construction would be very small i e it is not considered as an insulating layer T Solar T Solar is the total solar energy transmittance g perp defined as the time averaged ratio of energy passing through the un shaded element to that incident upon it T Solar values entered by the user should refer to values for normal incidence of solar radiation NB External movable devices for solar protection are accounted for later when defining the window in the Geometry form through the shading system options L Solar L Solar light transmittance is the amount of visible solar energy that passes through a glazing system expressed as a fraction of the visible solar energy incident on it This value will be used for the daylighting calculations L Solar values entered by the user should refer to values for normal incidence of solar radiation 12 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB Total solar energy transmittance values given by windows manufacturers are usually given for solar radiation perpendicular normal to the glazing g perp However SBEM uses monthly calculations and therefore a value g averaged over all angles of incidence SBEM calculates this value by multiplying g perp by a correction factor corresponding to the orientation of th
173. convection warm air heaters NB If there is more than one type of HVAC system in a space with each system clearly meant to service a particular part of the space e g one servicing the facade perimeter area and another servicing the core area then the space should be divided into 2 separate zones in ISBEM each served by its corresponding HVAC system even if there is no physical separation between the 2 zones e g a wall However if heating is provided in the same zone by two or more different types of heat sources for e g a heat pump in a split system and a gas boiler ina wet system you need to define the parameters of the different heat generators sharing the heating load in the Bi valent systems sub tab On the other hand if a zone is served by for e g a gas fired wet system for heating and an electric split system for cooling only then the systems can be approximated in SBEM by defining your HVAC system type as split or multisplit the heat source as LTHW boiler and fuel type as natural gas and then define the appropriate seasonal efficiency for the heating and energy efficiency ratio for the cooling SBEM will use natural gas for the heating and grid supplied electricity for the cooling If applicable you then need to define the mechanical ventilation at zone level for all the zones served by this system with a suitable ventilation SFP and heat recovery If you change the HVAC system type defined in your project from on
174. cs in the Lighting General sub tab 0064 151 Figure 75 Defining the lighting controls characteristics of a zone ccscccsccccveccveccneecensceaesseeeesaesseaeees 153 Figure 76 Defining the zone display lighting in the Display Lighting SUD tdD ccccccceecceeeeee eee 154 Figure 77 Defining contribution to a zone from a transpired solar collector in the TSC sub tab 155 Figure 78 Selections tab in the Building Navigation fOrmM sooseosnennnnsensennsensenssensenssessesserssesseese 156 Figure 79 Objects Properties tab in the Building Navigation fOrmM seoneonnensnnnnnnsnnssnnsensenssessens 157 Figure 80 The Unassigned Objects R DOrt rarere na ioa ne a IEE E ENE NE EEE NENE EE 158 Figure 1 Data Summary Report Zones without HVAC oeesessseesseessessensssesssesssesssersserssersserss 159 Figure 82 Data Summary Report Zones with HVAC seesseeessessseessesssensserssersssesssesssessserssersseress 160 Figure 83 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and WALES cccccccccsecceeecenesecneecaeseaessaeeeees 165 Figure 84 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for Scotland 000 0nnennnennnnnnnnnnnsnnsenssnnsenssessenseessesseesee 165 Figure 85 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the buildin
175. ct and then click on the Check Regulation button Once the calculation is completed you will be able to view the Building Regulations Compliance document and Main SBEM Output Report which you can compare to the versions included in APPENDIX A Then go to the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and change the Purpose of Analysis parameter to EPC England Finally go back to the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab and click on the Calculate EPC Rating button Once the calculation is complete you will be able to view the Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations Report APPENDIX A includes samples of the EPC and the Recommendations report You have now completed this tutorial 169 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Recommendations sub tab Once the Asset Rating has been calculated successfully the EPCgen module produces the EPC and the Recommendations Report The latter contains the NCM and user defined recommendations for energy efficiency improvements to the actual building This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab This sub tab Figure 88 contains the following parameters 1 There are 4 radio buttons in a box entitled Show recommendations a All NCM Click this button to view
176. d as per the guidance in DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling NB The domestic type activities available under the building type Residential spaces in ISBEM are to allow the energy calculations for the generation of one EPC for a building which contains residential accommodation above a non domestic space e g a shop or a pub provided that the residential space can only be accessed from within the non domestic space i e the residential part is not designed or altered for use as a Separate independent dwelling In addition to common circulation areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats these are the only cases where SBEM can be used to model domestic areas For more information on the appropriate software tools to use for modelling your building please refer to DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from DCLG s website at www communities gov uk archived publications planningandbuilding quidancenondwellin gs In Scotland the EPC displays the approximate COs emissions and energy usage of the building based on a standardised use of th
177. d construction IiDrary cccccccsecce veces 233 Figure 110 Description of Glazings tab in User defined construction library 0 c ccccccsecceeeeeeeceeees 234 Figure 111 Description of Frames tab in User defined construction library cccc cece secceeceneeseneees 235 Figure 112 Description of Construction Categories tab in User defined construction library 236 Figure 113 Description of Sources tab in User defined construction LiDVAy ccccccc secs eeceeeeeneees 237 Figure 114 Description of Import tab in User defined construction LIDTATY cccc cece ceeeceeeeceeeeenees 238 List of Tables Table 1 Calculation parameters for SBEM cccccccccccc cece cnecc cece ene e ce ee cence ene e ec ee een e seca eee a esse aa eeaa setae eeages 17 Table 2 Asset rating and energy DANS ccccccccvcccauccuneccauscunescaueccauscaeccauscaaeccausccaeccaasesauseaeesensenses 19 Table 3 Tips for gathering information fOr iSBEM cccc cece cc ccccnec ce eec cece cece cence aeeeceeeeaeeseaeeeaaessaeeeaaes 26 Table 4 Measurement and other CONVENTIONS cccccsecccneecc cence cence tebe eee e ee ee cece eee d ane E EGE EEE aE Eta a EEE EES 30 Table 5 Suggested tSBEM nomenclature cccccccccc veces nec cnee ee eeeeneeeeeee eee e eens eens een e seca e esau ese a esaaeeeaaetaaES 32 Table 6 Examples of building element names ix cicizasanicavesin cia cadacesd sca eiaeasanactiaBn dh asaeaedleaAeeaanienewer 32 Table 7 Str
178. d for you See Figure 100 Ground floor plan and Figure 101 First floor plan in APPENDIX A A summary of the zoning along with recommended names for the zones is given in Table 17 The six zones which make up the coffee shop have been entered for you so you can start by entering the information for Zone z0 02 Firstly click on the Geometry form and the Zones tab You should then be in the General sub tab Add a new record and by referring to APPENDIX A enter the zone s name select the appropriate building and activity types and finally enter the zone s area and height Using the record selector you should now be able to view seven zones in total Thermal Bridge sub tab If the tick box tick here to use global psi values in the General sub tab of the Zones tab see above is not ticked the Thermal Bridges sub tab will be visible as shown in Figure 38 Here you can define any thermal bridges that might occur in the selected zone relating to junctions between envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior This is done in the same way as setting the global defaults for thermal bridges in the Projects tab see Section 7 5 2 Project tab General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Project Zones Envelope Doors windows amp Rooflights Building Navigation About iSBEM Zone select
179. d to specify the transpired solar collector TSC system serving the zone if applicable The following information can be input 1 You need to select from the drop down list of the transpired solar collector systems you have already defined in the Building Services form gt Transpired Solar Collector tab the name of the TSC system which serves the zone if applicable 2 Percentage of the total air pre heated by the TSC system that is supplied to this zone The sum of the values input for the zones in the building should not exceed 100 154 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Building Services Ratings Building Navigation ti Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES Pys Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones General Project Database Geometry Record selector 20 03 P HVAC amp HW systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC Transpired solar collector supply TSC 100 Figure 77 Defining contribution to a zone from a transpired solar collector in the TSC sub tab Task 16 Assign each zone to the appropriate HVAC and HWS and define the ventilation and lighting strategies for each of the zones Details can be found in Section A 1 under Systems For each zone click into the Zones tab in the Building Services form Select each of the zones in turn using the rec
180. dating the library in iSBEM 232 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 enter a unique name NB in 1 click on the create ISBEM this name will be new construction proceeded with a button To view all the ____ _ constructions in your ENN library click here Frames Construction Categories SOURCES Im To delete a onstructions construction New Construction gt E lt lt Update the SBEM click here Construction Librar 3 select the instructions Glazinps envelope type wall roof floor door Object selector General 4 select the Hn category under 8 Click on this which you want xe button to this to appear in Env type wal Hl update iSBEM iSBEM to adda Categor Cavity wall Full Fill with your new category see Source ERE Digest 465 construction Section 5 of this appendix J BO kerk U value O25 Wm2k Does the construction E 5 select a contain metal cladding source to add a source to this list 7 enter a see Section 4 of description this appendix aed aka gt lee lee Figure 109 Description of Constructions tab in User d an te library 6 enter K value U value and tick if construction contains metal cladding For further details on these parameters press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide A consiruction created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM from the Project
181. definition Cooling sub tab System Adjustments sub tab The System Adjustments sub tab Figure 53 allows the user to specify other system properties such as the air leakage associated with the ducts or the air handling unit AHU and the specific fan power SFP If this information is not known default values will be used by the software 118 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB These default values reflect past practices and may not be compliant with the current Building Regulations The information is entered as follows Ductwork and AHU Leakage 1 Ductwork leakage If the ductwork has been tested or design targets set for the building the appropriate CEN classification for air leakage can be entered by clicking on the radio button Yes it meets the CEN leakage classification below and choosing from the drop down list between Worse than Class A Class A Class B Class C or Class D Different classes refer to the maximum air leakage obtained for the HVAC ductwork at different test conditions 2 AHU leakage Similarly if the AHU has been tested or design targets set for the building click on the appropriate radio button and choose from the drop down list between Class L1 Class L2 Class L3 or Worse than Class L3 Specific Fan Power for the System 3 Specific Fan Power SFP The SFP of an air distribution system is defined as the sum of the design total circuit watts including all losses through
182. der path on your computer The default path 54 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 C Program Files shown in Figure 18 should be fine for most systems If however you have a different configuration on your computer and the reports are not created you will need to manually edit the configuration in this tab to reflect the settings on your computer When you tick the box Tick to edit current configuration the Program Files folder box will become active and you will be able to input the location appropriate for your computer configuration If in doubt contact your IT Department ISBEM also needs to know the folder where the projects and the iSBEM output reports will be saved This is specified by the location of the Projects folder The default path shown in Figure 18 should be fine for most systems where App Path is the path where the application ISBEM has been installed on your computer by default C NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e If however the reports are not created or you have changed the location where iSBEM is installed by default you will need to manually edit the configuration in this box Project Files folder ing Navigation General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Build About iSBEM File Options General Information Actions T File operations System configuration Sustem configuration cont Local 4rea Network LAM Settings Helpline diagnosis In order to
183. details with information from the National Register 12 Membership Number the membership number of the qualified accredited person This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Scotland 13 Protocol Organisation the accreditation scheme of the qualified accredited person This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Scotland Import Details clicking on either of the two buttons available will enable you to import the assessor details which you might have entered in a previous version of iSBEM instead of re typing them After you click on the button you will have the option to browse the folders on your computer and select a previous version of iSBEM for e g iSBEM_v4 1 d mdb from which to import the previously input details into the version of ISBEM you are working with lf you are importing details from a version of iSBEM specifically for MS Office 2003 use the Import details from mdb button to import your details from an mdb file If you are importing details from a version of iSBEM specifically for MS Office 2007 use the Import details from accdb button to import your details from an accdb file NB If you are running the Office 2007 version of iSBEM you can import assessor details from an Office 2003 or an Office 2007 version of iSBEM i e 2 buttons will be visible in the interface for mdb
184. df Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr htm Data Reflection Report Notional Building project name _not_dr htm Technical Output Report Actual Building project name _sim csv 7 Technical Output Report Notional Building project name _not_sim csv oF Se lf the compliance check is for England Wales or Northern Ireland the following supplementary report is also produced by BRUKL 8 Additional Details on Project Parameters as Input by the Certifier project name _brukl_2 pdf Output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates 1 SBEM Main Output Document project name _sbem pdf Energy Performance Certificate project name _epc epc pdf EPC Recommendations Report project name _epc rec pdf Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr htm Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr pdf Technical Output Report Actual Building project name _sim csv Technical Output Report Notional Building project name _not_sim csv Technical Output Report Reference Building project name _ref_sim csv Or O ee IO 187 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 9 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report project name _epc srec pdf XML file when running SBEM for official submission of Energy Performance Certificates will be named as follows 1 XML file for the
185. ditioning Inspection if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs except EPC Scotland HVAC Systems General Heating Cooling Systems Adjustments Metering Provision System Controls if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Bi valent Systems Zone Summary HWS General Storage amp Secondary Circulation Assigned Bi valent Systems Collector Parameters 44 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Solar Storage amp Collector Loop Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses PVS General Wind Generators General Transpired Solar Collectors General CHP Generator General Zones HVAC and HWS Systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC Ratings 8 1 Building Regulations Check Building Rating Calculation Logs SBEM log BRUKL log Calculation Errors SBEM err BRUKL err OR if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Asset Rating Building Rating Graphic Rating Recommendations EPC Audit Construction Geometry HVAC amp HWS Lighting Calculation Logs SBEM log EPCgen log BRUKL log Calculation Errors SBEM err EPC
186. e district heating then all the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab will be ignored by the tool during the calculation 5 Tick if this system also uses CHP tick box This tick box appears if the system type selected can use CHP If it is ticked a new tab appears CHP generator where further details are required to describe the CHP generator If the box is not ticked the tab does not appear Cooling system 6 Generator type If appropriate to your choice of system you will be given the option to select a cooling generator type from the drop down list Air cooled chiller Water cooled chiller Remote condenser chiller Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric Ventilation 7 Heat recovery Depending on the system type this ventilation characteristic needs to be selected from No heat recovery Plate heat exchanger Recuperator Heat pipes Thermal wheel and Run around coil see Table 12 Option Brief Definition No heat recovery No heat recovery system Plate heat exchanger Recuperators usually take the form of air to air plate heat exchangers Recuperator Heat pipes The heat pipe is a passive heat exchanger of which there are two main types e horizontal in which a wick within the tubes transfers liquid by capillary action e vertical in which heat from the warmer lower duct is transferred to the cold upper duct by means of a phase change in the refrigerant Thermal wheel A thermal w
187. e Doors Windows amp Rooflights i Notes entered at the user s discretion about the zone one selector z0 0l east foal Tac H Ce RS Ds General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary A ee odes selected activity area as it appears in bet malne the NCM Activity database Selected building Hame om east Multiplier The coffee shop on the ground floor t for thi core and east perimeter area ype tor tNIS HVAC system HVAC for the example Building k zone Building Ippe AS A4 A5 Restaurant and Cates Drinking Establishment Description of Activity from NCM database Selected activity Fating drinking area Areas where food or drink are type for this 162 mai Fir to fit height E hs a the zone C eee ere man eating drinking spaces Infiltration ee Thermal Bridges No use default value 25 mothe W Tick here to use Global Psi values ie Yes Air permeability at 50pa is a 3 ahem Record H 1 of 19 rR RS R Unfiltered Search Figure 37 A zone being defined in the General sub tab of the Zones tab in the Geometry form At the top right hand side of the Zones tab a message in red text will appear indicating how many zones have not yet been assigned to HVAC systems To see a list of all the zones which have not yet been assigned click on the Reports button to access the Unassigned Objects report for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double
188. e None Electricity Grid supplied Carbon Dioxide is a greenhouse gas which contributes to climate change Less Carbon Dioxide emissions from buildings helps the environment Benchmarks A building of this type built to building regulations standards current at the date of issue of this certificate would have a rating Where the accompanying recommendations for the cost effective improvement of energy performance are applied this building would have a rating 61 Recommendations for the cost effective improvement lower cost measures of the energy performance 1 Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit 4 Add time control to heating system 2 Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescent tubes 5 Add optimum start stop to the heating system Reduced number of fittings required 3 The default chiller efficiency is chosen It is recommended that 6 The default heat generator efficiency is chosen It is the chiller system be investigated to gain an understanding of its recommended that the heat generator system be investigated to efficiency and possible improvements gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements Address Any Road Any Town EE00 E00 Conditioned area m 2900 Name of protocol organisation Not accredited ABCD123456 Date of issue of certificate 01 Feb 2013 Valid for a period not exceeding 10 years This certificate is a requirement of EU Directive 2002 91 EC on
189. e glazing and its tilt from the horizontal NB In the Glazing Database Uncoated clear refers to ordinary clear glass which has no low emissivity coating and no tint Reflectance low emissivity refers to glazing in which at least one glass pane has a low emissivity coating such as Pilkington K glass or Optitherm glass and Tinted refers to glazing where at least one pane is colour tinted NB For windows or other glazed envelope elements with non scattering glazing ISO 9050 and EN410 provide a method to obtain the solar energy transmittance for radiation perpendicular to the glazing EN 13363 2 and ISO 15099 provide methods of determination of the total solar energy transmittance of glazing equipped with solar protection devices For more information see also section 11 4 of the CEN Standard prEN wi 14 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Click here to insert a new wall type Click here to delete the current construction Name External wall Tick if it involves Metal Cladding Generally used in walls that connect the zone to Exterior hat would you like to do Constr selector External wall zl Eie i z Constructions from the Library C Import one from the library i Help with Inference procedures ie Introduce my own values U value a G wWem2k Ka kl Arch Note that this value was called Cm in __ In previous versions
190. e Number LONDON 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 SW23 1HA This certificate shows the energy rating of this building Itindicates the energy efficiency of the building fabric and the heating ventilation cooling and lighting systems The rating Is compared to two benchmarks for this type of building one appropriate for new buildings and one appropriate for existing buildings There is more advice on how to interpret this information on the Government s website www communities gov uk epbd Energy Performance Asset Rating More energy efficient Jy CHEPEOHEHEOCEEHHCEEOHSHEEDSCHESSCHER SOCCER HOS EE eeHeeeeraeeeee Not Zoro CO emissions g B 26 50 Ci Doi E oi F 126 150 G Over 150 Less energy efficient ND Ol Technical information Main heating fuel Natural Gas Buildings similar to this one could have ratings as follows Building environment Air Conditioning Total useful floor area m 2900 If newly built Building complexity NOS level 3 If typical of the Building emission rate kgCO m 43 96 existing stock 200 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Administrative information This is an Energy Performance Certificate as defined in SI2007 991 as amended Assessment Software ISBEM v4 1 6 using calculation engine SBEM v4 1 e 5 Property Reference 000000000000 Assessor Name lt insert name gt Assessor Number BREG400031 Accreditation Scheme Bre Employer Trading Name lt inser
191. e XML file and lodged EPC 11 Emp Trading Address the employer or the trading address of the energy assessor This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB The input should be exactly as you want it to appear in the XML file and lodged EPC NB See APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register for more guidance and trouble shooting steps NB Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement your computer must be connected to the internet and you should enter your assessor number into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection then the XML message will not be generated Please note that the EPC and Recommendations Report produced on your computer will always contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis Cher IMPORTANT Energy Assessors should now input their full details name address guidance Qualifications name of Accreditation Scheme Provider trading name etc in the interface Gaii exactly as they want them to appear in the XML file and on the lodged EPC as well as their assessor number This is because the new verification system will not overwrite these
192. e building The Rating is expressed as the COs emissions in kg per m of floor area per year and it determines where the building sits on a seven band scale The EPC also includes a list of recommendations for the cost effective improvements lower cost measures of the energy performance Further information is available from the Building Standards Division at http www scotland gov uk T opics Built Environment Building Building standards For Northern Ireland the EPC is very similar to that in England and Wales Please refer to www dfpni gov uk for further information on building regulations 2 4 Calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations purposes SBEM accommodates the calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations However the basics of the calculation and guidance on the related input parameters are dealt with in a separate version of this User Guide specifically for the Republic of Ireland 20 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 5 Calculations for the States of Jersey Building Regulations purposes SBEM accommodates the calculations for Part 11 of Building Bye laws Jersey 2007 Please refer to the Jersey Planning and Environment Department http www qgov je GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS PLANNINGENVIRONMENT Pages i ndex aspx for further information and any queries regarding building regulations in the States of Jersey 2 6 Deciding whether SBEM is appropriate All calculation processes
193. e in total building energy is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building energy is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building energy is lt 0 5 CO Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the CO emissions of the actual building HIGH change in total building CO emissions is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building CO emissions is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW Change in total building CO emissions is lt 0 5 This impact will appear in the Recommendations report COs Saved per Spent You can select from the options available in the drop down menu GOOD FAIR POOR and UNKNOWN in order to specify the potential CO2 emissions saved from the actual building per pound spent on implementing the recommendation in the actual building Payback drop down menu You can select from the options available in the drop down menu LONG MEDIUM and SHORT in order to specify the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building LONG payback is gt 7 years MEDIUM payback is gt 3 years and lt 7 years SHORT payback is lt 3 years If you know the exact figure for payback time in years use the next parameter instead 170 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 f Payback number Here you can input in years the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation
194. e is a separate solar cylinder e Circulation system o Do you know the nominal power of the pumps 246 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 B Nominal power of the pumps W Tab PV Systems Sub tab General PVS name PVS type PVS area m PVS multiplier PVS orientation PVS inclination degrees Tab Wind Generators Sub tab General e Wind generator name e Terrain type e Horizontal axis o Diameter of blades m e Other axis o Area swept by blades mf e Hub height m e Wind generator power kW Tab CHP Generator Sub tab General Fuel type Heat efficiency Electrical efficiency CHPQA Quality Index of building space heat supplied by CHP of building hot water supplied by CHP Is it a tri generation system o of building space cooling supplied by CHP o Chiller efficiency Tab Transpired Solar Collectors Sub tab General TSC name TSC type TSC operation TSC control type TSC absorptivity TSC shading factor Is TSC provided with independent fan o TSC supply specific fan power W I s e TSC design air flow rate m s Tab Zones oub tab HVAC HWS and Lighting systems HVAC system which services the zone Are there de stratification fans in the zone HWS which serves the zone Dead leg length for HWS in the zone m Sub tab Ventilation e Zonal ventilation system natural or mechanical field enabled if there is no mechanical ventilation at HVAC level o Specific fan power for supply amp extract W
195. e mdb libourl dl libeay32 dl S libidr 11 dll S libssI32 dl net_convertUP TO v3 zs a mdb 3 README txt SBEM exe SBEM ini SBEM_brukl ini d User Library cnt E USER_LIBRARY HLP leh User_librarn_dev_v4 1 e mdb Tools Help Jeah er Folders i ages i gt BEEMLib 2 420 KB 2 002 KB 3 611 KB 3 607 KB 1 KE 20 KE 3244 KE 5 908 KE 580 KE 1 517 KE 24 KB 34 7 KB Double click to open the file conversion tool 6 791 KB 1 KB 1 KE 4 KB 2 616 KB 3 416 KE File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Application Configuration Settings Help Contents File Help File Microsoft Access Da Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Application Configuration Settings Configuration Settings Help Contents File Help File Microsoft Access Da 03122012 11 12 03122012 11 12 2970172013 11 16 031272012 11 12 24 01 2013 05 44 317032011 20 23 2070172013 15 11 0171272012 19 56 eu 012013 16 37 294012013 11 16 1271172010 15 34 1271172010 15 32 290172013 11 16 2170972011 15 46 140272077 17 07 30032010 21 29 140272077 1707 2011 20 47 2013 15 46 2013 14 27 200172013 15 21 29012013 11 15 29012013 11 15 12 02 2008 11 02 1270272008 11 02 097 0572012 14 51 Open the file conversion tool Double click on the nct_convert_4
196. e running SBEM for compliance checking with Building Regulations If EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Asset Rating tab becomes visible instead in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for the generation of Energy Performance Certificates 2 Tick box to indicate whether you wish to produce the EPC in Welsh as well as in English This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Wales 3 Tick box to indicate whether in addition to producing an EPC you wish to check compliance with Building Regulations and produce a compliance document This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland 4 Weather location pick the closest to your site from the available locations there are 14 locations for England and Wales 1 for Scotland and 1 for Northern Ireland 5 Stage of analysis whether as designed or as built This parameter is not enabled if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above Also only the option as built is available when the purpose of analysis is generating an EPC 59 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 6 10 11 Tick box to indicate whether this is a shell and core bui
197. e solar primary e inthe case of a thermal store hot water only where only the solar coil is within the thermal store the solar storage volume is the volume of the dedicated thermal storage e inthe case of a direct system such as arrangement d in Figure 63 the solar volume should be calculated as 0 3 times the volume of the cylinder NB The schematic examples reflected in the Figure 63 are unlikely to represent all types of commercial solar thermal installations Where necessary and for more complex systems an accredited dynamic simulation tool can be used NB The dedicated solar volume of a solar thermal installation varies depending on the control and timing strategy of the of the back up system To optimise the performance of the solar thermal system the back up system should be prevented from operating during and prior to the period of the day where the solar radiation is strong enough to contribute to the hot water requirements Where it can be demonstrated that the dedicated solar volume should be calculated following a different approach to the guidelines given here alternative calculations can be used as long as they are in agreement with the UK Micro Certification Scheme standards 131 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 in effect at that time The detail and justifications of the calculations undertaken will need to be submitted to the Building Control officer aS Pe os al ae a 9 _
198. e than one scheme the scheme name you input here should correspond to the Assessor Number you input below Assessor number the registration number of the energy assessor within his Accreditation Scheme This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC generation This parameter must consist of 4 letters followed by 6 digits and it should not be left blank For energy assessors accredited with more than one scheme the assessor number you input here should correspond to the name of the Accreditation Scheme you input above NB The input should be exactly as on the National Register of non domestic Energy Assessors www ndepcregister com for England amp Wales and www epbniregisternd com for Northern Ireland Qualifications the qualifications of the energy assessor as they will need to be qualified for the type of building being assessed check with your accreditation scheme This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or 65 28Jan13 EPC Northern Ireland See the Project complexity parameter in the General Information tab 10 Emp Trading Name the employer or the trading name of the energy assessor This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB The input should be exactly as you want it to appear in th
199. e that provides mechanical ventilation to one that does not or vice versa you must re visit the Ventilation sub tab of the Zones tab in the Building Services form for all the zones served by this HVAC System in order for all ventilation related parameters to be updated by the tool You may also wish to re define the local ventilation in these zones following the change in the HVAC type see Section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab For details please refer to BS 5925 1991 Code of Practice for Ventilation Principles and Designing for Natural Ventilation 111 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Heating system 3 Heat source Depending on the system type selected a selection of heat sources is offered For example if Single duct VAV is selected you need to choose between LTHW boiler MTHW boiler HTHW boiler Direct or storage electric heater Heat pump air source Heat pump ground or water source and District heating 4 Fueltype Depending on your selected heat source you will be given a selection of heating fuel types to choose from for e g Natural gas LPG Oil Grid supplied electricity NB If any of the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab have district heating as their heat source or fuel type then these systems will be ignored by SBEM during the calculation Further if the primary heat source and fuel type defined the General and Heating sub tabs ar
200. earch Figure 66 Defining a PVS NB There are no PVSs in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 6 Defining a wind generator Wind Generators tab SBEM allows the user to define a wind turbine connected to the building in this tab The electricity produced by the wind turbine can displace the grid supplied electricity used within the building There is only one sub tab in the Wind Generators tab e General sub tab General sub tab The parameters needed to define a wind generator are see Figure 67 Name Give it a unique name 2 Multiplier Indicate how many wind generators identical to this one are connected to the building 3 Terrain type This indicates the type of terrain where the wind turbine is located Select from Smooth flat country no obstacles Farm land with boundary hedges Suburban or industrial area and Urban with average building height gt 15m 4 Radio button to indicate whether the wind turbine has a horizontal axis or not If itis a horizontal axis turbine you are asked to enter e Diameter Wind turbine rotor diameter in m iSBEM will use the entered diameter to calculate the area swept by the rotor blades lf the wind turbine does not have a horizontal axis e g it is a vertical axis wind turbine then you are instead asked to enter 136 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e Area area swept by the rotor blades in m NB The swept area of a wind turbine i
201. ects There is no data entry in this form About iSBEM The About iSBEM form displays the licensing conditions for the software There is no data entry in this form 5 2 Hierarchy of forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM Detailed information on each of the forms tabs sub tabs and sub forms within them is provided in the sections indicated below Form Tab Sub tab Sub form Section General 7 3 File Options File Operations System Configuration System Configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline Diagnosis General Information Project Details Special Considerations EPBD Recast Building Details Certifier Energy Assessor Agent Details Certifier Energy Assessor details 43 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Insurance details Owner Details Project Database Constructions for Walls General Assigned Constructions for Roofs General Assigned Constructions for Floors General Assigned Constructions for Doors General Assigned Glazing General Assigned Geometry 7 5 Project General and geometry Thermal bridges Zones General Envelope Summary Quick Envelopes Envelopes General Windows Summary Doors General Windows and rooflights General Building Services Global amp Defaults HVAC System Defaults if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Project Building Services Air Con
202. ed adjoining space For an envelope separating the considered zone from another conditioned zone Underground For an envelope separating the considered zone from the ground Same space For constructions representing the internal envelopes that separate contiguous zones which have been merged into one zone i e the envelope is contained within the merged zone Table 9 Options for Connects space to field for envelopes Convention For EPCs Adjacent condition of adjoining buildings Unless evidence to the contrary is readily and easily available all buildings adjoining that building or part building which is being assessed are assumed to be conditioned unless they are of Planning Class B2 to B8 in which case they are assumed to be unconditioned This applies regardless of whether they are actually occupied or are inaccessible This convention only applies for the assessment of EPCs NB Note that the Building Regulations compliance check regarding U values will be applied by the tool to all envelopes which are not adjacent to a Conditioned adjoining space Also note that the tool will not check the U values of envelopes of unconditioned zones for compliance 6 Construction Here you need to select the type of construction for the envelope When you click the drop down menu to the right of the construction field you will be presented with all the constructions of that type type of envelope defined above
203. eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 52 hele dero dre NUN eaa a een eats actinic arcane ca 52 7 2 Important note on the default values in ISBEM cceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 53 Loe enera TOG oane E E E 54 7 3 1 Fie OPUN CAD se te as acta le Aa ne see as i ne as 54 7 3 2 General IATONMALNON TAD rres e Sealanleacerarddeaadachaesvons Secbeeldzaanien 58 74x Project Database TOn srera ee eba 68 7 4 1 Denno CONST UCHON type S sne eean AA E E E E EEE 70 eos GEOmeteo iea an E ne en ee tdi a acca 74 Let Summary of how to define the geometry Of a DUICING ccssseccseeersnseeeaesessenesanees 75 9 2 FTOJECT TAD a E E E E O N NE E ON 77 70 3 D6TiINING ZONCS Zon s tab wi rsa r i a a i a i r i 81 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab ccsccscccseecseecseccseecsecceecceecceessuessuessuenseesseesensnens 87 19D Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab ccscccsesecsseseneeeaees 93 7 5 6 Transmission Cormrection factors aeaa e Ea EE E E A A OE 97 LO Defining GOOrS Do rs tab onara ea e a A a ea eaa 98 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and winNdOWS 0000000012 100 7 9 9 Using the reports to double check the data CNtry ccccscccssecseecseecseecseceseseeessnesseess 103 720 Building SEMVICSS TOTI merepinna a nean iaaa iaa 104 7 6 1 Global and Defaults te 0 meen entree ere erent er rer ter cI Re ce ree eon PEER eee ence ener ee 105 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Syst
204. een fields SBEM does not have default values for these fields and they are needed for SBEM to carry out its calculations If you need to navigate away from the screen before it is completed press the Escape key on your keyboard 11 The Global buttons G or tick boxes Global buttons and tick boxes allow you to use previously defined global values for a variety of parameters For example in Figure 12 the global air permeability at 50pa button is pressed in This means that the current record in this case zone z0 01east takes the previously defined 48 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 global air permeability value this global value is defined in the Geometry form gt Project tab gt General and Geometry sub tab see Table 8 Global parameters When the Global button or tick box is not pressed in or ticked you are able to enter a value specifically for that record Table 8 Global parameters shows the global parameters available in iSBEM where they are defined and where they are later used Parameter Global value defined Location of Global button or tick box Air permeability Geometry form gt Projecttab gt Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General and Geometry sub tab General sub tab Zone height Geometry form gt Projecttab gt Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General and Geometry sub tab General sub tab Thermal bridges Geometry form gt Project tab gt Geometry form gt Zones t
205. efault of 0 m Lighting System 5 Lighting System This field will become active in future versions of the tool and will enable the user to select a lighting system for the zone from a previously defined list of systems similar to that for HVAC systems and HWSs Figure 70 shows a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting characteristics being defined 143 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pvs Wind generators Transpired solar collectors ones Record selector 20 03 T HVAC amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC H AC system parameters 22 lighting system System selection Sreten selection HVAC for the example building b Are there Destratification fang in the zone Hot Water System HWS selection HWS for the example building 7 Deadleg length in this zone D m Record 14 4 50f19 Eo HE Search Figure 70 Selecting a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting systems Ventilation sub tab This sub tab is used to specify the type of ventilation system specific for each zone The following information is required Zonal Ventilation Type 1 Zonal ventilation
206. eld controller such as infra red If the Photoelectric option is ticked the following fields become active a Photoelectric options Here you need to choose between Switching and Dimming b Indicate whether there is a different sensor to control the lighting in the back half of the zone tick box i e the half furthest from the window c Select the type of photoelectric sensors from the available options Stand alone sensors or digitally addressable systems d Parasitic power for photoelectric controls Enter the parasitic power consumption of the photoelectric system in W m if you know it Otherwise the following defaults will be used by SBEM 0 3 W m if the type of sensors in the previous field is selected as Stand alone sensors and 0 57 W m if Addressable systems is selected digitally addressable systems are for special applications and are not particularly energy efficient NB Values for the parasitic power need to be reasonable Otherwise the benefits due to the use of photoelectric controls may be negated by the extra electrical consumption required by the controls equipment 151 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 Automatic daylight zoning for lighting controls This parameter is active if one or both of the above tick boxes on lighting controls are ticked If you select Yes recommended then SBEM will automatically sub divide the zone into daylighting zones if needed
207. eld for primary energy factor for district heating in the Building Services form gt Global amp Defaults tab gt Project Building Services sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab e XML file for EPC lodgement is now also generated for EPC Scotland see Section 8 2 SBEM Output reports e Guidance on connection to National Register for new verification procedure see APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 This manual together with the software tools described in it were developed by the BRE for the Department for Communities and Local Government DCLG under a contract managed for DCLG by AECOM formerly Faber Maunsell Disclaimer The iSBEM User Guide cannot provide legal advice or a definitive interpretation of the law The guidance provided in this document is limited to the technical operation of the software tool It is offered in good faith but is not binding on any person s or organization The same applies to the default values in the interface which should be viewed as conservative suggestions intended to be replaced by actual values iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Table of Contents VCP SION TSE OLY sche Sec te i at cee ta ia i a ct a ed it es ree cnc 2 1 HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE esiscccs siitadich ice beasbidasicsivaccasspadadachivan seca piedaaeeananaeis 12 Tile SCODEO8 INC QUID syyriaa 12 t2 SO tPUCIUTe OL the gude sets acted cocina ne
208. em before continuing If you leave the zone as unassigned a red warning will appear in the top right hand corner to let you know how many zones remain unassigned so that you would not proceed with running the calculation before assigning them NB If a zone is defined as having no heating or cooling i e assigned to Zones without HVAC system but the activity type selected for the zone is one which typically requires conditioning according to the Activity Database a red exclamation mark P will appear next to this parameter as a warning to the user in case this was done in error Ultimately however the calculation will be carried out using the data input by the user If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 6 Building Services form e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing an electric current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should
209. ems HVAC Systems tab 2 11c ccccceccneeeceeeeeeneeeneaeeeeaeeeseneeeeaed 108 7 6 3 Denning HWS IAW SHAD sacicscsae el cceats a eich anoateieiea ees Seat aieas 124 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab ccccecccsecceeececeeereneeeeaeeesenerenaed 129 7 6 5 Defining a Photovoltaic system PVS PVS tab ccccccseecsseecseeecseeseesenseessenenseesens 135 7 6 6 Defining a wind generator Wind Generators tab 10cccceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeneseneeeeaes 136 7 6 7 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tab 2 cccccseeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeseneeeeaed 137 7 6 8 Defining a Transpired Solar Collector Transpired Solar Collectors tab 2 139 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab ccscccseeseeeeneceeesseesaeesaeeees 140 7 7 Building Navigation FOMM ccccceecc eee eeceeeeeeceeeeeeceeeseeseeeseeseesaeeseeseeeseeees 155 7 7 1 SIO C HOS TAD rra e E E E E EAE EE eh oa E INE E O 155 Efe Object Froperti s TAD srein e AA ETA AEE 156 k ADONIS BE MTO tagare a tested eaead 157 7 9 DOUDIE CNECKING edatlar a a 157 7 9 1 The Unassigned Objects ROOF t cccccseccecccseeccnecssuecsseessueesseessuecsseessueesseessnsesaees 158 7 9 2 The Daa Summary Hepo siesta cee ead a a 159 793 The Assigned SUD aDS nrs ee ee ee a 160 7 9 4 TAC SUMMARY SUD ADS sere N 161 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OU
210. energy performance of buildings This guide includes e Anexplanation of the role of iSBEM in the NCM with a brief overview of the methodology e How to set up iSBEM to operate on your computer e How to work through the steps of the input procedure e How to obtain the Building Regulations compliance document Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations and how to obtain an Energy Performance Certificate and Recommendations Report e Guidance on how to assemble the required information for your own building e A tutorial e How to convert files created with previous versions of ISBEM version to be compatible with the current version 4 1 e This guide does not include e A detailed description of the structure of the NCM e A full definition of the notional building which is used to assess compliance with Building Regulations and produce the rating required by the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPBD or the reference and typical buildings The above can be found in The NCM Modelling Guide which is available on DCLG s website and the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk e A description of the contents of the NCM Construction Glazing or Activity area databases e A detailed description of SBEM the calculation engine to which iSBEM is an interface This is described in the SBEM Technical Manual available for download from the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk e Guidance related to energy ca
211. enu whether the element faces north north east east etc or is horizontal 9 Tick box to indicate if there is a transpired solar collector on this envelope This tick box becomes active only if a transpired solar collector object has been defined in the Building Services form of this project and if this envelope is a wall If the box is ticked the following two parameters become active i A drop down menu to select the name of the transpired solar collector already defined in the Building Services form which is installed on the exterior of this wall li Area of the transpired solar collector in m which is installed on the exterior of this wall 10 Additional Thermal Bridges If there are any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab if they are not then they need to be entered here in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the w psi value W mK See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges 11 Go to ID this parameter can be used to quickly jump to a particular envelope The ID number of an envelope is visible among the envelope details displayed in the Envelope Summary sub tab of the zone to which this envelope belongs For example if while reviewing the details in the Envelope Summary sub tab an
212. er UPRN of the building This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC generation In England 63 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Further guidance Wales and Northern Ireland this parameter consists of 12 digits while in Scotland it consists of 10 digits It should not be left blank 4 Access restriction Specifies if any restrictions are to be imposed on the retrieval of the EPC s XML file from the National Register in Scotland This parameter is active only if the scottish EPC is selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter 5 Building address NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 6 City NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 7 Post Code NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 8 Location description a description of the building location NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 9 Inspection Date the date on which the energy assessor inspected the building for the purposes of energy calculations for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC generation 10 Tick box to indicate whether the building has a special conservation status i e the building has been identified as being one of special architectural or historical interest in a conservation area in a designa
213. er the window has User moveable external protection Automatically controlled external protection or All other cases This is used to calculate the reduction factor due to shading devices which reduces the amount of solar heat gains through glazing 94 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 12 Transmission factor This is the fraction of light transmitted through that specific window after accounting for shading from overhangs and fins For details on how to calculate the transmission factor see Section 7 5 6 Transmission correction factors 13 Thermal Bridges Here you need to define any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the y psi value W mK See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors Roof area Roof area covered by array of rooflights ROoflights Figure 42 Area ratio covered for the definition of rooflights Example Figure 42 Roof area covered by array of rooflights
214. er will be appended to the end of it according to the number of records in the User Library with a similar name i e a record with name Name will have its name changed to Name 1 Name 2 Name 3 etc depending on whether there are already 1 2 3 etc records in the database already with a similar name excluding the suffix NB Frames cannot be imported from NCT files due to the nature of their table layouts Only constructions and glazings can be imported by this procedure 238 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX D List of parameters required by iSBEM Form General Tab General Information Sub tab Project details e Purpose of analysis EPC in Welsh field enabled only for EPC Wales e Additionally check Building regulations field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Weather location Stage of analysis field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations Shell and core building field not enabled for EPCs or Scottish Building Regulations e Project complexity field enabled only for England Wales and Northern lreland EPCs Related party disclosure field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs e Transaction type field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e 6 type of Building field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations and Scotland EPC e Is the building fully naturally venti
215. ergy used and COs emitted from the building are given in the SBEM output reports This chapter describes how to calculate the results and access the various outputs 8 1 The Ratings form The Ratings form allows the user to depending on the Purpose of Analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab 1 Run the entered building model through SBEM and the Compliance Checking Module BRUKL to calculate the energy consumption and CO emissions of the building and those of the notional building and determine whether it complies with Building Regulations if either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 Scottish Building Regulations 2010 or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F 2012 were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab You can do this by pressing the Check Regulations button in the Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab 2 Run the entered building model through SBEM and the Energy Performance Certificate Generator Module EPCgen to calculate the energy consumption of the building CO2 emissions and those of the notional reference and typical buildings and its Asset Rating if EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt Genera
216. ermal bridges in the window rooflight additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier Thermal bridge length m Thermal bridge Psi W mK Thermal bridge description O O O Form Building Services Tab Global and Defaults Sub tab HVAC System Defaults sub tab enabled for EPC calculations only e Fuel type for default Heating only Other systems e Fuel type for default Heating and mechanical cooling systems oub tab Project building services e Do the lighting systems have provision for metering field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations o Is there monitoring and testing with alarm for out of range values field enabled if lighting systems have provision for metering e Electric power factor e The CO emission factor for the district heating network field enabled only if the heat source and fuel type of any of the HVAC systems is set to be district heating e The primary energy factor for the district heating network field enabled only if the heat source and fuel type of any of the HVAC systems is set to be district heating Sub tab Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab enabled for EPC calculations but not for EPC Scotland e Does the building have an air conditioning system o Is the actual output unknown B Total effective rated output of the air conditioning system kW or B Estimated total effective rated output of the air conditioning system o Has an air conditioning inspection been commi
217. error was detected in the description of a particular envelope you can make a note of its ID number Figure 39 go to the Envelope tab type the ID number in the box and press the arrow key til This will take you to the General sub tab of that particular envelope where you can correct the error see Envelope Summary sub tab in section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab Figure 40 shows a wall being defined 90 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Input here the ID number Project Zones _ Envelope Doors windows amp Rooflights Ofa particular envelope you want to jump to Envelope selector 20 Mleast e Tc H T General window amp Door Summary Go to ID p i b er _ r Additional Thermal Bridges Mame 20 01 easta Multiplier 1 Fane 070l east z Mult Lim Psi mE Descrip Type of envelope Wall t Construction External wall Connects space to a Exterior Orientation East a Envelope rea Ba ome Perimeter 18 m Ta ert EU ee Tetai saara a a aaa a e a P Tick thee a enepiied solar colectar on this wall Tr Record H 1 of 91 e oR OR We Unfiltered Search Figure 40 A wall being defined in the General sub tab of the Envelope tab in the Geometry form At the t
218. erted to introduce my own value using the U value and K value which corresponded to the construction selected in the original nct file so that even if the NCM Construction Database is updated between versions which is likely the same values from the original selection are used in the converted file unless the user revises and modifies his construction selections in the converted file Km Kappa m value The Kn value renamed from Cm value is the effective thermal capacity of an element wall floor ceiling etc given in kJ m K As it takes some time for heat to flow into or out of the building fabric not all the thermal capacity is useful The K value represents that part which affects the heating and cooling energy demands The rules for calculating it can be found in the standard BS EN ISO 13790 2008 In brief for each construction element Calculate the contribution of each layer of construction by calculating density kg m thickness m specific heat capacity kJ kgK Starting from the layer of the construction closest to the space i e from the interior add these values together until any one of the following conditions is satisfied e the sum of the layers thicknesses has reached 0 1 m e you have reached the mid point of the construction or e you have reached an insulating layer defined for SBEM purposes as having a conductivity of 0 08 W mK or less NB If the construction contains an air cavity whose
219. esentative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you are running an EPC calculation and do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for them are quite pessimistic and they cannot be edited by the user 141 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB Indirectly heated spaces For spaces such as corridors or access areas which are not serviced by an HVAC system i e have no direct supply of heating or cooling but are likely to be indirectly conditioned by the surrounding areas due to the high level of interaction with those spaces allowing the heated air to move freely from the directly conditioned spaces to the indirectly conditioned ones they should be considered heated or conditioned indirectly by the same HVAC system that supplies the most important surrounding area In this case you should assign the HVAC system of the main adjacent space to that indirectly conditioned zone also although the space is not directly conditioned the energy to overcome any losses from or gains to it is still required via the conditioned zone and therefore has to be included in the calculation An example of this would be an open corridor to heated offices or a stairwell next and open to offices i e which might have a few envelope elements but is mostly open to the surrounding conditioned areas and which is not directly conditioned but is cond
220. etails sub tab HVAC System Defaults sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone you should select the option Zones without HVAC system as the HVAC system for that zone in the Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab or the Building Services form gt Zones tab gt HVAC amp HW System sub tab spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should instead select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 9 3 Defining zones Zones tab e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing an electric current through resistance wire Assumed to be an electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses 105 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select e
221. f comparable buildings and so it is necessary that the reference building should be the same for all buildings of a given type In order to provide this consistency the reference building must 17 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 be the same irrespective of a whether the actual building is naturally ventilated or air conditioned and b the fuel choice in the actual building The insulation levels and HVAC efficiencies in the reference building are identical to the 2006 Part L notional building except that certain parameters in the reference building are fixed Subject to conditions below irrespective of features in the actual building please refer to the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk for the detailed description of the reference building These aspects are a The heating and hot water service is always met by a gas fired system irrespective of whether a fuel other than gas is used in the actual building or is even available in the locality of the actual building b The spaces in the reference building have a fixed servicing strategy regardless of the strategy adopted in the actual building except if the corresponding space in the actual building is unconditioned see below Therefore e Each space is heated to the heating setpoints defined in the activity database irrespective of whether the particular space in the actual building has heating provision or not except if the corresponding s
222. f19 RL OR a Filte Search Figure 75 Defining the lighting controls characteristics of a zone Display Lighting sub tab This sub tab is active for a particular zone only if by nature of the activity selected for the zone display lighting is applicable as per the NCM Activity Database e g retail In the Display Lighting sub tab each zone needs to be selected in turn and the following data entered 1 Does display lighting use efficient lamps Select Yes or No don t know If Yes is selected then the average lamp and ballast efficacy in lamp lumens per circuit wattage needs to be entered for the display lighting only applies if there is display lighting in the space by nature of its selected activity NB For the purposes of the lighting calculations in SBEM efficient display lighting is one with a lamp and ballast efficacy better than 15 lamp lumens per circuit Watt Examples of efficiency display lighting lamps include metal halide compact fluorescent and white SON high pressure sodium 2 Time Switching for display lighting Select Yes or No don t know Figure 76 shows the display lighting characteristics and controls for a zone being defined 153 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Gumene Pet ereut wattage Eii Recordi M 4 30f19 K Moki WK NoFilter Search Figure 76 Defining the zone display lighting in the Display Lighting sub tab TSC sub tab The sub tab see Figure 77 is use
223. fans and pumps within the air conditioning units Single room cooling system Heating amp cooling Integral units without ducting such as wall or window units Ducted units should be defined as constant or variable volume air systems as appropriate The SEER SCoP should include the power consumption for compressors controls as well as fans and pumps within the air conditioning units Table 13 Definitions of HVAC type options in iSBEM Heating sub tab Once you have entered the basic information on each HVAC system into the General sub tab there are a few more details on the heating efficiency which can be entered if they are Known You will see that the Heat Source and Fuel Type fields that were completed in the General tab also appear in this tab they can be edited in either tab First you need to select the HVAC system with the record selector and then the following information can be entered Heating System 1 Heat source Depending on the system type selected a selection of heat sources is offered For example if Single duct VAV is selected you need to choose between 115 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 LTHW boiler MTHW boiler HTHW boiler Direct or storage electric heater Heat pump air source Heat pump ground or water source and District heating 2 Fueltype Depending on your selected heat source you will be given a selection of heating fuel types to choose from for e
224. fficiency for heating takes account of the seasonal efficiency of the heat generator thermal losses and gains to and from pipework and ductwork and duct leakage It does not include the energy used by fans and pumps The combined heating demand of all zones served by a particular system divided by its SSEFF gives the energy consumption of the heating system For example a boiler or boilers SSEER The System Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio for cooling takes account of the seasonal efficiency of the cold generator thermal losses and gains to and from pipework and ductwork and duct leakage It does not include the energy used by fans and pumps The combined cooling demand of all the zones served by a particular system divided by its SSEER gives the energy consumption of the cooling system For example a chiller Auxiliary Energy This is applied to the total floor area conditioned by a particular system It depends on the duration of occupation and operation in the zones served and it covers the energy used by fans pumps and controls The calculation depends on the HVAC system type selected as well as on other information provided by the user on the SFP duct and AHU leakage and control provision If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone you should select the option Zones without HVAC system as the HVAC system for that zone in the Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab or the Building Services
225. fication as a function of the ratio of exposed perimeter to floor area and the thermal resistance of the floor vii Further guidance in BR 443 2006 Conventions for U value Calculations 1 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 construction which is always the case when the floor construction is selected from the Library or using Inference procedures The user input un corrected U value for the ground floor should be the inverse of the resistance of the floor construction only i e before allowing for any ground effect perimeter to area or edge insulation NB The calculation of the U values of rooflight window systems must include the effect of the bars that form part of the glazing system NB The glazing U value entered should include the glass in a vertical inclination the frame and any bars that form part of the glazing system This value is adjusted in SBEM to produce the correct U value for the window rooflight inclination the correction for a horizontal flat roofs is 0 3 to the U value and for pitched roofs it is 0 2 to the U value However the value checked for compliance with building regulations is the one input for vertical inclination and not the adjusted U value used within the calculation NB When an nct file is converted from a previous version of iSBEM the definition of any construction which was done in the Project Database form using either the library or inference in the original nct file is conv
226. foor awl wimp ZOE r Tule pomul Cao Tal fk 01 Page ja 1 onl Figure 81 Data Summary Report Zones without HVAC 159 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 i DATA SUMMARY REPORT Pralecipame Example buldirg Weaker loal Lord on RCH proleclovenlew SHOW DOG 14 7 48 Assiqned Objects Report Page Sot 17 HVAC ZONE ENVELOFE l WINDOW Thermal Bridge ENyELO FE DOORS Thermal Eridge WINDOW DOORS 1 HVAC for the eanple building Sales area general ZOOS is W Exteb1 Exkiml wall ZO 036 W Extr 1 Frew wall ZOOS W Externe 1 Extiml wall ZOOS Ar W Ezki Exkiml wall 2 S003 dard Elema door 75 ZOOS ci FhorerCeding Coulito nel aljeiumy ips hk mal deo aul sim PATRES g FhoterCeihug Uulerpoml Caoul flo 03 ZOOS Aa Wall Comlite ml al ium pas lhtmal wall Page jal 5 ir Figure 82 Data Summary Report Zones with HVAC Task 17 Check your data entry and assignments using the Data Summary report and Unassigned Objects Report Now that all the zones have been assigned to HVAC systems they should all appear in the Data Summary Report Click on the Objects Report button in the top right hand corner of any of the sub tabs and view the Assigned Objects Report You should now be able to see the hierarchy of the building objects you have created The HVAC system should have 16 zones assigned to it Each zone should have its respective walls floors ceilings roofs assigned and certain walls should have windows and or doors assigned Dou
227. form gt Zones tab gt HVAC amp HW System sub tab Spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces If you do not Know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should instead select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing an electric current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned see below If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be a wet radiator system with heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 47 e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be a constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be
228. g Natural gas LPG Oil Grid supplied electricity NB If any of the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab have district heating as their heat source or fuel type then these systems will be ignored by SBEM during the calculation Further if the primary heat source and fuel type defined the General and Heating sub tabs are district heating then all the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab will be ignored by the tool during the calculation 3 Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency If you Know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for the heat generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a conservative default value will be used by SBEM NB The Effective Heat Generating Seasonal Efficiency is calculated by adding the Heating Efficiency Credits where applicable to the Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency The Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency is the ratio of the useful heat output to the energy input over the heating season The Heating Efficiency Credits are available for additional controls and other measures that go beyond the required minimum controls package Details of the minimum controls packages for the different systems additional controls and corresponding available credits are described in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by DCLG Note that the necessary documentation to support the efficiency calculation
229. g changes in operation or onset of faults The above two parameters on controls corrections are not available if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Building Details 2 Electric power factor This is a measure of the actual electric power consumption to that usually measured by the electric metre results from the voltage and current variations being out of phase Select from lt 0 9 0 9 0 95 and gt 0 95 District Heating Parameters 3 Do you know the CO conversion factor of the district heating network This parameter is active only if District Heating is selected as the heat source and fuel type for any of the HVAC systems defined in the building If you select Yes then you can enter the value in kgCO2 kKWh Otherwise a default value will be used by the tool wey 4 Do you know the primary energy conversion factor of the district heating network This aei parameter is active only if District Heating is selected as the heat source and fuel type for any of the HVAC systems defined in the building If you select Yes then you can enter the value in kgCO2 kWh Otherwise a default value will be used by the tool NB The COs emission factor for district heating should reflect the average annual efficiency and fuel mix of the whole district heating system
230. g in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales ix csicssnnsacsasecenns vase ioeseaaiam vaanans hand teneanuassccamnioeanlen es 168 Figure 86 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of INE RONS TOMTO SCOMEGNG virsicisspasecsh A A a pa 168 Figure 87 The Graphic Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form cccccceeeees 169 Figure 88 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing an NCM recomanda NON xi sires aia ctasssnstase paced nant ia aba E E a Gotan mesabesn 172 Figure 89 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing the active fields for creating a user defined recommendation cccccsccccvccceeccneeecneccaeeeeaeeeaeeseaeseaeeseaaees 173 Figure 90 The EPC Audit sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings fOrimy cccccccccccccceccceeeceneees 174 Figure 91 The Calculation Logs sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings fOrmy cccccccceeees 175 Figure 92 The Calculation Errors sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 00064 176 Figure 93 The Supporting Documents sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 177 Figure 94 Data Reflection report in html Jormat cccccccccc cece eccc eee c nec c ea E essa eeaeeseaaees 182 Figure 95 Data Reflection report in pdf format for the actual building cccccc cece cence
231. g information is required Local Mechanical Exhaust 1 Is there mechanical exhaust in the zone An example of when this would be used is in a toilet This tick box is enabled for all tyoes of HVAC systems serving the zone If the above tick box is ticked i e there is mechanical exhaust in the zone then the following fields become active a Local mechanical exhaust This is the flow rate of air leaving the zone in I s m of floor area Guidance on typical figures for this parameter could be found in CIBSE Guide F Part A Table 7 2 Basic fan capacity benchmarks NB iSBEM requires the exhaust flow rate in I s m of floor area while the values in the CIBSE Guide are given in I s m Use the zone height to convert the CIBSE values into the units required by iSBEM 147 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 b Do you know the exhaust specific fan power Here you can either use the default value in iSBEM or enter your own SFP for the zonal mechanical exhaust system in W I s NB The default value may not necessarily comply with the current Building Regulations c Scope of exhaust system Here you can use the radio buttons to specify whether the exhaust fan is remote from the zone i e the exhaust system serves multiple spaces or within the zone i e a local window wall roof unit such as in a toilet Figure 73 shows a zones exhaust characteristics being defined General Project Database Geometry Bui
232. ge What degree show geometry and of detail do they orientations show For instance have decisions been made on usage of each space in the Don t assume that adequate building information on an existing building can be obtained easily Any planning should include time to physically survey at least some parts of the building Note that there may be practical obstacles to overcome such as gaining access to secure parts of the building e g plant rooms or areas where confidential work takes place This may need to be resolved with the building owner or occupier prior to the visit There could also be safety issues to consider such as access to the roof or looking into ceiling voids Have there been changes to the internal layout with consequent effects on activity type area and geometry Envelope Detailed Detailed drawings Are drawings and schedules construction drawings and schedules available How up to date are they materials air schedules of should be What degree of detail do they show permeability construction available What Have there been changes for details degree of detail do instance replacement of windows re pressure test they show For roofing or additional insulation result instance do details show junctions and hence thermal bridges Do they rely on the constructors to use initiative to select suitable materials Has there been confirmation that as built constructions are equivalent to o
233. gen err BRUKL err Building Navigation 7 7 Selections Object Properties About iSBEM 7 8 Table 7 Structure of the forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM Task 2 In the Example building Complete file click on each of the forms and each of their tabs and sub tabs to familiarise yourself with how to get from one location in iSBEM to another At present there is a small but unavoidable time delay when switching between forms 45 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 6 BASIC ISBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU 6 1 Basic interface functionality and buttons Within the Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms you are required to enter information about various aspects of the building The Project Database form requires you to enter the information about the properties of each of the construction and glazing types The Geometry and Building Services forms require you to enter details about the zones their envelope elements windows and doors and all of the building services systems found in the building all these items are shown in Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects All of these items are records within the interface and there is a General sub tab like the one shown below Figure 12 for each where you can view add delete and edit them Within iSBEM there is an alternative way of entering some types of records in particular the envelope elements and windows These can be entered using t
234. h NCM Modelling Guide which are available from the Building Standards Division at http www scotland gov uk Topics Built Environment Building Building standards For Northern Ireland please refer to www dfpni gov uk for further information on Northern lreland s building regulations and published documents SBEM calculates the energy demands of each space in the building according to the activity within it Different activities may have different temperatures operating periods 16 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 lighting standards etc SBEM calculates heating and cooling energy demands by carrying out an energy balance based on monthly average weather conditions This is combined with information about system efficiencies in order to determine the energy consumption The energy used for lighting and hot water is also calculated This requires information from the following sources Building geometry such as Assessor reads from drawings or direct areas orientation etc measurement Weather data Internal database Selection of occupancy For consistency these come from an internal profiles for activity areas Activity database assessor selects by choosing building type and activity from the database for each zone Activity assigned to each Assessor defines within iSBEM by selecting space from internal database the user should identify suitable zones for the analysis by examining the building or drawings Build
235. h a temperature rise through the heater of at least 45 C The volume of primary air from the nozzles should be at least equivalent to 0 15 room volumes per hour Total air movement will be significantly higher because of the additional airflow induced by the nozzles NB If your HVAC system is a high velocity forced convection air heating induction nozzle system which does the job of mixing the air in the zone in a similar manner to destratification fans then you can model this in iSBEM by first selecting the appropriate HVAC system type flued or unflued and then ticking the above box relating to destratification fans in the zones served by that system The system should follow the flow rate guidelines given for 142 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 destratification systems shown above You will then need to justify this to Building Control using the necessary documentation for your system s functions Hot Water System 3 HWS A HWS needs to be selected for 1 All occupied zones Depending on the activity and building type selected for the zone a standard hot water demand is assumed in the NCM Activity Database For example there is a demand assumed to arise from the occupants of an office for activities such as washing hands and washing up cups This demand is associated with the office rather than the toilet or tea room Thus the demand from each space needs to be assigned to a HWS even if the system itself is not present
236. hat you have created for zone z0 01west in the Windows main tab AND in the Windows Summary tab First using the record selector in the main Windows tab view the windows that have been created in this project You should be able to see 7 6 already created for you plus the one you have created Then go back to the Envelope main tab select envelope z0 01west w and click on the Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab Here you should be able to see the window that you have created in Task 9 If you have made any errors you will need to go back to the main Windows amp Rooflights tab and edit them Task 11 Create a window and then delete it So that you become familiar with the functionality of the tool try introducing a made up window for zone z0 01west using the Window amp Rooflights tab Once it has been sufficiently defined i e the green fields have been filled in you will be able to delete it 7 5 6 Transmission correction factors The transmission factor for windows can be calculated from TS Fo Ft where Fo is the partial shading correction factor for overhangs and Ff is the partial shading correction factor for fins A transmission factor of 1 refers to 100 of light transmitted i e no shading from fins or overhangs NB The effect of shading from the horizon e g the ground trees and other buildings is not considered for the calculations carried out by SBEM Shading from overhangs and fins The
237. he Construction Sale and Let of Non Dwellings section 4 2 2 scenario B1 a centre with conditioned central space and independent heating systems a note was made of including a proportion of the energy consumption of the 19 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 conditioned central space in the EPC for the unit The following advice should replace 4 2 2 scenario B1 in the guidance In practice where a centre has units and a common space all with independent heating systems one EPC can be provided by a seller or landlord for the whole building only if it is being sold or let as a whole Otherwise a seller or landlord should provide an EPC for the part or unit being sold or let plus an EPC for the common space The prospective buyer or tenant can then make their decision on the basis of the energy rating for the unit and the energy rating for the common space that serves the unit NB While no EPCs are required for permanently unconditioned buildings i e buildings which do not use energy to condition the indoor climate and are expected to remain this way it is possible to voluntarily lodge EPCs for unconditioned buildings and as such the definition of the reference building was revised see above in order to allow for the calculated energy rating for these types of buildings to be representative Permanently unconditioned buildings are different to those which are expected to be conditioned later on and which should be modelle
238. he Quick Envelope sub tab The functionality of this and any other screens in iSBEM will be explained in the relevant sub section of Chapter 7 The majority of the buttons and functionality of iSBEM can however be demonstrated by the General sub tab Figure 12 2 Record selector 3 Add new 4 Delete 5 Advanced copy drop down button record button button button al Database Geometry BuiN Building Naviga 6 Reports button Jing Services Rating f ES Envelope Doors Windows amp Roofiights Sub cee a ieee le Sea Pa Wea General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary 7 Hel User s notes since Name L Multiplier 7 the coffee shop on the ground floor 2 coe anttesstoermeter area g AC system HVAC for the example building bd 1 Data a entry uilding Type AJAA A5 Restaurant and Cafes Drinking Establishment g Description of Activity from NCM database 8 Multiplier fields ctivity Eai Areas where food or drink are ue adrinking area consumed Thie could include open Area 162 me Fir to flr height camidors or stairs providing access to the eee a A main eating drinking spaces M mek ithe iea shellletes infiltration m Thermal Bridges C No use default value 25 mavheme W Tick here to use Globa raucs 11 Global Yes Air permeability at 50pa is fal a mhm buttons d tickboxes Record 1 of 19 HL K
239. he building is located in London It is rectangular in shape with dimensions of 50 m x 30 m It provides space for offices a supermarket and a coffee shop Figure 99 3D view of the Example building It has two floors The supermarket and the coffee shop are located on the ground floor with an outdoor passage between them and the offices are located on the first floor The first floor is accessible by stairs and lifts Height inside the building Ground floor 3 m floor to floor First floor 3 m floor to soffit All windows are set back by 30 cm This equates to a transmission factor of 0 8 The window sill height is 1 m The doors are 2 5 m high The supermarket has an auxiliary room see drawings and there are another two auxiliary rooms in the coffee shop There are toilets serving the offices on the first floor 191 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Constructions q Root U value 0 15 W m K Kn 11 7 KJ m q Ground floor U value 0 18 W m K Kn 60 KJ m q Internal floor ceiling U value 0 25 W m K Km 22 5 KJ m q Internal Walls U value 1 7 W m K Km 140 2 KJ m q External Wall U value 0 16 W m K K 51 KJ m q Glazing U value 1 5 W m K T Solar 0 821 and L Solar 0 898 q Doors U value 2 W m K Kn 20 KJ m K The air permeability of the building at 50pa is 8 m h m Systems HVAC System is a single duct VAV system powered by an electric ground source heat pump with a
240. he calculation using the actual design illuminance and wattage once the lighting design process has taken place and these values are available e lf the purpose of analysis is set to both EPC generation and 2010 Part L compliance i e this is assumed to be a new building the lighting definition should still be through inputting the lighting wattage and illuminance level as specified in DCLG s 2010 NCM Modelling Guide If the wattage and or illuminance level is left blank values are substituted as described above However the user can also input the lamp types for the purpose of generating recommendations for the Recommendations report only The user should ensure that the radio button is positioned at option 1 a for full lighting design input before running the calculation so that the input wattage and illuminance level would be used in the lighting energy calculation rather than the lamp type e f the purpose of analysis in iSBEM is for EPC generation only i e this is assumed to be an existing building then the lighting definition is available through any of the 3 options in iSBEM i e either lighting wattage and illuminance in Lux lamp lumens circuit watt and LOR or lamp type The lighting energy will then be calculated according to the selected option NB If you know that the lamps are fluorescent but have no further details you should select the option Fluorescent No details For modular or portable For all bui
241. heel comprises a cylinder packed with a suitable heat transfer medium that rotates slowly within an airtight casing which bridges the ducts between which heat is to be transferred Run around coil Finned air to water heat exchangers are installed in the ducts between which the heat is to be transferred A pumped water or water glycol for freeze protection circuit is used to transfer heat from the warm extract air to the cooler supply air or vice versa in Summer Table 12 Definitions of heat recovery options in iSBEM 8 Heat recovery seasonal efficiency This parameter is active if a heat recovery system is selected i e the previous parameter is not set to No heat recovery If you know the heat recovery efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value corresponding to the selected heat recovery system type will be used by SBEM 112 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 9 Tick box to denote whether the heat recovery system efficiency is variable This parameter is active if a heat recovery system is selected above NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other he
242. hilst this is the critical driver for the release of this version update we have taken this opportunity to also include some enhancements and minor modifications to iSBEM as listed below The main differences between iSBEM v4 1 d and iSBEM v4 1 e are as follows e Applying the modified specifications in the updated 2010 NCM Modelling Guide with regards to metal clad constructions and the notional building s specifications in England and Wales e Implementing compliance with 2012 building regulations for Northern Ireland e Implementing generation of XML file for EPC Scotland along with adding new related input parameters e Implementing the calculation of the primary energy for the purposes of both the XML file for EPC Scotland and the EPBD Recast reporting e Implementing the requirements of the EPBD Recast regarding consideration of alternative energy systems in the design of new projects and reporting the relevant statements in BRUKL e Modifying the reporting of results in the BRUKL output report with regards to U values compliance for modular and portable buildings constructed from older modules on which the back stops for U values in the 2010 building regulations do not apply e Modifying the reporting in SBEM so that the heating demand for unconditioned zones is displayed in the BRUKL output report similar to the cooling demand e Rectifying a problem that caused the bivalent calculation in SBEM to crash if it were run o
243. hould not cause any significant effects on the calculation if they were omitted from the ISBEM model If in doubt about the thermal mass of the internal partitions it is better to err on the side of caution and include them in your model as described above NB The term zone is used as a short hand for activity area throughout this User Guide It should not be assumed to be the same as a building services control zone for instance on the basis of building facade although in some cases they may align NB For building regulations calculations purposes we recommend that users generally avoid creating more than 100 150 zones in iSBEM However the processing time will depend on the total number of objects not just zones i e Zones envelopes windows etc Note that for building regulations compliance checking the calculation has to generate 2 buildings the actual and notional so the number of objects all the zones envelopes windows etc that the calculation has to process is multiplied by 2 while for the asset rating to be calculated for an EPC 3 buildings need to be generated actual notional and reference the typical building s performance is derived from that of the notional i e all the objects in the input are multiplied by 3 to give the total number of objects being processed by SBEM Hence creating a project with a very large number of objects will slow down the calculation and may cause it to crash 28 iSBEM
244. hree ISBEM Start up Options Figure 6 E iSBEM Start up Options Er Z Welcome to ISBEM National Calculation Methodology Interface for the Simplified Building Energy Method What do you wish to do BEM Startup Options Open a Recent Project f Select an Existing Project to open Create a New Project Help Exit Figure 6 iSBEM Start up dialogue box NB FILES CREATED WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF iSBEM ARE NOT AUTOMATICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THIS VERSION AND WOULD REQUIRE CONVERSION BEFORE THEY CAN BE OPENED AND EDITED USING THE CURRENT VERSION see APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion 1 Open Recent Projects This option has a drop down menu which contains the 5 most recently opened projects 2 Select an Existing Project Selecting this option and clicking on OK opens the Open File dialogue box allowing you to browse through your network computer to locate a project It is set to automatically open in the Projects sub folder within the iSBEM_v4 1 e folder 3 Create a New Project If this option is chosen the Save New Project dialogue box appears and you need to do the following 3 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 a Click on the Create new folder button on the top right hand side of the Save New Project dialogue box enter the project s name as the name for the folder and then click on Open b Click into the File Name field and en
245. ic Imaging a emi Display and Public face fT Display window X a a ad gt ja Le B EE E W B E a es Domestic Bedroom Domestic Circulation Domestic Dining room Domestic Kitchen Domestic Lounge Domestic Toilet Drysportshall Eating drinking area X X X Ensuitebedroom Fitness Studio aar X X X Fitness suite gym Food preparation area Generic Checkin areas Generic Office Area Generic Ward Hall lecture theatre assembly i Ed a xX xX ESES LX a ie a ie E EA SESESESESEIES xix PLT deel od a X X X X X area Heavy PlantRoom Hydrotherapy pool hall ficerink S a a face al area Laboratory S X x x x llauna 2 XP o a a x x x x x x xx x x x Lounges CT CE CT CE TS T So o comuimaces x x x x x eonselling areas Operatingtheare x tig xt tT EE TT a stage uae TTT TT Ee l Studio a x am T y i aes eee a4 pc x x fT _ y y xp F E X E EA x lt lt p x lt x lt x lt x lt x lt x lt Post Mortem Facility J x Public circulation x areas Reception S XT X X X XxX xX x xix x Residents common X X rooms Ee E a AEA tPF PPP PF oP E E D a Ee AE ty tT TT a TT TT Sales area chilled Retail Warehouse ead ECO eee electrical Sene
246. icable to HVAC for the example building Comments 210 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Page 2 of 4 28Jan13 Recommendations for COOLING COOLING accounts for 25 5 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of COOLING provision is POOR The overall CO2 performance of COOLING provision is POOR The average energy efficiency of COOLING provision is GOOD The average CO2 efficiency of COOLING provision is GOOD There are no recommendations for COOLING Recommendations for HOT WATER HOT WATER accounts for 10 7 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of HOT WATER provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of HOT WATER provision is GOOD The average energy efficiency of HOT WATER provision is GOOD The average CO2 efficiency of HOT WATER provision is GOOD There are no recommendations for HOT WATER Recommendations for LIGHTING LIGHTING accounts for 36 2 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of LIGHTING provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of LIGHTING provision is GOOD Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit Code EPG L5 Energy Impact MEDIUM CO2 Impact HIGH CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to Whole building Comments Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescent tubes Reduced number of fittings required Code EPC L7 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to Whole building
247. icate whether the heating system has local temperature control i e room by room 5 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has weather compensation control NB The HVAC system controls defined in the System Controls sub tab are used by SBEM only for generating the EPC Recommendations for the Recommendations Report and do not affect the actual energy calculations or the input value for the system efficiency NB If you have more than one HVAC system defined in your project the System Controls sub tab will be available for each one of them i e each HVAC system can have control definitions different from the others 121 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Ps Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector HVAC forthe example building gt _ General Heating Cooling system Adjustment Metering Provision system Controls Bi yvalent Systems Zone Summary Heating System Controls Tick where these controls are present in this HVAC system Central Time Control Optimum start stop Control Local Time Control fi e room by room Local Temperature Control i e room by room Weather Compensation Control In order to assess the impact of these controls you should modify the heat generator efficie
248. ighting and if monitoring and targeting are to be practiced are out of range alarms built into the software or procedures Is lighting design information available rather than relying on simple lamp type information Are drawings and schedules available Are they held on site or by a maintenance or other remote contractor Is there a building log book How up to date are they What degree of detail do they show Have there been changes such as plant replacement or to the control process Are there any results of tests on the equipment as installed such as seasonal system efficiencies leakage tests on ductwork and or air handling plant confirmation of air volumes etc You may be able to confirm with the energy manager whether there is sub metering for HVAC systems and or lighting and if monitoring and targeting are practiced that out of range alarms are built into the software or procedures It would also be useful to confirm with the facilities manager which lamp types are used in each zone and which zones have which types of lighting control applied If written information is not available the plant will need to be surveyed Who has access to plant rooms and when There are safety issues Is the surveyor familiar with plant type and specifications It can be difficult to identify systems from simple visual inspection Default efficiencies will depend on the installation date and or ECA listing of equipment
249. ill be used by the software The information is entered as follows Cooling System 1 Generator type If appropriate to your choice of system you will be given the option to select a cooling generator type from the drop down list Air cooled chiller Water cooled chiller Remote condenser chiller Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric 2 Generator kW This is the cooling generator s nominal electrical power and if applicable it needs to be selected from Up to 100kW 101 to 500kW 501 to 750kW and 751 to 3 5MW This field is not active if the cooling generator type selected is Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric The selected value in addition to the option selected for the ECA parameter below determines the default energy efficiency ratio used by the calculation if no efficiency value is input by the user 3 Fueltype Depending on your selected cooling generator type you will be given a selection of cooling fuel types to choose from for e g Natural gas LPG Biogas Oil or Grid supplied electricity 4 Seasonal energy efficiency ratio If you Know the seasonal energy efficiency ratio SEER for the cooling generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM Guidance on the calculation of the seasonal energy efficiency ratio can be found in the Non Domestic HVAC Guide published by DCLG e The conservative default value is based on whether the ch
250. iller or air conditioner is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the Enhanced Capital Allowance ECA scheme and on the electrical power rating selected in the Generator kW parameter above 117 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 5 Nominal energy efficiency ratio If you know the nominal energy efficiency ratio EER for the cooling generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM for compliance checking Guidance on the nominal energy efficiency ratio can be found in the Non Domestic HVAC Guide published by DCLG e The default value is based on whether or not the chiller or air conditioner is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the ECA and on the electrical power rating selected in the Generator kW parameter above NB The cooling generator seasonal energy efficiency ratio is the value used within SBEM to calculate the cooling energy while the cooling generator nominal energy efficiency ratio is the value displayed in the BRUKL output document for compliance checking against the limiting standards from the HVAC compliance Guide 6 Tick box to indicate if the HVAC system uses a mixed mode cooling operation NB Mixed mode refers to a hybrid approach to space conditioning that uses a combination of natural ventilation from operable windows and mechanical systems that include air distribution equipment and refrigeration equipment for cooli
251. in the General form However it can be changed for any particular zone if appropriate see note below 5 Activity type A building can be divided into a number of activity areas For example in an office building there may be a reception open plan office some cellular offices a tea room and some toilets When you choose your building type and activity area you are setting a number of default parameters which the tool uses to calculate the energy consumption These parameters include temperature set points heat gains from people and equipment required illuminance level and fresh air requirements amongst others Each building type has a number of different activity areas to choose from The description of the activity area as it appears in the NCM Activity Database is displayed in a box at the right hand side of the sub tab For more information on building types and 82 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 activity areas please refer to the NCM Activity Database available for download from the NCM website NB It is not a problem in iSBEM to introduce activities from building types other than the default building type introduced at the beginning of an iSBEM project For example an office may have activities from the Office building type e g office area reception eating drinking area etc but may also have atypical activities which are not included in the office building type e g a shop in which case
252. in the actual building If you do not know the exact figure for payback time in years use the previous parameter instead The following fields however remain greyed out or un editable as the user is not allowed to modify these parameters of NCM recommendations a d Category This describes the category under which the recommendation is classified such as heating cooling etc Code This describes a unique code for each NCM recommendation The code of any recommendation created by the energy assessor will be USER Recommendation This describes the text of the NCM recommendation This text will appear in the Recommendations report Applicable to This describes the object to which the recommendation applies for e g the whole building or a particular HVAC system or HWS 3 Click to take out By ticking this tick box you indicate that you wish to remove this particular NCM recommendation which was generated by EPCgen from the Recommendations Report lf the All USER radio button is selected in the Show recommendations box or the Add new record button l at the bottom of the screen is clicked then iSBEM will prompt you to create a new recommendation 4 Once you have confirmed that you do wish to add a recommendation to the ones already generated by EPCgen then the following fields become active Figure 89 a Category You can select from the options available in the drop down me
253. in the space If there is more than one HWS serving the building the HWS that needs to be specified for a zone should be the generator which accounts for the majority of its demand A HWS needs to be assigned to every zone defined in iSBEM 2 Any space with a deadleg within it As described above hot water demand is associated with occupied spaces rather than the spaces However if there is a deadleg within the zone it needs to be associated with the appropriate system through the zone it serves 4 Deadleg length in this zone Length of the draw off pipe to the outlet in the space only used for zones where the water is drawn off such as toilets and tea rooms This parameter is used to determine the additional volume of water to be heated because the cold water in the deadleg has to be drawn off before hot water is obtained This assumes that the hot water system circulation maintains hot water up to the boundary of the zone or that the pipe runs from circulation or storage vessel within the zone NB Modelling trace heating in iSBEM As an approximation it can be considered that the energy used by trace heating is equivalent to that used by a secondary circulation You can tick the box in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt General sub tab to indicate that there is a secondary circulation and then leave the rest of the secondary circulation related fields blank to be calculated by SBEM You can also leave the deadleg at the d
254. ing Recommendations ERE Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents _SBEN en EPUgenen i BRUKL et ERRORS umber of errors O OWAARAINGS Number of warnings 0 WARNINGS amp Mumber of cwamings 0 END Figure 92 The Calculation Errors sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Supporting Documents sub tab This sub tab Figure 93 contains buttons that allow access to the following supporting non official documents produced by SBEM the Main SBEM Output report section 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document and the Data Reflection Reports sections 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 176 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England a Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations ERE Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents PDF and optionally HTH outp
255. ing Name Employer Trading Address Assessor Number Related Party Disclosure Not related to the owner Unless superseded by a later recommendation report Page 1 of 7 202 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 Table of Contents 1 PACK OFOUNIG sree lt cacescvonnes acesmeveetsscansces 2 Introduction cece 3 Recommendations 4 Next Steps 5 Glossary Page 2 of 7 203 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 1 Background Statutory Instrument 2007 No 991 The Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates and Inspections England and Wales Regulations 2007 as amended transposes the requirements of Articles 7 2 and 7 3 of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive 2002 91 EC This report is a Recommendation Report as required under requlations 16 2 a and 19 of the Statutory Instrument SI 2007 9941 This section provides general information regarding the building Total Useful Floor Area m 2900 Building Environment Air Conditioning 2 Introduction This Recommendation Report was produced in line withthe Government s approved methodology and is based on calculation tool ISBEM v4 1 e using calculation engine SBEM v4 1 e 5 In accordance with Government s current guidance the Energy Assessor did undertake a walk around survey of the building prior to producing this Recommendation Report Page 3 of 7
256. ing a Photovoltaic system PVS PVS tab SBEM allows the user to define a PVS installed on the building in order to provide a percentage of the electrical demand of the building see Figure 66 by displacing grid supplied electricity There is only one sub tab in the PVS tab e General sub tab General sub tab The definition of a PVS requires Name Give it a unique name Multiplier Indicate how many PVS identical to this one exist in the building Type Choose from the drop down list whether it is Monocrystalline silicon Polycrystalline silicon Amorphous silicon or Other thin films Area Area of the photovoltaic panel m Orientation Select from the drop down list S SE SW E W NE NW or N Inclination Select from the drop down list from between 0 90 in 15 intervals The inclination of the photovoltaic panels is in degrees from the horizontal where O stands for a horizontal surface and 90 for a vertical surface 135 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS 55 PYS wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector PY 1 fea Tc zH Ees P General Mame Pvt Multiplier Type Monocrystalline silicon Area 10 m2 Orientation Sout Inclination 30 Degrees Record H l ofl r RL Re z s
257. ing envelope Assessor selects from internal Construction constructions and Glazing databases or inputs parameters directly Inference procedures may be used for energy certification of existing buildings Assessor can also define their own constructions in the user defined construction database HVAC systems Assessor selects from internal databases or inputs parameters directly Lighting Assessor selects from internal databases or inputs parameters directly Table 1 Calculation parameters for SBEM The inference facility in iSBEM guides the assessor through the data input procedures and directs him her towards appropriate internal databases This option is intended for use when certifying existing buildings if the drawings or construction information are not available 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes This section briefly defines the reference building which is the basis of setting the energy rating scale for Energy Performance Certificates EPCs for England and Wales and Northern Ireland The Asset Rating rates the COs emissions from the actual building in comparison to a Standard Emission Rate SER where both emission values are in kgCO m annum The Standard Emission Rate is determined by applying a fixed improvement factor to the emissions from a reference building which is defined below EPCs are intended to send market signals about the relative performance o
258. ing of zone 0 01 i e there is an interior space above Table 6 Examples of building element names Recommendations if you set up your own nomenclature Use names which link subordinate parts of the construction e g windows to the element of which they are part e g walls Incorporate reminders about major distinctions like whether the wall is internal or external or unusual features like suspended floors over an exterior space Choose characters which avoid using shift keys e g avoid capital letters Other points on naming If you use the Quick Envelopes see Section 7 5 8 to create the walls roofs floors ceilings and windows the names are created automatically for you based on the name you gave to the zone to which they are attached If you follow the suggested nomenclature for the zones the names for the walls floors windows etc will be exactly as described above If you choose another way of naming your zones the above endings will be added to your zone s name For example if you named your first zone room1 then the first north wall created for that Zone would be automatically called room1 n It is not possible to have two elements with the same name If you try to use the same name twice iSBEM automatically renames the second element for you For example if you attempt to create a second zone named z0 01 or a second wall named z0 01 n ISBEM will rename them z0 01 1 and z0 0
259. inked to the building and any solar contribution to the hot water demand will not be accounted in the calculation NB If a solar energy system is connected to a HWS then hot water storage is expected to exist 4 Area Aperture area of solar collector s in m It refers to the solar collector maximum projected area through which un concentrated solar radiation enters the collector The collector aperture area should not be confused with the collector gross area which refers to the projected area of the complete collector 5 Orientation Select from the drop down list S SE SW E W NE NW or N The orientation and inclination of the solar collectors are needed for SBEM to calculate the solar radiation at the solar collector surface 6 Inclination Select from the drop down list from between 0 90 in 15 intervals The inclination of the solar panels is in degrees from the horizontal where 0 stands for a horizontal surface and 90 for a vertical surface The orientation and inclination of the solar collectors are needed for SBEM to calculate the solar radiation at the solar collector surface 7 Do you know the collector performance parameters according to EN 12975 2 The preferred source of performance data for solar collectors is from a test on the collector concerned according to EN 12975 2 Thermal solar systems and components Solar collectors Part 2 Test methods f test data are not available e g for an exi
260. involve some approximations and compromises and SBEM is no exception The most obvious limitations relate to the use of the CEN monthly heat balance method This means that processes which vary non linearly at shorter time steps have to be approximated or represented by monthly parameters The HVAC system efficiencies are an example of this On the other hand SBEM does have provision to account for processes that may not be present in software packages that contain more sophisticated fabric heat flow algorithms such as duct leakage thermal bridge calculations and infiltration allowances The user interface iSBEM provides the user with routes by which some non standard systems and other features can be represented For example the ability to input specific fan powers provides a route by which demand controlled ventilation might be handled using pre calculated effective SFP There are also possibilities to go beyond these within the existing SBEM model via more general interfaces It is therefore difficult to give absolute rules about when SBEM can and cannot be used As broad guidance it is more likely to be difficult to use SBEM satisfactorily if the building and its systems have features that are a not already included in iSBEM and b have properties that vary non linearly over periods of the order of an hour However as the example above shows this is not a universal rule There is a balance between the time and effort required to car
261. ion you need to enter the following information 1 Name You will be prompted to enter a unique name for your construction this must be done before you can continue with the construction s definition 2 Generally used in walls floors roofs which connect zones to for walls roofs and floors only Here you need to select from the options in the drop down menu see Figure 31 which include the options of Exterior Strongly ventilated space Unheated adjoining space Conditioned adjoining space Underground and Same space This sets the default or global condition of the adjacent space which will appear when you assign this construction for a specific envelope element see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelope for details on how this global value is used This parameter is only required for walls roofs and floors and you can alter it for any individual envelope when defining its geometry 3 Tick if the construction involves metal cladding for walls and roofs only tick box NB Constructions involving metal cladding are roof or wall systems where metal forms an integral part of the construction such as metal twin skin systems where the insulation is located between the metal skins and where the metal skins are typically 0 4 mm to 1 2 mm thick Metal cladding systems are divided into two broad categories a built up metal cladding systems involving rail and bracket or z spacer systems with insulation within the panels and
262. ions to avoid it becoming complicated since there are so many elements in iSBEM which require naming See Section 3 5 iSBEM nomenclature for guidance on how to name your zones envelope elements doors and windows 2 Multiplier Indicate how many zones exactly identical to this one exist in the building if more than the default of 1 Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated envelopes windows doors and additional thermal bridges during the calculation 3 HVAC System If you have defined your HVAC systems before defining your zones i e if you have started with the Building Services form instead of the Geometry form you can select the HVAC system that serves this zone from the drop down list If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone that is intended to remain Assessing the effects of thermal bridging at junctions and around openings BRE IP 1 06 Conventions for calculating temperature factors and linear thermal transmittance Report BR 497 XIV 81 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 that way select Zones without HVAC system spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces If you have not yet defined your HVAC system this can be left as Unassigned at this stage You will be able to assign the zones to an HVAC system later within the Building Services form so there is no need to define the HVAC syst
263. ite the name of the source in the source field This source will now be available for selection in the Construction Glazing and Frames form sources in your 2 enter a unique name 1 click on the source button E User Library library click here Constructions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources Impor Lo Soe Source Categories To delete a source click Hew source i ey here Source To view all the Object selector Constructions glazing types and frames within this user library which use this source Source Mame Category FE Ze Ee Ee P This table displays all the constructions glazing types and frames which use this source in your library 4 Record l 4 1 r gt oF 18 Figure 113 Description of Sources tab in User defined construction library 23 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 5 How to import constructions previously entered into an iSBEM project or in another User Library into your own User Library You may wish to import constructions from an existing User Database into your own for example from a colleague s User Database This can be done in the mport form Similarly In ISBEM there is already a library of constructions which you can choose from in the Project Database form If you wanted to edit any of these you could import these into your User Library This is done by selecting the mdb User Database file or nct ISBEM file and cli
264. ither from the library or using the inference method 7 Double check and note the points which have changed since the previous version Please see the front pages of this manual for a list of the changes introduced in this version of the tool and manual It is essential that you click through and review all the different forms tabs and sub tabs of iSBEM and ensure that you provide input for parameters that did not exist in previous versions This would also allow any changes that have been made to iSBEM s default values to be adopted into the input correctly You might also wish to modify your input for any of the existing parameters based on any further guidance added in this manual or the Help pages NB The development of each new version of iSBEM has incorporated improvements to the calculation algorithms added features modifications to some of the underlying databases and correction of identified minor bugs Hence the generated results may differ either way from those generated by previous versions depending on the individual projects 230 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX C User defined construction database The User Library User_library_4 1 e mdb is a feature first introduced with iSBEM_v2 0 c You can now build up a database of your commonly used constructions so that you do not need to re enter them each time you start a new project You can also import constructions into your Library from a project
265. itioned through the movement of air and heat from the adjacent offices into the corridor Furthermore envelope elements between a directly conditioned space and an indirectly conditioned space should be labelled as adjacent to a conditioned adjoining space and not to an unheated adjoining space On the other hand if a zone is unheated and totally enclosed thus heated air cannot freely move from a heated zone into it such as a plant room a store room or a toilet you are advised to define it in ISBEM as Zones without HVAC NB If there is more than one type of HVAC system in a space with each system clearly meant to service a particular part of the space e g one servicing the facade perimeter area and another servicing the core area then the space should be divided into 2 separate zones in ISBEM each served by its corresponding HVAC system even if there is no physical separation i e a wall between the 2 zones However if heating is provided in a zone by two or more different types of heat sources for e g a heat pump in a split system and a gas boiler in a wet system you need to define the parameters of the different heat generators sharing the heating load as described in the guidance on the bivalent calculation in Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab On the other hand if a zone is served by for e g a gas fired wet system for heating and an electric split system for cooling then the systems c
266. ity and fuel use NB If applicable this total value includes any energy consumed by a CCHP generator to provide space heating space cooling and or water heating and it is net of any electrical energy displaced by the CCHP generator 3 The resulting annual CO emissions kgCO 2 m from the actual building BER the target Part L TER the typical building Stock average TYP and the standard emission rate SER For details on the definition of the reference and typical buildings SER and Part L target see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes and the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide 4 The EPC bands corresponding to the annual CO emissions from the actual building the SER the target Part L TER and the typical building Stock average TYP 5 The EPC Rating Asset Rating of the actual building Also accessible from this sub tab is the Energy Performance Certificate the Recommendations Report the SBEM Main Output report the Data Reflection Report for the actual building and supporting recommendations in the form of a secondary not for official submission report only available for the generation of EPCs for England Wales and Northern Ireland See Sections 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate 8 2 8 Recommendations Report and 8 2 10 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report NB The Data Reflection Reports i
267. ject Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors U Value The U value is the thermal transmittance of the construction given in W m K It can be calculated using the combined method given in BS EN ISO 6946 for simple constructions Constructions such as cladding and steel frame constructions require more complicated calculation procedures and an appropriate methodology should be followed For example the BRE U value Calculator would be appropriate for these construction types Guidance on the calculation of U values for curtain walls can be found in The Thermal Assessment of Window Assemblies Curtain Walling and Non traditional Building Envelopes Ledbetter S et al Centre for Window and Cladding Technology University of Bath Bath March 2006 NB In the case of a user defined U value for ground floors the user needs to specify using a tick box whether the U value entered into iSBEM has been obtained following the guidance specified in section 3 5 2 of CIBSE Guide Vol A 2007 and ISO 13370 2007 Thermal Performance of Buildings Heat Transfer via the Ground Calculation Methods i e the U value has been modified corrected to account for insulation to counter the heat loss through floors in contact with the ground If the U value input by the user has already been modified then SBEM will use the U value as input Otherwise SBEM will make the modi
268. ke account of the ventilated _ i void Ust 258 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 When there are walls of different heights to consider e For sloping floors and ceilings eg auditoria lf the activity above and under the floor is the same or the void is inaccessible choose normal zone height otherwise zone height weighted average wall height Nai Naz Nas etc from where floor adjoins each wall to top of floor above Zone area A is projected area plan area as per RICS GIA standard Make sure in addition that all external and internal wall and slab areas are input so that all heat loss gain and thermal mass is calculated Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances do not use automatic daylight zoning e For cubical rooms under the sloping floor Zone height top of slab to top of slab hs e Area weighted average wall height is defined as total wall area divided by horizontal perimeter length eg 2L 2 x depth d in the diagram e For rooms with mono pitched ceiling Zone height is top of floor to weighted average height of all walls h4 Area of roof A is as seen from underside i e L4 x zone depth U value from under ceiling to outside roof is U Use total area of gable wall Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances e lf there is a horizontal ceiling under the mon
269. l Bridge sub tab of the Zones tab oonnennnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnsenssensensenssesseessesseesees SO Figure 39 ENVelOpe O UNMAS SUD TG Ar EEA ieee canal aa eae Ue ea a 87 Figure 40 A wall being defined in the General sub tab of the Envelope tab in the Geometry form 91 Figure 41 Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab 0 a0nnannnnnensennsensenseessenseessenseossrssesserssesseossrsseesees 93 Figure 42 Area ratio covered for the definition Of rooflig htS 00nennnonnnnnnnsnnsonnsensenssensenssesseesees 95 Figure 43 A window being defined in the General sub tab of the Windows amp Rooflights tab in the GEOES JOVI aa EEE E E T EET a 96 Figure 44 Shading from overhangs and finS 00naonnennnnnnnnsensennsensenseessenseessesseossrssesserssesseossesseesees 98 Figure 45 A Door being defined in the Doors tab oonnennnnnnnnnnsnnnennsensenssensenssesseessessesserssesseene 100 Figure 46 The Quick Envelopes SUD tab cccccccccccccccccuccceecceueccnseeenecceueeeueecaneeeeeseaaeeeaeseaasesanseaaeesanees 103 Figure 47 The tabs in the Building Services form cccccccccccccccc usec eeccnececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeaeeeeaeeeaeeeeneees 105 Figure 48 Project Building Services sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services POT I ESE RSI EN IR ESS aii ede S ec ey ae HL dO aa ets Oe Hel sete itu 107 Figure 49 Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services SOT EEA EE ie Tt R
270. l Information tab gt Project Details sub tab You can do this by pressing the Calculate EPC rating button in the Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab NB You will be able to monitor on the screen the progress of the calculation process as it is carried out for the different building objects 3 View the key results within the interface 4 Access the following output reports e the Building Regulations Compliance document Specification Information for Scoitish Building Regulations the SBEM Main Output report and 2 Data Reflection Reports for the actual and notional buildings if compliance with Building Regulations is the purpose of the analysis e the Energy Performance Certificate the Recommendations Report the SBEM Main Output report SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report and the Data Reflection Report for the actual building if generating the EPC is the purpose of the analysis The Ratings form is composed of one tab which is either depending on the Purpose of Analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab e Building Regulations Check tab displays the CO emissions in kg per m of building area for the actual and notional buildings as well as the target and an assessment of 162 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 whether the building complies with the carbon dioxide emissions criterion of the Building Regulations It also displays a break
271. l and Assigned The General tab is where the information is entered to define your construction types see the following section on how this is done The Assigned tab contains a list of all the envelope elements i e envelopes doors or windows of the building to which this construction or glazing has been assigned You cannot edit the list on this screen as it is provided for viewing only see Figure 30 It reflects your input in the Geometry form when assigning envelope elements to constructions NB At this stage in the tutorial most of the Assigned tabs will be blank as you will not have yet created the building elements to which these constructions need to be assigned You will do this in Section 7 5 Geometry form 69 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General I Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Constructions for Walls Constructions for Roofs Constructions for Floors Constructions for Doors Glazing Constr selector External wall Tac zH P 20 01 easte 20 01 north 20 01 northern 20 01 southe s 20 01 southwest e Record H 1 of 2 oR OR z search Figure 30 The Assigned sub tab in the Constructions for Walls tab 7 4 1 Defining construction types To insert a new type of construction you must firstly create a new record by clicking on the Create a new record button shown in Figure 31 For each new construct
272. l and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES evs Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector SES 1 fd Tac H rule T Collector parameters Solar storage amp Collector loop Ausiliary energy amp Distribution lasses tl gene BESI i Mie i T In HWS HWS for the example building Area 10 me 7 South Do pou know the collector performance Eiepiatian Sui parameters from EN 12975 27 Inclination 30 ki Degrees Alo use default values from Evacuated tube f Yes values are Record H lafi POHE Search Figure 62 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Collector Parameters sub tab Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab see Figure 64 are 1 Solar storage volume refers to the dedicated solar storage volume in litres and it should be calculated according to the arrangements for solar pre heating as indicated in the schematic in Figure 63 and the guidance below e inthe case of one or more separate pre heat tanks such as arrangements a or c in Figure 63 the solar storage volume is the volume of the pre heat tank s e inthe case of a combined cylinder such as arrangement b in Figure 63 the solar storage volume is the volume between the bottom of the lowest back up element electric element or heat exchanger to the lowest element of th
273. l form The iSBEM opening screen Figure 11 gives access to seven main forms e General e Project Database e Geometry e Building Services e Ratings e Building Navigation e About iSBEM Within each of these forms there are various tabs and sub tabs as shown in Figure 11 a8 ice 5 Ratings Building Se A Tab File Options General Information Achons T Sub File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis tab Create a new project Exit iSBEM Open an existing project Name and location of currently open nct file Save AS Current file CAN CMAISBEM v4 Te Projects E sample building Complete Example building Complete act Figure 11 The seven forms in iSBEM 42 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 As can be seen in Figure 11 the top blue bar of the window displays the version number of ISBEM you are using the name of the form currently open and the name of the project This bar is always visible in all the form tabs and sub tabs of the interface Below is a summary of the data which needs to be entered into each form General The General form is where projects can be saved and opened General information relating to the project can also be recorded here such as the name and address of the project type of the project e g shell and core or modular and portable building weather data and details about the
274. lated and calculations confirm it temperature during occupancy periods are always below 28 C field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations and Scotland EPC Rating with improvements field enabled only for Scotland EPC Rating if in E amp W field enabled only for Scotland EPC Main renewable source field enabled only for Scotland EPC Is mains gas available on site field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations and Scotland EPC Sub tab Special Considerations sub tab not enabled for EPCs e Is the building modular or portable o Planned time of use in a given location B Is more than 70 of the external envelope to be created from sub assemblies manufactured prior to the date 2010 ADL2A comes into force B Is aTER BER calculation not available for a module constructed prior to October 2010 B Date of manufacture B Is the portable building a distress purchase Sub tab EPBD Recast e Inthe design of this building has consideration been given to the use of alternative energy systems as defined in the recast EPBD renewable energy systems CHP district heating cooling or heat pumps o Is evidence of such a feasibility assessment available for inspection o Are renewable energy systems used in the proposed design solution o Is CHP used in the proposed design solution o Is district heating cooling used in the proposed design solution o Are heat pumps used in the proposed design solution Sub tab Building details Bui
275. lause 6 2 of the Section 6 document clause 6 2 4 for Shell buildings clause 6 2 11 for Extensions to the insulation envelope and clause 6 2 1 for Other buildings Tick box to indicate if the building is fully naturally ventilated and separate calculations have confirmed that occupied period temperatures will always be below 28 C This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations and if ticked justifications provided to Building Control a 5 credit is applied by SBEM to the heating demand of naturally ventilated zones in the building as specified in Section 6 Rating with improvements the potential Asset EPC Rating of the building in kgCO2 m if the recommended energy performance improvements were implemented This parameter is active only if the Scottish EPC is selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above NB SBEM does not calculate the potential improved rating with recommendations This value is input by the user If the Energy Assessor does not want a question mark to appear in the Ratings form and the EPC the improved rating value needs to be entered by the Energy Assessor in the Rating with improvements Energy Assessors can use iSBEM to arrive at that rating value by making a copy of the original completed nct file containing the building model in iSBEM in which they can implement their selected recommendations
276. lculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations 1 2 Structure of the guide This guide is split into eight chapters and eight appendices and it contains a tutorial TUTORIAL The tutorial runs alongside Chapters 4 through to 8 with a task set at each stage starting from opening iSBEM through to printing off the Compliance document and Energy Performance Certificate It is recommended that you complete this tutorial before trying to enter real building data Details on the Example building used in the tutorial are included in APPENDIX A 12 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 b gt DVWO CH Chapter 1 HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE Chapter 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE NCM Chapter 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA This chapter provides guidance on preparing building data for inputting into iSBEM including how to zone a building Chapter 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED This chapter includes instructions on how to install iSBEM start a new or open an existing project and correctly save and close projects Chapter 5 TOUR OF iSBEM This chapter introduces the structure of iSBEM in terms of its forms tabs and sub tabs Chapter 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU This chapter details some of iSBEM s key commands buttons and functionality Chapter 7 ENTERING A BUILDING INTO iSsBEM This chapter takes the user through each of the forms in turn and explains the steps of inputting
277. lding This parameter is active only if the purpose of analysis is checking compliance with building regulations for England Wales or Northern Ireland Project complexity complexity of the building for the purposes of energy assessments for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland The options available are e Level 3 simple existing buildings that can be modelled using SBEM e g small buildings such as converted houses or doctors surgeries e Level 4 new and existing buildings that can be modelled using SBEM e g small purpose built office buildings e Level 5 new and existing complex buildings that need to be modelled using Dynamic Simulation Models DSMs e g large office buildings or factories The decision of which level of assessor should be assigned to a particular building should follow the agreed convention flow chart in APPENDIX G NB If in doubt about whether iSBEM would be appropriate for modelling your building please contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider S6 type of building type of building according to Section 6 of the Scottish Building Regulations i e this parameter is active only if the Scottish Building Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above NB For details of the Section 6 types of buildings please refer to c
278. lding Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Pys wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector 20 02 Ed P _HVAC amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC VYentilation flow due to local mechanical exhaust W s there Local Mechanical Exhaust in the zone Local mechanical exhaust T Ksm Do you know the Exhaust Specific Fan Power Scope of extract system tf No use the default 1 5 Wels C Extract fan is remote from the zane Yes SFP for the system is wiels f Extract fan is within the zone Record 14 4 2o0f19 Po H E Search Figure 73 Defining the zone mechanical exhaust in the Exhaust sub tab Lighting sub tab In the Lighting sub tab each zone needs to be selected in turn and the following data entered 1 What information is available on lighting Here you need to choose from the following three options a Full lighting design carried out where you need to enter the following data usually available from the lighting design engineer for a new building i the total wattage in Watts and li the design illuminance in Lux for that zone b Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out where you need to specify i the average initial 100 hour lamp plus ballast efficacy for the lighting in the zone in l
279. lding type Name of project Building address City Postcode 239 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Location description UPRN field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis Are any restrictions to be imposed on the retrieval of the EPC s XML file from the National Register in Scotland field enabled only for Scotland EPC Inspection date field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis Is building of special conservation status field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Sub tab Certifier s Energy Assessor s Agent s Qualified Accredited Person s details Sub form Certifier s Energy Assessor s Agent s Qualified Accredited Person s details Name Telephone number Email address Address City Postcode Assessor number Membership number field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Accreditation Scheme Protocol Organisation field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Qualifications field enabled only for England Wales and Northern lreland EPCs e Employer Trading name field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Employer Trading address field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of
280. ldings except distress purchase those specified in the buildings with a planned Lamp Type next column time of use less than 2 years Side lit and Top lit Side lit and Top lit Dot gayal activities NOt dayi activities activities activities ED r ee E a Tungsten and Halogen Tungsten and Halogen Halogen f C Fluorescent compact low frequency ballast T8 Fluorescent haloohosphate 97 5 33 0 low frequency ballast T8 Fluorescent halophosphate 149 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 high frequency ballast i l T8 Fluorescent triphosphor high 36 3 43 5 550 65 3 frequency ballast Metal Halide High Pressure Mercury coated high frequency ballast Fluorescent no details Table 15 Luminous efficacies used by SBEM in correspondence to the lamp types selected Table 9 from the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide TS Fluorescent triphosphor 37 5 45 0 56 3 67 5 High Pressure Sodium NB Less pessimistic default luminous efficacy values are used during the calculation for some lamps only in distress purchase modular and portable buildings with a planned time of use less than 2 years see Table 15 as defined in 2010 ADL2A NB The total wattage value that is entered into iSBEM is for the lighting system i e it should include the luminaires and ballasts control gear NB The design illuminance in Lux is that for which the full lighting design has been carried out The main
281. le for future reference to enable them to copy and paste rather than having to re type It is hoped that a facility would be added in future versions of the software to allow the certifier to input their text directly into iSBEM and the text would appear on this report once the calculation for compliance checking runs successfully 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building This report contains all the data that SBEM uses to calculate the energy performance of the building along with some general details about the building as input by the user and can be attached to the building s Log Book The information is presented in the following order General details Building fabric details All systems other than HVAC HVAC system 1 Zone 1 in HVAC system 1 Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Window 1 in Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Door 1 in Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Ftc for all other zones in HVAC system 1 Ftc for all other HVAC systems e Compliance Check Summary details The report contains hyperlinks in blue to aid in navigation around the report which can quite large depending on the project See Figure 94 for a screen shot of one of the Data Reflection reports and for examples of the hyperlinks The data in this report for the actual building is also produced in a more compact layout in paf format Figure 95 This report is more printer friendly than the html one and it can be printed either on A4 or A3 paper for e g to be carried around by
282. le is in pdf format SBEM s Building Regulations Compliance Document Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations which has slight differences in format will form part of the submission by designers to Building Control to demonstrate compliance for e g with the England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 The SBEM Building Regulations Compliance Document currently follows in format the Compliance Checklist criteria found in England and Wales Approved Document L2A Where SBEM can be used to demonstrate compliance SBEM will fill in the appropriate sections of the document For example Criterion 2 Section 2 1 displays the limiting standards for the building fabric U values and the values calculated for the different envelope elements in the building and a warning is shown if any of the building s U values is worse than the limiting standards Criterion 2 Section 2 2 displays the limiting standard for air permeability and the value used in the building and a warning is shown if the limiting standard is exceeded On the other hand where compliance should be demonstrated in separate supporting documents i e it cannot be performed through SBEM the SBEM Compliance Document will state that clearly For example Criterion 2 Section 2 5 Energy Meters installed in accordance with CIBSE TM39 Separate submission Criterion 4 Section 4 6 Has commissioning been completed satisfactorily
283. lected in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab i IS EPC generation then iSBEM s default value for air permeability will be 25 m h m while if only compliance with building re ulations has been selected as the purpose of analysis the default value will be 10 m h m In either case the user can over write the default value by manually entering an viene value For EPCs of existing buildings note that the air permeability convention given in section 7 5 2 Project tab should apply NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid the need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this in the compliance checking module 10 Thermal bridges a Tick here to use global psi values If the box is ticked the Thermal Bridges sub tab disappears and the global psi values defined in the Project tab of the Geometry form are applied to the selected zone 11 User s notes This box is provided for the user to fill in at their discretion any details description about the zone that are not covered by the other fields iSBEM does not process the data entered in this field Figure 37 shows a zone being defined 84 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelop
284. lectric resistance heating as your system e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be a wet radiator system where heat is generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you Know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 47 e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be a constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you Know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 47 NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you are running an EPC calculation and do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iISBEM for these systems are quite pessimistic and they cannot be edited by the user Project Building Services sub tab In this sub tab you need to enter details about the electrical power factor and the controls provisions for lighting in the building as shown in Figure 48 Metering provision for lighting systems 1 Is the lighting separately sub metered If you select Yes the following question becomes active o M amp T with alarm for out of range values This refers to monitoring and targeting as a means of identifyin
285. ll as a default construction 6 Area Specifies the area of the door including the frame in m i e the area of the structural opening in the wall NB If an external wall contains a row array of identical doors you should input the area of only one door and use the multiplier field to define the number of identical doors that exist in the same wall NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is found to be less than the total area of windows and doors defined within it SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 7 Thermal Bridges Here you need to define any thermal bridges in addition to those described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the w psi value W mK See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which
286. ll need to go back to the General sub tab of the Zones tab To create a zone s envelope elements and windows you need to click on the Quick Envelopes sub tab and making sure that the correct zone is selected using the record selector define its envelopes and windows and click on Create Envelopes As this example has excluded additional thermal bridges for simplicity there is no need to go to the Envelopes or Windows amp Rooflights main tabs afterwards to assign any additional thermal bridges to any envelope element or window You should then go to the Envelope Summary sub tab in the Zones tab to double check that you have defined the envelopes correctly If you have made any errors you need to go to the Envelopes main tab and select and edit the records there Finally you need to go to the Window amp Door Summary sub tab in the Envelope tab to double check that you have defined the windows correctly If you have made any errors you need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights tab and select and edit the records there 7 5 9 Using the reports to double check the data entry In addition to the summary sub tabs already discussed in the previous sections iSBEM produces two Objects reports which can be used to double check the data you have entered For details on these two reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data 103 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Task 13 Use the Unassigned Objects report and the Data
287. ll the zones served xxiii For details please refer to BS 5925 1991 Code of Practice for Ventilation Principles and Designing for Natural Ventilation 144 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 by this HVAC System in order for all ventilation related parameters to be updated by the tool You may also wish to re define whether the ventilation is natural or mechanical in these zones following the change in the HVAC type lf mechanical supply amp extract is selected the following field becomes enabled 1 Do you know the supply amp extract specific fan power Here you can either use the default conservative value or enter your own SFP for the zonal mechanical ventilation system in W I s The SFP of an air distribution system is defined as the sum of the design total circuit watts including all losses through switchgear and controls such as inverters of the fans in the system that supply air and extract it back outdoor i e the sum of the total circuit watts of supply and extract fans divided by the design air flow rate through the system For further details on the SFP and how it is calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide NB The default SFP value may not necessarily comply with the current Building Regulations NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or mea
288. lso be viewed in the Calculation Errors sub tab in the Ratings form see section 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab You will also notice that there are 2 further Data Reflection Reports with the extension csv These files contain the same data as in the Data Reflection ntm files described above but ina comma separated values format which can be opened using Microsoft Excel NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 188 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 ok mE xample building Complete File Edit View Favyortes Tools Help ae a Back Ps Search W Folders Address Address C C N C sNCMMSBEM_ wel _V4 1 ehProjects Example Complete z je Go The E NCT fle file the file read by iSBEM E E seth Boeing PeNpIBtE sti ON 2 KB E Example building Complete nct 1 716 KE Eine building Complete sim csy pp pred Technical Output senor for the actual building okies ce Se EPJ Example building Complete_not_dr csv 79KB e Technical Output report for the notional building ray Example building Example building Complete drcey Complete_not inp SE a JOKE csv Data Reflection report for the notional building E Frappe buangsiompiete MURRI 12 Ro csv Data Reflection report for the actual building Example building Complete inp BY KE E Example b
289. lt This parameter is not enabled if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above Also only the option as built is available when the purpose of analysis is generating EPCs e S6 type of building type of building according to Section 6 of the Scottish Building Regulations i e this parameter is active only if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above NB For details of the Section 6 types of buildings please refer to clause 6 2 of the Section 6 document clause 6 2 4 for Shell buildings clause 6 2 11 for Extensions to the insulation envelope and clause 6 2 1 for Other buildings e Name of the project e Building type The choice of building type here sets the default building type for the activity areas that you will define later You will however be able to change the building type for each of the activity areas when you come to define them At this point you should choose the building type that most closely defines the majority of the building You will be able to edit all this information at a later stage in the General form Section 7 3 General form if you wish NB Only the communal areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats should be assessed for compliance using SBEM for example circulation areas using the Common circulation areas activity under the building type Re
290. lt which is 0 1 for windows and 0 3 for rooflights for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Aspect ratio If the window or rooflight has anything but the default which is 0 7 for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Area ratio covered If the rooflight definition has anything but the default value which is 1 for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually Introducing a second envelope element with the same orientation lf your zone has for example a second west facing wall with a different construction or adjacent to a different condition on the other side you would need to create one west wall click on the Clear all button to remove the information about the first west wall enter the information about the second west wall and then click on Create envelopes again The tool would then add the second west wall to the already created envelopes Naming of the envelope elements and windows created in the Quick Envelopes tabs The names are created automatically as described in Chapter 3 Figure 46 shows a wall and a window being defined in
291. m General sub tab e Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab e Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab NB The overall performance of solar thermal systems depends on how the hot water system is used e g daily draw off patterns and the use of other water heating devices such as a back up boiler or an immersion heater The procedure followed in SBEM is not suitable for detailed design for a particular case It is intended to give a representative value of the solar contribution to water heating over a range of users The calculation methodology implemented in SBEM is based on the f chart method and has been adopted from the standards EN 151316 4 3 2007 Heating systems in buildings Method for calculation of system energy requirements and system efficiencies Part 4 3 Heat generation systems thermal solar systems Collector Parameters renamed from General sub tab The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab See Figure 62 are Name Give it a unique name 2 Multiplier Indicate how many SES systems identical to this one are associated with the selected HWS 3 In HWS Select the HWS that this SES connects to i e serves NB It is important to assign the SES to the relevant hot water system The drop down list contains all the hot water systems that you have already defined in the HWS tab If the SES is 129 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 not assigned to the HWS it will not be l
292. m types NB In order to ensure adequate ventilation for maintaining the concentration of COs below 0 5 in spaces served by unflued heating appliances the zonal ventilation option for these spaces should be set to mechanical See section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services NB In iSBEM version v2 0 6 onwards changes were made to the HVAC system options Variable refrigerant flow VRF systems and Split or multi split system with ventilation systems have been removed from the options available in iSBEM for HVAC system types and for these systems users should now select Split or multi split system with a suitable efficiency This change was made in order to simplify the HVAC system options multisplit can be used for VRF as VRF is a type of split multisplit system and in order to remove ventilation from HVAC systems where the ventilation is not an integral part of the system heating cooling strategy Using iSBEM v2 0 b or later if these systems are accompanied by mechanical ventilation mechanical ventilation should now be defined at zone level with a suitable ventilation SFP NB Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level See note after System Adjustments sub tab regarding specific fan power for fan coil systems NB See note in Section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services regarding defining high velocity forced
293. mary of all the building objects that have been defined and assigned along with key details on some of the objects e The Assigned sub tabs Wherever objects in iSBEM require that they be assigned to another object there is usually a sub tab which lists which objects have been assigned e The Summary sub tabs Similar to the Assigned sub tabs and used for objects defined in the Geometry form 157 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e The Building Navigation form Provides a hierarchical summary of all the objects that have been defined in the project assigned and unassigned along with key details on some of the objects 7 9 1 The Unassigned Objects Report The Unassigned Objects Report is a simple list of all the objects which have been created but not assigned They are grouped into two categories Unassigned Building Objects and Other Unassigned Objects The Unassigned Building Objects in red text include all the zones envelope elements windows doors HVAC systems HWSs and SESs that have been created in iSBEM but not assigned These are critical unassignments i e you should not run the calculation until they are addressed The Other Unassigned Objects in blue text include any construction or glazing types which have been created but not assigned to any of the envelope elements windows or doors These are non critical unassignments i e you can still run the calculation Figure 80 shows that there a
294. may be required by Building Control e The default seasonal efficiency value if no efficiency is input by the user is based on whether the generator is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the Enhanced Capital Allowance ECA scheme If not you then need to select whether the generator was installed in or after 1998 NB For boiler systems installed from 1998 onwards a default seasonal efficiency of 0 81 is suggested by the tool based on Statutory Instrument 1994 No 3083 and for boiler systems installed before this period a conservative default seasonal efficiency of 0 65 is suggested Please note that from around 1989 the boiler industry began producing boilers with efficiencies that would have complied with the above statutory instrument Convention For EPCs Electric room heaters Any form of fanned or unfanned electric room heater whether panel bar convector or storage heater shall have a user input heat generating seasonal efficiency of 1 i e 100 efficiency 2 Generator radiant efficiency this parameter is active if the HVAC system chosen is a radiant system It refers to the ratio of radiant heat output to energy input If you Know the generator s radiant efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM e The default radiant value if no efficiency is input by the user is based on whether the generator is on the Energy Technology Lis
295. mber may change with future versions of the tool Click on OK and then close the WinZip Self Extractor window click on Close or on the cross in the top right hand corner of the window iSBEM is now installed on your computer 6 To locate iSBEM on your computer open Windows Explorer and navigate through the following assuming the default installation path was not changed My Computer C drive NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e ISBEM_v4 1 e mdb the tool itself along with all of its associated databases and files are located within this folder iSBEM_v4 1 e NB For users of Access 2007 the Microsoft Access file is called iSBEM_v4 1 e accdb NB If you changed the installation path in step 4 the tool will be located in your selected path iSBEM_v4 1 e TIP You may wish to create a shortcut to the iSBEM_v4 1 e folder on your Desktop or elsewhere in your system so that you can access it more easily To create a shortcut on the Desktop right click on the ISBEM_v4 1 e folder select Send to and then Desktop create shortcut 35 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 4 3 Opening iSBEM After installing iSBEM and double clicking on the ISBEM_v4 1 e folder you will be presented with the window in Figure 4 In order to start the application you will need to double click on the Microsoft Access file called iSBEM_v4 1 e mdb NB For users of Access 2007 the Microsoft Access file is called iSBEM_
296. milarly within the envelope elements or within the window door there may be additional thermal bridges which need to be defined g Define the HVAC heating ventilation and air conditioning systems the HWSs hot water systems and any SES solar energy systems PVS photovoltaic systems wind generators or CHP combined heat and power generators used in the building h Define the lighting system and local ventilation characteristics of each zone and assign the zones to the appropriate HVAC system and HWS i Run the calculation and assess compliance or generate an EPC The building services systems zones envelope elements windows and doors are all referred to as building objects in SBEM Figure 1 shows each of these building objects and demonstrates how they are linked together so that SBEM can calculate the energy consumption of the building This diagram gives you an overview of what information is required and where you have to enter it in iSBEM It may be useful to return to this figure at the end of the tutorial by which point you will have been introduced to all the building objects Each building object should be given a unique name when modelling the building in iSBEM for e g do not give the same name to two different constructions in the Project Database form Figure 1 serves to provide an overview of the structure of the building objects that you will be introduced to in this User Guide More details on each item a
297. ministrative information Building Details Owner Details Address 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Name John Jones Telephone number 987654321 Certification tool Address 53 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Calculation engine SBEM Calculation engine version v4 1 e 5 Certifier details Name My name Telephone number My phone number Address My address My city NW1 1AA Interface to calculation engine iSBEM Interface to calculation engine version v4 1 6 BRUKL compliance check version v4 1 5 Criterion 1 The calculated CO emission rate for the building should not exceed the target 1 5 Criterion 2 The performance of the building fabric and the building services should achieve reasonable overall standards of energy efficiency 2 a Building fabric 25 0 25 015 _Windows roof windows and rooflights 2 Vehicle access amp similar large doors eoo e No external vehicle access doors High usage entrance doors l eo Ua timt Limiting area weighted average U values Wi m7K Uacae Calculated area weighted average U values W m K Ui cale Calculated maximum individual element U values Wir K No external high usage entrance doors There might be more than one surface where the maximum U value occurs Automatic U value check by the tool does not apply to curtain walls whose limiting standard is similar to that for windows Display windows and similar glazing are excluded from the
298. n 4 1 e UK Volume 182 28Jan13 p Example building Complete_dr pdf SECURED Adobe Reader File Edit View Window Help BaAPRPASH 1 22 Ge soo amp IB ZAER Tools Sign Comment SBEM Data Reflection Report Actual Building Date Thu Jan 31 17 04 51 2013 Project name Example building Building type B1 Offices and Workshop businesses Building area m2 2900 we CCS CY Figure 95 Data Reflection report in pdf format for the actual building 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building This report contains all the details on the notional building created by SBEM to compare with the actual building It has the same structure and functionality as the Data Reflection report in html for the actual building described above NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel and is intended for those who wish to do a more in depth analysis of the results and create their own graphs and tables It is accessible from the project folder as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder It contains the calculated values for Figure 96 e Monthly a
299. n certain platforms operating systems e Rectifying a problem that caused the calculation in SBEM to crash if there were no heat loss envelopes in the building 15 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e Allowing the iSBEM interface to write the cooling fuel type into the input file as selected by the user using the drop down menu for the Heating and mechanical cooling default HVAC system 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes The calculation procedure required by the NCM is explained more fully in the National Calculation Methodology Manual SBEM complies with the NCM It is suitable for use with the majority of buildings but some designs will contain features that mean that more accurate energy calculations may be obtained by more sophisticated calculation methods In summary the Building Regulations compliance calculation compares the total energy consumption of the building and its services in kWh m annum expressed as carbon dioxide emissions of the building being evaluated its Building Emission Rate or BER with a target value Target Emission Rate or TER derived from similar calculations for a notional building where both emission values are in kgCO2 m annum The notional building has the following characteristics e he same geometry orientation and usage as the evaluated building e The amount of glazing in the notional building is however not the same as
300. n html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB If any changes are made to a project i e input parameters the Calculate EPC Rating button needs to be clicked on again upon returning to this tab in order to update the results as the results figures cannot be refreshed unless the calculation is re run NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced Figure 85 shows the Building Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales and Figure 86 shows the same for Scotland The message at the bottom of the screen indicates that there are no critical un assignments detected in the project If there were the user would need to click on the Objects Report button identify the un assignment make the correction in the appropriate part of iSBEM return to this page and then click the Calculate EPC Rating button 167 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England 2 Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPL Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooli
301. n tab in the General form 63 Figure 26 The Energy Assessor Details in the General fOrime i ccccccccccccccscccccsecccsececsseeeeauseeeaeseesenseeaaes 65 Figure 27 Insurance Details in the General form cccccccccccccccccceeccseecceeceeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeae essa eeaeeseaeeeaaes 67 Figure 28 The Owner Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 68 Figure 29 The Constructions and Glazing tabs in the Project Database form cccccsecccneeeeeneeeeenees 69 Figure 30 The Assigned sub tab in the Constructions fOr Walls tab ccccccccccccceeccnecccsecneeseueseaeeeeas 70 Figure 31 An external wall being defined in the Constructions for Walls tab cccccccccsccceeecceeeceaeeeenes 73 Figure 32 The Project Zones Envelopes Doors and Windows amp Rooflights tabs in the Geometry CL dee Rae OT eer rer ere Mere eee Our Ove tine A Caner wnee ert rere tert rege ter war ETAT eer erent Ter rere re were 73 Figure 33 Diagram of building objects needed to define a simple ZONE ccccsecccseccenscceeccneceaesseaeseanes 76 Figure 34 Example of a43 decree building r tadtiosersirnrin aa AA TE EA 78 Figure 35 General amp Geometry sub tab of Project tab in the Geometry fOTIML ccccccccceeecceeeceecennes 79 Figure 30 Denning Me 2IODGL thermal DITA GES air E NO nearer es ue SO Figure 37 A zone being defined in the General sub tab of the Zones tab in the Geometry form 85 Figure 38 The Therma
302. n13 Graphic Rating sub tab The Graphic Rating sub tab Figure 87 is only visible for the generation of EPCs for England Wales and Northern Ireland It displays the following 1 A graph of the EPC rating band scale showing the energy bands and asset ratings corresponding to the annual CO2 emissions from the actual building the target Part L TER the typical building Stock average TYP and the reference and zero COs emissions benchmarks The same graph is also displayed on the Energy Performance Certificate General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Te More energy efficient As EPC rating Part L TER Typical B 26 50 358 3B Reference 50 C 51 75 oon Het rere CO emltakora F 126 150 G Over 150 Less energy efficient Figure 87 The Graphic Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Task 19 Check compliance with Building Regulations and calculate the Asset Rating lf you ensure that the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and click into the Ratings form you should find yourself in the Building Rating sub tab of the Check Building Regulations tab Check that the message at the bottom of the screen says that there are no critical un assignmenits in this proje
303. nal information that the energy assessor would like to include for the audit trail Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating i ____ EPC England Ea Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Construction Geometry HVAC amp HWS Lighting Please introduce concise supporting evidence for over witing default values Accept default Internal wall roof floor parameters based on age generc type thermal bridging based on use of accredited details Assessor walk through inspection Type of internal wall roof floor Inspection by Sales others particulars Technical Construction reguiations date from building control approval documentation Inspection On site measurenents of input parameters for assessment Design or as built documentation External wall door glazing parameters derived fram first principles from drawings and manufacturers info accredited details confirmed Other sources Comments Figure 90 The EPC Audit sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 174 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Calculation Logs sub tab Log files for the SBEM calculation SBEM log the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL log and the EPC generator EPCgen EPCgen log can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 91 General Projec
304. ncy in accordance with the Heating efficiency credits for each system type given in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide Record H l afi oR RS W Unfiltered Search Figure 55 HVAC systems definition System Controls sub tab Bi valent Systems sub tab A bivalent heating system is one in which the heating is supplied by two or more different types of heat sources An example could be an electric heat pump with a gas boiler for backup As such in addition to the heat source seasonal efficiency and fuel type of the primary heat generator you have already defined in the General and Heating sub tabs in the Bi valent Systems sub tab you can also define additional secondary heat generator s that share the total heating load with the primary heat generator see Figure 56 For each additional heat generator the following parameters need to be input 1 Heat source of additional heat generator 2 Fuel type of the additional heat generator 3 Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency of the additional heat generator 4 Proportion in of the heating load that the additional heat generator provides NB If any of the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab have district heating as their heat source or fuel type then these systems will be ignored by SBEM during the calculation Further if the primary heat source and fuel type defined the General and Heating sub tabs are dis
305. nd Cooling sub tabs to values suitable for the VRF e VRF with mechanical ventilation Select Split or multi split system and then adjust the efficiencies in the Heating and Cooling sub tabs to values suitable for the VRF and define mechanical ventilation at zone level e If Chilled ceiling is selected the default assumption is that there is displacement ventilation o Chilled ceiling with no mechanical ventilation Select Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams and displacement ventilation and then set the specific fan power to zero o Chilled ceiling with mixing ventilation Select Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams and displacement ventilation and then use twice the actual specific fan power in order to capture the effect of the higher ventilation rate e f your HVAC system is a high velocity forced convection air heating induction nozzle system which does the job of mixing the air in the zone in a similar manner to destratification fans then you can model this in iSBEM by first selecting the appropriate HVAC system type flued or unflued and then ticking the box relating to destratification fans in the Building Services form gt Zones tab gt HVAC amp HW System sub tab in the zones served by that system The system should follow the flow rate guidelines given for destratification systems shown below You will then need to justify this to Building Control using the necessary documenta
306. nd annual energy use by fuel type in MJ m and kWh m e Monthly and annual energy use by end use in MJ m and kWh m e Annual CO emissions by fuel type in kgCO2 m e Monthly and annual energy production in MJ m and kWh m and CO emissions in kgCO m displaced by renewables if applicable 183 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 o x Fd Microsoft Excel Example buiding Complete_sim csY ee Type a question for help 2 A X File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Livelink Help eke Ses 464 B B BES o ao z 4 2 Mase BB ia a A a tiv A Fe Reply with Changes End Review a 10 BIU E SSH 8B o A A ki fe BS a A EN AN EE EN ENS ES 56 52 REPORT Energy consumption by Fuel Type WAhina PROJECT BO 61 2900 MatGas LPG BioGas il Coal Anthracite Smokeless GuelFuel Biomass GridSupElevVvasteHeal All Displaced All Displaced pee Kvvinvim2 AAi khim RVing Rint Ehina kahina KeeVhvin kAhinz khia Kinin kahina Kvn BS B4 JAN 4 13614 oO 0 oO oO Oo 0 O 220756 15 0979 O 215216 1 29602 20 2256 65 FEB 3 64493 oO Oo oO 0 Oo 0 O 201605 13 5638 O 198 2247 1 15362 18 0711 66 MAR 3 67507 0 oO 0 oO 0 0 O 192004 14 8803 O 204755 1 12193 19 3535 67 APR 2 7 F502 oO 0 Oo Oo oO Oo 0 0943245 14 1399 O 17 8582 0 577766 17 2604 68 Mav 2 14537 oO 0 oO Oo 0 Oo 0 0 040447 14 7659 O 1
307. nd how they are defined and linked together will be provided in detail in Chapters 5 to 8 and through the Help menu accessible from within iSBEM 22 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Object s Building Key parameters needed to to which it aeua o sE eliseo Where it is defined in object define this building object needs to iSBEM be linked l l 7 Geometry form gt Zones Dimensions activity type details tiyac ang tab and in the Building on lighting heating and HWS Services form gt Zones ventilation strategy tab a are other systems Type of envelope wall floor roof Geometry form gt Envelope area orientation construction Envelopes tab or the Pn elements type thermal bridges perimeter Zone Geometry form gt Zones Si length and condition of adjoining tab gt Quick Envelopes Tii l space sub tab a Similarly for zones Geometry form gt i served by this Windows amp Rooflights tab _ and os HVAC system or the Geometry Form gt similarly for Zones tab gt Quick all the i f Envelopes sub tab zongS and so on Dimensions glazing type thermal bridges shading system frame Envelope factor aspect ratio and whether element itis a display window or not served b Y iii l for all th Area construction type thermal Envelope Geometry form gt Doors this N canes thet bridges and type of door element tab v i are served HVA
308. nd unglazed east perimeter area z0 01north z0 01northwest z0 01west z0 01south west and z0 01south The coffee shop on the ground floor glazed perimeter areas z0 02 The circulation area staircase lift area on the ground floor Z0 03 The supermarket on the ground floor 192 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Z1 01centre The open plan office area on the first floor core zone zZ1 O01north z1 01northeast z1 01east z1 01southeast z1 01south z1 01southwest z1 01west and z1 01northwest The open plan office area on the first floor glazed perimeter areas z1 02 The circulation area staircase lift area on the first floor 21 03 The toilets on the first floor As you can see in Figure 100 Ground floor plan the supermarket and the coffee shop contain smaller auxiliary areas which could be considered as separate zones For e g it would be possible to separate the supermarket z0 03 into two zones the main area and the smaller room at the west end of the space Similarly the coffee shop core and east perimeter zone z0 01 east could be split into two zones For simplicity however it has been assumed that the activities of the auxiliary rooms within the supermarket and coffee shop do not vary from the activity within the main areas Hence these auxiliary soaces have been absorbed within the main zones More details on zoning can be found in Section 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your building
309. ne e Display Lighting sub tab This is where you enter details about display lighting characteristics and controls for each zone e TSC sub tab This is where you assign the transpired solar collector that serves the zone if applicable HVAC and HWS Systems sub tab The sub tab is used to specify the HVAC system and HWS for each zone The following information is required HVAC System Parameters 1 HVAC Systems Here you need to select from the drop down list of systems you have already defined in the HVAC Systems tab or the default systems the HVAC system which serves the zone If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone select Zones without HVAC system spaces which have no heating or cooling and will remain unconditioned e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces NB If a zone is defined as having no heating or cooling i e assigned to Zones without HVAC system but the activity type selected for the zone is one which typically requires conditioning according to the NCM Activity Database a red exclamation mark will appear next to this parameter as a warning to the user in case this was done in error Ultimately however the calculation will be carried out using the data input by the user If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should select one of the following default options from the drop down
310. ne height defined below e 100 Glazing Enter a wall of total area Enter glazing with same area or as 100 Zone height and element areas Generally zone height is top of slab to top of slab for ground and intermediate floors or soffit eaves level at roof level e For ground and intermediate floors Zone height is top of floor to top of floor e For top floors with flat roof Zone height is top of floor to soffit underside of roof slab 256 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e For top floors with pitched roof but flat ceiling Zone height is top of floor to underside of soffit eaves level U value is from under ceiling to outside roof including insulation wherever it is e that is consistent with the area being entered Area of gable wall is that below soffit eaves level ie length L x h e For top floors with pitched roof and dropped ceiling with or without insulation at ceiling level Zone height h 4 is top of floor to underside of soffit eaves level not ceiling U value is from under ceiling to outside roof Side and end wall areas are calculated to soffit eaves level i e dropped ceiling is treated as though it is at soffit eaves level This convention has been adopted to avoid having to determine the relative levels of ceiling and soffit and confusion over where the insulation is placed e For rooms with pitched ceiling e g where ceiling is fixed in line of pitched roof
311. neral form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab In this sub tab you need to enter details about the air conditioning system in the building if applicable as shown in Figure 48 This data is used by SBEM purely for reporting purposes in the XML file for lodgement and is not used during the calculation 1 Tick box to indicate if the building has an air conditioning system If the box is ticked the following parameters become active a Tick box to indicate if the total effective rated output of the air conditioning system is Known ii These apply the method recommended in C Pout R Hitchin Apportioning Carbon emissions from CHP Systems Energy Conversion and Management 46 2005 using the CO emission factors for natural gas and grid displaced electricity from the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide 107 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e If the actual output is known the box should be unticked and the value should be entered in kW into the box whichgagcomes active Further guidance can be accessed by clicking on the adjacent button e If the actual output is unknown the box should be ticked and a value for an estimated range should be selected from the options in the drop down menu which becomes active Further guidance can be accessed by clicking on the adjacent E button b Has an air conditioning inspection been commissioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings Regulations
312. ng A mixed mode building integrates the use of air conditioning when and where it is necessary with the use of natural ventilation whenever it is feasible or desirable to maximize comfort while reducing the energy use compared to year round air conditioning Figure 52 shows a cooling system being defined General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws 555 pvs wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector HVAC for the example building Se gt l General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Bivalent 5 ystems ZoNe Summary Cooling system eeaeee Rataaiehier z Do you know the generator seasonal energy sia _____ efficiency ratio SEER Generator type ai cooled chiller T i No use default value 25 Generator kiwi Up to 100k td i Yes seasonal EER is a7 Fuel type Grid Supplied Electricity a Does it qualify for UK ECAs Do you know the generator nominal energy ECA list after 2001 T efficiency ratio EER f No use default value 312 Yes EER is 42 T Tick if this H AC system has mixed mode operation strategy Record H lofi E RRS W Unfiltered Search Figure 52 HVAC systems
313. ng Auxihary Lighting Hot water Total Actual arune Notional kWh m2 y Reference kwh m2 y PatL TER Typical SER BER kgCO2 m2 yr 117 9 EPC Rating Band oD Click on text below for SBEM Outputs Energy Performance Certificate Data Reflection Actual Building EPC recommendations report Supporting Recommendations Calculation progress Asset rating completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL urn assigments in the project Figure 85 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC Scotland T Building Hating Recommendations EFC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Auxihary Lighting Hot Water Total Actual LA S6 TER BER IF improved with accompanying recommendations kglO2 m2 yr EPC Rating Band E eet also rare SBEM Outputs Energy Performance Certificate Data Reflection Actual Building EFC recommendations report Calculation progress Asset rating completed Click to check object azzigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 86 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for Scotland 168 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Ja
314. ntal dimension of a zone 3 5 ISBEM Nomenclature 3 5 1 Naming zones envelope elements windows and doors There is no set nomenclature for the different items in the Geometry form The only requirement is that they are all unique for e g do not give the same name to two different constructions in the Project Database form You may prefer to assign familiar representative names However with a large building a methodical nomenclature can make it easier to identify elements and keep track of what has been input Below is a suggested nomenclature If you use Quick Envelopes or the Copy Record function the elements you create will be named in this way Suggested Explanation name Ceilings iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume The z stands for zone and the first number is the Storey number for ground floor and 1 for first floor etc After the the number s stands for the number of the zone on that floor These can run consecutively throughout the building or start again at 1 for each floor The first two groups of figures are to identify as described above which zone the wall is part of Then the n nw e se etc and t is the type i means internal u means underground nae no letter means external Similar to walls the first two groups of figures identify the zone This is followed by an f for floor and then the type t i for internal floor e for external space and no letter for ground floor Similar to
315. nter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LOW COs Saved per Spent You can select from the options available in the drop down menu GOOD FAIR POOR and UNKNOWN in order to specify the potential CO2 emissions saved from the actual building per pound spent on implementing the recommendation in the actual building NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to POOR 171 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 h Payback drop down menu You can select from the options available in the drop down menu LONG MEDIUM and SHORT in order to specify the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building LONG payback is gt 7 years MEDIUM payback is gt 3 years and lt 7 years SHORT payback is lt 3 years NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LONG If you know the exact figure for payback time in years use the next parameter instead i Payback number Here you can input in years the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building If you do not know the exact figure for payback time in years use the previous parameter instead j Applicable to Here you can specify the object to which the recommendation applies for e g the whole building or a particular HVAC system or HWS If the option selected is either HVAC SYSTEM or HWS then the following parameter becomes active i Name You need to spe
316. nu in order to specify the category under which the recommendation will be classified Code This parameter remains set to USER for any user defined recommendation Recommendation You can enter text to describe the newly added recommendation This text will appear in the Recommendations report Assessor Comments You can enter any commenis related to the recommendation for e g the reason why you have chosen to add this NCM recommendation These comments will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report not the official Recommendations report Energy Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the energy performance of the actual building HIGH change in total building energy is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building energy is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building energy is lt 0 5 NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LOW CO Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the COs emissions of the actual building HIGH change in total building CO2 emissions is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building CO emissions is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW Change in total building CO emissions is lt 0 5 This impact will appear in the Recommendations report NB If you e
317. o pitched roof Level with or below eaves zone height at eaves Above eaves zone height average exposed wall height Roof area would have to be divided into areas with different U values with and without void 209 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Dont forget this void is another zone if it has a different activity lts zone height area weighted average vertical wall height If it has the same activity or is inaccessible then merge with auditorium and enter zone area as though the floor is flat La x d However the sloping floor area must be input so that thermal mass is calculated Average of all four wall heights 28Jan13 e Curved roof for EPCs all buildings with curved roof sections shall be approximated as in the diagram Circular not elliptical or other shapes Semi circular so that width 2 x height e Walls are 70 90 from horizontal roofs are lt 70 e So zone height hew dividing point between wall and roof where slope U 70 at eaves rck e Ifa floor eg as shown dotted meets roof at lt 70 there is no wall so zone height he average height of space Lowe one side h e If the dotted line represents the ceiling with an unoccupied void above remember to input the area of roof where the slope lt 70 between this ceiling and For consistency the convention is to the eaves with its U value assume all such roofs a
318. o Insulation type on storage vessel B Insulation thickness mm or o Storage losses MJ month o Does the system have secondary circulation B Circulation losses W m B Pump power kW B Loop length m B Is there time control on the secondary circulation Sub tab Bi valent Systems e Heat generator type e Fuel type for heat generator e Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for heat generator e Proportion of water heating load provided by heat generator Tab SE Systems Sub tab Collector Parameters SES name HWS which SES is in SES area m SES multiplier SES orientation SES inclination degrees Do you know the collector performance parameters according to EN 12975 2 o Zero loss collector efficiency factor o Collector heat loss coefficient W m K o Temperature dependence of heat loss coefficient W m k o Incidence angle modifier of collector Sub tab Solar Storage amp Collector Loop e Solar storage volume litres e Solar pre heating type o Insulation type on storage vessel B Insulation thickness mm e Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger s in the collector loop o Heat transfer rate W K e Do you know the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the collector loop o Heat loss coefficient W K Sub tab Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses e Are the distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system insulated field enabled only if the solar pre heating typ
319. of 19 E RRS W Unfiltered Search Figure 39 Envelope Summary sub tab NB the Quick Envelope function will be explained in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab The second stage of defining the geometry of a zone is to define its envelopes walls floor and ceiling roof There are two ways of doing this 1 Inthe Envelopes tab Where you can create the envelope elements and define all of their parameters This method is explained below 2 Inthe Quick Envelopes sub tab of the Zones tab Where you can create and define the basic parameters for the envelope elements and windows This is explained in Section 7 9 8 There are some parameters however for both envelope elements and windows which can only be defined in their main tabs These tabs will therefore be explained first The main Envelope tab shown in Figure 40 contains two sub tabs 8 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General sub tab This is where you can create and define the envelope elements in terms of name area orientation construction type what type of space it is connected to and its additional thermal bridges Window amp Door Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of the windows and doors present in each envelope element General sub tab For each envelope element you will need to click into the General sub tab of the Envelope tab create a new
320. oject name E iSBEM Basic Information Building Regulation amp EPBD parameters Purpose of analysis England and Wales Building Regulations Part L apid Building type i Figure 7 iSBEM Basic Information form Task 1 Start the application accept the terms and conditions select Open an Existing Project and click on OK You will now be within the Projects sub folder within the iSBEM_v4 1 e folder When you installed iSBEM you also automatically installed 2 project files for the Example building the Example building Complete and the Example building Tutorial files Double click on the Example building Complete File You should now be within the interface which opens in the General form 4 5 Closing iSBEM There are two ways to close iSBEM circled in Figure 8 1 Goto the General form and click on Exit iSBEM 2 Goto the General form and click on the cross in the corner of the iSBEM screen the smaller window inside the main Microsoft Access window It is not advisable to exit by clicking the cross in the corner of the main Microsoft Access screen 39 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 What to do if you close the application incorrectly or if there is a power cut If you click on the cross in the corner of the main Microsoft Access screen your work will not be saved to your project file but stored within a temporary file until the next time you
321. on For example for a wall you may be able to choose a construction based on the sector the building regulations year with which you think it would be compliant and a general description iii Manually introduce the values Click on the Introduce my own values radio button if you wish to enter your own values to define the thermal characteristics of the construction For walls roofs floors and doors there are two parameters which need to be entered the U value W m kK and the Km value renamed from Cm value kJ m k See below for the description of these parameters If the user selects a construction type from the construction library or through the inference procedures these values are imported automatically from the NCM Construction database For glazing types the parameters that need to be entered manually are the U value the total solar transmittance T Solar and the light transmittance L Solar See below for the description of these parameters If the user selects a glazing type from the glazing library or through the inference procedures these values are imported automatically from the NCM Glazing database NB Remember that the values chosen may have to be justified to the Building Control officers to gain Building Regulations approval NB Glazed Doors Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Pro
322. ooflights tab e General sub tab General sub tab This is where you need to enter the window name assign it to an envelope element enter the glazing type area shading system transmission factor and details of any additional thermal bridges etc NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into ISBEM For each window you will need to create a new record and add the following information 1 Name As before the name must be unique and should indicate which wall it is to be attached to see Section 3 5 iSBEM Nomenclature for more information for easier reference 93 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 Multiplier Indicate how many windows identical to this one exist in the selected envelope element Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated additional thermal bridges during the calculation 3 In Envelope Here you need to select from the drop down box which envelope element this window is in be it a wall or a roof 4 Glazing type Here you need to select the type of glazing When you click on the drop down menu to the right of the glazing field you will be presented with all the glazing types that you already defined in the Project Database form as well as a default glazing 5 Area Area of the structural opening in the wall roof including the frame in m NB If the wall roof is fully glazed then the area of the window will be equal to the area of the
323. op right hand side of the Envelope tab a message appears if any of the envelope elements have not yet been assigned to a zone To see a list of all the envelope elements which have not been assigned to zones click the Reports button for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Task 6 Create all the envelope elements for zone z0 02 The details on the walls floors and ceilings roofs can be found in Table 17 in APPENDIX A First click on the Geometry form and the Envelope tab You should then be in the General sub tab For each new envelope element you will need to add a new record and by referring to Table 17 enter its required parameters Do this for all the envelope elements for zone z0 02 This includes the four walls the floor and the ceiling The envelope elements for zones z0 01north z0 01east z0 01south z0 01west z0 01northwest and z0 01southwest have been entered for you and you will be able to view them using the record selector Viewing deleting and copying envelope elements in the Envelope main tab To view the envelope element that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the main Envelope tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the envelope elements that you have defined in that project so far To the right of the envelope s name will be the zone which that envelope element is part of followed by the HVAC system which the zone has been
324. open the interface When you do open the interface next you will be presented with the ISBEM Project Recovery dialogue box It asks you whether you want to continue working with the last project which was not closed properly Click on Yes and then when you are in the General form click on Save If you click No here all your changes will be lost If there is a power cut your work will be saved into the temporary file as described above and you should follow the same instructions for recovering your data Esl iSBEM v4 1 2 General Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Achons File operations Sustem configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Create a new project Open an existing project Save AS Current file CAN CMAISBEM vd Tle Projects E sample building Complete E sample building Complete act Figure 8 General form showing the correct ways of closing iSBEM After clicking on either of the 2 options circled in Figure 8 the iSBEM END dialogue box Figure 9 will open to ask you whether you want to save your changes to the project The project will be saved to the location determined when you clicked on Create a New Project as the project was first entered the default location was the
325. or to soffit height If there is a suspended floor the zone height would be measured from the floor surface rather than the slab underneath it 8 Tick box to indicate if this zone is a fit out area in a building with a shell and core configuration i e the zone is a shell whose fit out with building services is carried out at a later stage This tick box becomes active only if the relevant shell and core tick box in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab has been ticked Infiltration 9 Air permeability at 50pa in m h m Similar to the zone height you have the option to either enter you own value or use the global value which you previously defined in the Projects tab by clicking on the Global button Otherwise a default value visible in the interface will be used by the software Air permeability is the physical parameter used to quantify the air tightness of the building fabric It measures the resistance of the building envelope to infiltration It is defined as the average volume of air in m per hour that passes through unit area of the building envelope in m when subject to an internal to external pressure difference of 50 Pascals The envelope area of the building is defined as the total area of the floor walls and roof separating the interior volume from the outside environment It is measured with ventilators closed NB If the purpose of analysis option that has been se
326. or 20 0 Teast aca Pe ez General Quick Envelopes Thermal Bridges Envelope Summary Junctions involving metal cladding Junctions NOT involving metal cladding Type of Junction User Pa GA Accredited Type of Junction User Pa OA Accredited wim detail WEK tim detail uein Raof wall p g8 Roof wal I e e Wall ground floor oo E 1 15 Wall graund floor rs B 0 16 wal wall comer a 0 25 Weall wall corner O 0 09 Wall floor not ground floor E T Wall floor not ground floor O W 0 07 Lintel abowe window or door po 1 2 Lintel above window or door aa 0 3 Sill below window se 1 27 Sill below window hm 0 04 Jamb at window or door E 1 27 damb at window or door r 0 05 Record H 1 of 19 E RRS K Unfiltered Search Figure 38 The Thermal Bridge sub tab of the Zones tab Envelope Summary sub tab The envelope elements of a zone can be viewed in the Envelope Summary sub tab of the Zones tab shown in Figure 39 see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab for details on how the envelopes for each zone are created Depending on which radio button is selected in the Show Objects section you can choose to either view only the envelopes attached to the zone or view the zone s envelopes as well as any windows or doors assigned to the envelopes The zone s envelopes are listed in the left hand side window in terms of their names and types of 86 iSBEM version 4 1 e
327. or efficiency e Cooling sub tab This is where you can further define the cold generator efficiency e Systems Adjustments sub tab This is where details on air leakage and specific fan power can be entered e Metering Provision renamed from Control Corrections sub tab This is where details of the metering provision for each HVAC system can be defined 108 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e System Controls sub tab This is where heating system controls for each HVAC system can be defined This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab e Bi valent Systems sub tab This is where you can define bi valent systems for HVAC e Zone Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of the zones assigned to each HVAC system along with the zones envelopes windows and doors The System type selected in the General sub tab automatically brings with it some assumptions For example whether mechanical ventilation is an integral part of the system and the degree of local time and temperature control that is or can be provided The majority of system types used in UK buildings can be found in the system type drop down box However there are a few systems which require further guidance such as e VRF with natural ventilation Select Split or multi split system and then adjust the efficiencies in the Heating a
328. ord selector and enter the required information 7 7 Building Navigation form This form allows the user to navigate through the project in order to view summaries of the different types of building objects that have been defined as well as some detailed information about individual objects This form contains 2 tabs 1 Selections tab 2 Object Properties tab 7 7 1 Selections tab In this tab Figure 78 depending on which radio button is selected in the Objects section you can choose to view either HVAC systems only HVAC systems and zones only HVAC systems zones and envelopes only or HVAC systems zones envelopes windows and doors Depending on which radio button is selected in the Assignment Status section you can choose to view either Assigned objects only Unassigned objects only or both Also by ticking the box in the Objects section you can choose to also view other building objects such as constructions HW Ss SES etc The objects are then listed in the left hand side Object Tree window in terms of their names and types The Key to Objects section contains the key to the symbols used to denote the types of objects 155 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Tree window There is a Refresh button which you can click on in order to manually initiate the refreshing of the contents of the Building Navigation form if the relevant tick box in the General form gt File
329. ose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and the calculation was run to generate the Energy Performance Certificate It can be accessed from the Ratings torm gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Supporting Recommendations button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary of building s energy and CO emissions performance for the different end use categories and a full list of recommendations generated by the calculation and or input by the user for energy efficiency improvements in the building i e not just the recommendations that appear in the official Recommendations report described in section 8 2 8 Recommendations Report It provides e The name and type of the building e A key to the colour codes used in displaying the recommendations e The current performance of the building for each of the following categories such as the attributed percentage of the total building s CO2 emissions and overall energy performance e Heating e Cooling e Hot water 186 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e Lighting e Renewables e Overheating e Envelope e Fuel Switching e Auxiliary e Other e Recommendations related to each of the above categories and for each recommendation a se
330. our construction will appear in iSBEM If none of the pre defined categories are appropriate you can add a new one to the library in the Category form To do this enter the Category form click on the create new category button add a unique name in the name field select an envelope type and if you want add a description This category will now appear in the Category field in the Constructions form i 1 click on the category button To view all the 2 enter a unique name categories in your ee library click here _ Constructions Glazings rames Construction Categories Sources A o o Cee To delete a Construction Categorie category 3 select the Object selector New kategory of ss click here envelope type you want this Category category to be available for wall roof Description floor door Envelope Type Constructions wit 4 entera aA description optional This table displays all the constructions in your library which fall under this category Record l 4 1 r r oF 23 Figure 112 Description of Construction Categories tab in User defined construction library 236 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Editing the list of sources which you can select when defining opaque constructions glazing types or frame types The list is viewable and editable in the Sources form To add a new source click on the enter new source button and wr
331. p to ensure continuity of hot water supply in a hospital then the storage volume entered into ISBEM for the HWS should refer to the maximum storage volume that can be used at any given time during the year The same applies to storage losses For example if two identical HWS generators with independent storage are installed to provide a hospital with HWS but one generator and storage are only used in case there is a failure in the primary one you would input into iSBEM the volume and storage losses associated with only one of the systems NB Modelling trace heating in iSBEM As an approximation it can be considered that the energy used by trace heating is equivalent to that used by a secondary circulation You can tick the box in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt General sub tab to indicate that there is a secondary circulation and then leave the rest of the secondary circulation related fields blank to be calculated by SBEM You can also leave the deadleg at the default of O m 126 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses PYS Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones HWS selector HWS for the example building fal Tc zH T General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned Bi valent Systems le the system a storage system t Does the
332. pace in the actual building is totally unconditioned see below e Each space is cooled to a fixed cooling setpoint irrespective of whether the particular space in the actual building has cooling provision or not except if the corresponding space in the actual building is totally unconditioned see below e Each space which is unconditioned i e unheated and uncooled in the actual building will also be unconditioned in the reference building e Each space is naturally ventilated irrespective of whether the corresponding space in the actual building has natural or mechanical ventilation The COs emissions arising from the use of the fixed building services in the reference building in kgCO2 m annum are calculated the Reference Emission Rate or RER and then adjusted by an improvement factor of 23 5 This adjusted CO emission rate in kgCO m annum is termed the Standard Emission Rate SER i e SER RER 0 765 It is not intended that the definition of the reference building should change as Part L standards change since this would mean that the energy rating of a given building would also change even if its energy efficiency had not been varied Therefore the reference building is always as defined above please refer to the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide available from www ncm bre co uk for the detailed description of the reference building The Asset Rating AR is simply the ratio of the COs emissions from the actual
333. plement their selected recommendations out of the Recommendations report whether NCM or added by the Energy Assessor run the calculation and obtain the potential improved rating They can then input that same value in the original nct file of the building as described above and re run the calculation for the value to appear on the original EPC for Scotland e Administrative Information contains the energy assessor s details Property Reference Number assessment software the certificate s validity dates and the Recommendations Report Reference Number the second output file from EPCgen see APPENDIX A A 4 for a sample Energy Performance Certificate for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 2 8 Recommendations Report This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the EPC Recommendation Report button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report contains some administrative information about the building and the energy assessor and a list of recommendations generated by the calculation and input by the energy assessor for energy efficiency improvements in the building It contains the
334. port the TER BER calculation when provided together with the first version of the compliance report or any changes to the list of specifications if provided along with the second version of the report 2 Se It is an important part of demonstrating compliance to make a clear connection between the products specifications included in this document and the data inputs required by the compliance software It is suggested to give each data input in the software a reference code as part of the name that can be mapped against the reference used within this document 3 These free text entry boxes allow the certifier to capture the specification of all the relevant items and so include the full details in an integrated output report 221 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 9 Sample Energy Performance Certificate for Scotland Energy Performance Certificate for buildings other than dwellings Building Energy Performance Scotland Calculated asset rating using Building type iSBEM v4 1 e SBEM Office Workshop Current rating Excellent Carbon Neutral A Oto 15 B 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 80 81 to 100 100 Gi c Very Poor Carbon Dioxide Emissions The number refers to the calculated carbon dioxide emissions in terms of kg per m of floor area Approximate current energy use per m of floor area 219 kWh m Main heating fuel Natural Gas Building Services Air conditioning Renewable energy sourc
335. pplicable the following parameters become active Pumps 4 A radio button to indicate whether there is constant speed pumping or variable speed pumping for depending on the HVAC system type selected a LTHW boiler or both a LTHW boiler and a chilled water CHW generator If there is indeed variable speed pumping for this system then the following parameter becomes active a Type You need to select the type of variable speed control for the pumps from the options available in the drop down menu 119 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws SES PYS Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector H AC for the example building fal Tc z T General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Bi valent Systems One Summary Ductwork and AHU leakage 0 0271 ratio Specific Fan Power for the system Haz the ductwork been leakage tested Do you know the Specific Fan Power f No use default leakage C No use the default Fw lets f es it meets next CEN classification f Yes SFP for the system is 1 8 Ws Class B f Does the AHU meet CEN leakage standards Pumps Yatiable Speed Pump No use default leakage ar f No consan speed mum f Yes it meets next CEN classific
336. r England and Wales www ndepcregister com IP 91 207 110 204 o Landmark s National Non Domestic Energy Performance Register for Northern Ireland www epbniregisternd com IP 91 207 110 206 o www epcgent net IP 80 71 23 254 Ensure that your name is on the National Register of accredited non domestic energy assessors www ndepcregister com for England and Wales and www epbniregisternd com for Northern Ireland that your assessor number input into the tool is exactly as it appears on the National Register e g do not confuse the letter O with the number 0 in your assessor number If any of these details need amendment contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider Ensure that the EPC calculation in iSBEM has completed successfully i e that it has not crashed with any errors before completion If not examine the error files err and correct the errors before proceeding You can contact your Accreditation scheme Provider for assistance If you have followed all the above guidance and still the XML file has not been generated contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider 249 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 yooq n suoje puels s1240 SIU YZ SIC JED SIOUIO SOIJIANOR JUPZ SNOSUBI SOSIV SIOUIO saodlias AouabiewZz S1 UJO sjeuiwa JOBUSSSE SIOUIO s e y pue sqn 1UBIN snyd ainsie7 pue Ajqwaessy jesoudayy zq sunon Ajunoyd pue umo19 SUOIININSU eNUEpISel UON LG Guipjing 3189 yyeaH Mewig suonn
337. r better than as designed Any direct investigation of construction details such as wall or roof constructions and thermal bridges by opening them up should only be undertaken with the written approval of the building owner and consent of occupants If this is not given it would be unusual then it is possible using databases built into the software to infer construction details from non invasive observations and construction date assuming compliance with the then current Building Regulations Any assumptions made must err on the pessimistic side i e constructions that are older and or do not contain cavities unless their presence can be 25 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 inferred from the external appearance Building Services Description of plant and its controls schedules of plant sizing including fans information on construction standards e g leakage tests on ductwork confirmation whether M amp T is being undertaken lighting description and controls Detailed drawings and schedules should be available What degree of detail do they show For instance is it possible to work out specific fan power from fan power and air quantity Has the fine detail of installation been left to equipment suppliers and installers If so could they inadvertently compromise the design intent Are any test certificates available Is there sub metering for HVAC systems and or l
338. r it is If there is a number of doors in the same wall with the same area construction type etc then you can define only one door and use the multiplier field to denote the number of identical doors that exist in the wall NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM For each door you will need to create a new record and add the following information 1 Name As before the name must be unique and must indicate which wall it is to be attached to see Section 3 5 iSBEM Nomenclature for more information for easier reference 2 Multiplier Indicate how many doors identical to this one exist in the selected envelope element Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated additional thermal bridges during the calculation 3 In Envelope Here you need to select which element this door is part of from a drop down box of the envelopes already created 4 Type Here you need to select between Personnel Doors High Usage Entrance Doors and Vehicle Access Doors as defined in ADL2A NB For Scottish calculations in SBEM high usage entrance doors are treated as personnel doors within SBEM when creating the notional building 5 Construction type Here you need to select the type of construction When you click on the drop down menu to the right of the construction field you will be presented with all the constructions for doors that you defined in the Project Database form as we
339. r the Example building You need to go through each of the sub tabs in the HVAC Systems main tab in turn entering the information provided in APPENDIX A 123 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws SES PYS Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector H AC for the example building fal Tc H i T General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Bi valent Systems Zone Summary ones assigned to this H AC system fone s properties 20 Oleast Name 70 05 HVAC system HVAC for the example building 21 Ulcentre Multiplier 1 20 Olnorth Building Type Ai A Retail and Financial Professional ser z0 OUlwest Activity Small Shop Unit Sales area general 20 OUlsouth Area 900 m2 z1l OUlnorth Fir to Flr Height 3m 21Olwest Air Perm SOPa 3m3 hj m2 z1l Olsouth HWS HWS for the example building z1l Uleast HWS type Dedicated hot water boiler 20 OUlsouthwest HWS fuel Natural Gas 20 Ulnorthywest Dead leg 0 zl Olnortheast z1l Ulsoutheast zl Olsouthwest z1 OUlnorthwest Record H i afi oR RS WR Unfiltered Search Figure 57 HVAC systems tab Zone Summary sub tab 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab The HWS tab has four sub tabs e General sub tab This is
340. rbed into the adjacent conditioned spaces In iSBEM this would involve adding their floor area to that of the adjacent conditioned space Larger areas should be treated as indirectly conditioned spaces subject to the conditions in the note within Section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services regarding indirectly conditioned spaces 7 Each zone should then have its envelopes described by the area and properties of each physical boundary Where a zone boundary is virtual e g between a daylit perimeter and a core zone no envelope element should be defined SBEM will then assume no transfer of heat coolth or light across the boundary in either direction In the context of ISBEM the building needs to be divided into separate zones for each activity area subdivided where more than one HVAC system serves an activity area NB If the internal envelopes between merged zones have been designed of heavy construction to have thermal mass then their K value renamed from Cm value will contribute to how the building retains and emits heat and hence they should be defined in iSBEM You can sum the areas of two or more internal walls between merged zones with the same construction and orientation and enter them as one envelope assigned to the zone resulting from the merging with the adjacency of Same space If on the other hand the internal walls are partitions of light construction and very small thermal mass then they s
341. rd be deleted but any associated sub objects as well For example if you delete an envelope element any associated windows and doors will also be deleted If a Microsoft Access message box appears showing Reserved error or No current record click on OK to proceed A dialogue box will then appear to confirm that you intend to delete the record Any deletion cannot be undone It is very important that you determine which associated sub objects are going to be deleted at the same time If you are sure you want to delete the record and all its associated records click on Yes 47 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 5 Advanced copy button pe The Advanced Copy button is available in the Geometry and Building Services forms By clicking on this button the selected building object along with all of its associated sub objects are copied The new record is given a name automatically For example if you copied an envelope named X a new envelope would be created and named X 1 At the same time all of its associated objects would also be copied For example if an envelope element were copied any associated windows and doors would also be copied The copied windows and doors however keep the same name as those they were copied from For a zone this would mean all of its associated envelope elements windows and doors would be copied and if any HVAC systems were copied so would every associated zone along
342. re 5 zones which have not been assigned to an HVAC system The user would then need to go into the Geometry form gt Zones tab or the Building Services form gt Zones tab in order to assign each zone to an HVAC system The figure also shows that there are no non critical unassignments i UN ASSIGNED OBJECTS REPORT Praleciname Ecompe bidding Wiealherlonalon London WC M proalecl overdo a r 2A015110 16 ars Unassigned Objects Report Faje Tari UH ASSIGHED BUILDING OBJECTS ZONES unassigned ENVWELOPEs unassigned WINDOWS unassigned DOORS unassigned 70 4 lnerth 70 4 lwest 70 A lsh 70 4 Lsouthavest 70 40 larte HWA Cs unassigned His unassigned SESs unassigned OTHER UN ASSIGHED OBJECTS Coret for walls unassigned Const for roofs unassigned Const for floors unassigned Glaaing unassigned Page aif 1 er Figure 80 The Unassigned Objects Report 158 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 7 9 2 The Data Summary Report The Data Summary Report has a double layer structure e The first layer is in black text and is a tree structure of all the building objects that have been defined and assigned reflecting the hierarchical relationship of the building objects HVAC gt Zone gt Envelope gt Window Door Envelope Thermal bridge e The second layer is in blue text and provides key information about each of the listed objects The assignment tree structure black The first column lists the HVAC system st
343. re semi circular Ure and If floor width L and building depth is d the flat ceiling with U value Uag Zone height how 0 171 x Le including the void above the Wall height Lwc 0 175 x L ceiling Area curved walls Ly xd x 2 both sides e Treat dormer windows the same as Curved roof width L 1 222 x L for a room in a pitched roof see Area curved roof Ls x d below e For room in roof or mansard roof Areas and U values should correspond U values for walls should include any voids Uw Uwe Zone height hw height of vertical part of wall If this varies calculate area weighted average height e Where there are dormer windows ie window bays that project through the roof Do not adjust zone height for the dormer windows Zone manually for daylit areas if the glazing gt 20 of vertical wall area Enter the glazing details and areas as normal Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances 260 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13
344. re solar gain has entered the space before it is modulated by the shading device Demand Controlled Ventilation Is defined as supply and or extract ventilation that is modulated to match the needs of the actual occupation level of each zone rather than operating at a constant level defined by the activity database Thus the energy required to adjust the condition of the supply air and that required to move the air can be reduced The rate of ventilation would typically be controlled by presence detectors CO2 sensors or another device that senses the varying requirement Lightwell A lightwell is a space surrounded by the walls of a building but that has no roof or glazing above it It is therefore similar to a courtyard in appearance The walls that surround the lightwell are exposed to external air Night Ventilation Strategy Can be defined as the presence of suitable systems controls and operating strategy such that overnight ventilation passive and or mechanical is used to cool down the exposed building mass and thereby offset daytime cooling demands If no such operation and subsequent offset is possible through the automatic operation of systems and controls then night ventilation strategy is deemed to be not present as part of the building energy asset rating Lightpipes A lightpipe is a tube pipe consisting of internal reflective surfaces which channels daylight to an internal area 254 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 2
345. rea and construction 92 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights l Envelope selector 0 02 w al Tc H mE T General Window amp Door Summary Show objects Windows only Doors only f Windows amp Doors Selected objects properties Name 70 02 wid in Envelope FO o2 iw Multiplier 2 Area 3 79 m2 Type Personnel Doors Construction External door U value 2 Wim2k Km value 20 kJfm2K Record 4 4 7 of 91 oR RS i Unfiltered Search Figure 41 Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab NB the Quick Envelope function is explained in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 7 5 5 Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab For each envelope element in the building you need to define the type and amount of glazing it contains if any If there is more than one window rooflight of the same glazing type area shading type etc in one wall roof you can define only one of them and use the multiplier field to define how many of them exist in the wall roof The principal way to define the windows is in the main Windows amp Rooflights tab Rooflights are considered in the same way as windows in SBEM There is only one sub tab in the Windows amp R
346. rence typical is based on the notional s performance i e all the objects in the input are multiplied by 3 to give the total number of objects being processed by SBEM Hence creating a project with a very large number of objects will slow down calculation and may cause it to crash The Zones tab contains four sub tabs e General sub tab This is where the zones are created and defined You need to give each zone a unique name select its building and activity types and enter its area height and infiltration characteristics You can also specify which HVAC system the zone is served by in this tab but only if you have already defined the HVAC system in the Building Services form or you are using one of the default HVAC systems in ISBEM see below e Quick Envelopes sub tab This is one way to define the envelope elements and assign them to the zone as described in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows e Thermal bridges sub tab This is where the global thermal bridges for the zone are defined see below e Envelope Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of all the envelope elements defined so far in the zone General sub tab To create a zone you will need to click into the General sub tab of the Zones tab add a new record and enter the following information 1 Name Any name can be given to a zone The only requirement is that it is unique There are certain recommendat
347. retion to allocate the overlap to one or more of the zones NB Currently iSBEM is not able to realistically model sunspaces or atria as it cannot represent light transfer between highly glazed reflective internal soaces such as these For buildings where these elements are a significant part of the design we suggest that the building be modelled Contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider for a copy of the Commercial EPCs Conventions document 21 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 using one of the DCLG approved dynamic simulation models but only if they do allow internal light transfer to be modelled Convention For EPCs Passive daylight features The conventions group has decided that buildings with the following features may be assessed using SBEM as long as other features that cannot be modelled by SBEM are not present Light wells open to the sky can be treated as courtyards i e for consistency they are approximated as exterior spaces with ordinary daylight access Sun light pipes should be ignored for the purposes of zoning and the daylight contribution they make 6 Merge any contiguous areas which are served by the same HVAC and lighting systems have the same activity within them e g adjacent identical hotel rooms cellular offices etc and which have similar access to daylight unless there is a good reason not to NB Small unconditioned spaces like store cupboards riser ducts etc can be abso
348. rform automatic daylight zoning for lighting controls B Percentage area of zone where lighting is controlled by daylight e Type of occupancy sensing in the zone o Parasitic power for occupancy sensing Sub tab Display Lighting e Does display lighting use efficient lamps field enabled for activities with display lighting o Lumens per circuit wattage for display lighting e ls there time switching for display lighting field enabled for activities with display lighting Sub tab TSC e Name of TSC system providing pre heated air to this zone e Percentage of the total air pre heated by the TSC system that is provided to this zone 248 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Further APPENDIX E Connection to the National Register guidance If the XML file is not generated you should check the following Ensure that your computer is connected to the internet while running the EPC calculation If applicable ensure that you have entered the proxy server details correctly into ISBEM Contact your IT department for assistance on your correct proxy server settings lf applicable ensure that the firewall settings on your computer system allow access to the online systems which is needed for generating the XML file Contact your IT department for assistance on your firewall settings The websites and IP addresses that your firewall will need to allow access to are o Landmark s National Non Domestic Energy Performance Register fo
349. riate passive control measures to limit solar gains Zone Solar gain limitexceeded 2 Internal blinds used E T NO 89 970 Page 2 of 6 214 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NO 81 8 NO 79 8 Criterion 4 The performance of the building as built should be consistent with the BER Separate submission Criterion 5 The necessary provisions for enabling energy efficient operation of the building should be in place Separate submission EPBD Recast Consideration of alternative energy systems Were alternative energy systems considered and analysed as part of the design process Is evidence of such assessment available as a separate submission Are any such measures included in the proposed design Page 3 of 6 215 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Technical Data Sheet Actual vs Notional Building Building Global Parameters Building Use Actual Notional Area Building Type Area m 2900 2900 31 A1 A2 Retail Financial and Professional services External area m 4307 5 4307 5 16 A3 A4 AS Restaurants and Cafes Drinking Est Takeaways Weather LON LON TEETE al Groups Infiltration mhm 50Pa 3 5 B8 Storage or Distribution Average conductance W K 993 58 1618 42 5 C1 Hotels Average U value wim 0 23 0 38 ee Resi abe nst Asis tals an d Sa Homes C2 Residential Inst Residential
350. roject Owner and Energy Assessor iF Project details Special considerations EPBD Recast Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details Building Regulation Bye Laws amp EPBD parameters Purpose of the analysis EPC England x P Tick to priduce EPE mwielsh language Tick to additionally check Building Regulations Weather location London O Stage of analysis s but o P Tick ithe building ie a Shell and Core building Project complesity Level 3 ii Batina wthimparemnents o katuma Asset Batina ihin Eir Related party disclosure Hot related tothe owner OOOO Transaction type Mandatory issue Marketed sae O Figure 22 The General Information tab in the General form Project Details sub tab In this sub tab the following information can be entered Figure 22 Building Regulations amp EPBD Parameters 1 Purpose of the analysis purpose for carrying out a calculation using SBEM whether it is to check compliance with Building Regulations e g England amp Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 or to generate an Energy Performance Certificate e g EPC England NB If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 Scottish Building Regulations 2010 or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F 2012 is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Building Regulation Check tab becomes visible in the Ratings form to enabl
351. rovided information about the way the detail is to be constructed to the Building Control Body as specified in DCLG s Circular letter The Building Approved Inspectors etc Regulations 2010 Publication of the Approved Documents and Compliance Guides which is available from http www communities gov uk documents planningandbuilding pdf 1728453 pdf In Figure 36 the Psi values for all the junctions in the building have been set to use the tool s defaults General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Geometrical detail for the whole Project P General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges Junctions involving metal cladding Junctions NOT involving metal cladding Type of Junction Uzer Pa ODA Accredited Type of Junction Uzer Pa OA Accredited wim detail WE pee detail tami Roof wall Irm oes Roof wall si ee Wall graund floor E 1 15 Wall ground floor i B 0 16 Wiall wall comer Doo E 0 25 Wiall vall corner i E 0 05 Wall floor not ground floor r Wall floor not ground floor 7 E OO Lintel above window or door 1 27 Lintel above window or door E 0 3 Sill below window 1 27 Sill below window 0 04 Jamb at window or door T 12 Jamb at window or door 7 B 0 05 Figure 36 Defining the global thermal bridges NB Thermal bridging at junctions
352. rposes 6 Proportion of hot water supplied to the building This average monthly value needs to be calculated through a detailed analysis of the building s water heating demand values and patterns Note that he CHP unit is normally sized below the peak heating demand of the building and will also be out of service at particular times for maintenance purposes NB The CHP can provide a proportion of the building s hot water only if the HWS generator is set to be the same as the HVAC system to which the CHP is connected 7 Tick box to indicate whether this is a trigeneration system i e it provides cooling heating and power or not i e it provides heating and power If the box is ticked the following fields become active a Proportion of space cooling supplied to the building b Chiller efficiency the seasonal chiller efficiency of the generator defined as the cooling demand divided by the cooling energy for the generator NB SBEM is not a design tool The values of the parameters entered in the CHP Generator sub tab need to have come from a previous detailed analysis 138 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws sEs pvs Wind generators CHP generator Transpired solar collectors Zones This tab ts active because there ts at least one H YAC s
353. rsion 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 8 Design air flow rate in m s for the TSC system 9 Refresh button clicking on this button will update the following 2 values which are visible but cannot be edited by the user in this sub tab They are calculated by iSBEM based on parameters input by the user in other sub tabs as follows a Area The total area of the TSC system This is calculated by iSBEM as the sum of the areas input by the user in the TSC area field in the Geometry form gt Envelope tab gt General sub tab i e the total area of the TSC installed on the exterior of the building s envelopes b Assigned The total percentage of the pre heated air provided by the TSC system that has been assigned to zones in the building This is calculated by iSBEM as the sum of the percentages input by the user in the supply field in the Building Services form gt Zones tab gt TSC sub tab If this total exceeds 100 the value is displayed with a red background to warn users to revise their input in the Zones tab General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses pvs Wind generators CHP generator Transpired solar collectors zones Record selector TSC1 fea z Ty P General Mame TSC Type Standard operation bi Operation Constant flowy Area me Control type Only manual ia
354. ry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws SES _ pvs Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector H AC for the example building gt l Tac oH Che T G eneral Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls _Bi valent S ystems Zone Summary Metering provision mls this HYAC system separately sub metered C No or don t know MAT with alarm for out of range values C No or don t know i Yes it does _ Record H l afi eR oR te Unfiltered Search Figure 54 HVAC systems definition Metering Provision sub tab System Controls sub tab The software also needs to know if you have certain controls in your heating system which would be considered during the production of the energy efficiency recommendations to accompany the EPC This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab There are 5 tick boxes in this sub tab See Figure 55 Heating System Controls 1 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has central time control 2 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has optimum start stop control 3 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has local time control i e room by room 4 Tick box to ind
355. ry out parametric studies to establish input values for SBEM and detailed explicit modelling of a particular building Features which cannot currently be represented in iSBEM e Ventilation with enhanced thermal coupling to structure e Automatic blind control e Light transfer within a building for e g through highly glazed internal surfaces between atria and surrounding spaces If in doubt about whether iSBEM would be appropriate for modelling your building please contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider 2 7 Overview of how a building is defined in iSBEM There is a number of stages to inputting a building in iSBEM a Enter general information about the building the owner and the certifier assessor and select the appropriate weather data b Build up a database of the different forms of constructions and glazing types used in the fabric of the building c After zoning the building on the drawings create the zones in the interface and enter their basic dimensions along with the air permeability of the space 21 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 d Define the envelopes of each zone i e walls floor ceiling etc The envelopes areas orientations the conditions of the adjacent spaces and the constructions used all need to be defined e Within each envelope element there may be windows rooflights or doors The areas and types of glazing or door within each envelope element need to be entered f Si
356. s A P Ty tf M Sales area general BEE EEE Et SE ServerRoom BEE EEIE EET ee E Oe E E E Sw x a a Sales area chilled Sales area X electrical ke ea TT X Sales area general 251 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 ore ROON X X X X X oer ae A A a TeachingAreas J J S TX UT CT S XT TT e S S e o i NXS XAXA XTINA X XX XXIX XXX xx x X X X X X X X WaitingRooms J J C CT S CT CK Warehouse storage xX x ft cam tT txt LE Ext fetxixt te tf ft scale 252 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level The following procedure is to be applied to all buildings and or parts of buildings within a particular energy assessment exercise Are any of the following features present to any degree in the building a Night ventilation strategy b Ventilation with enhanced thermal coupling to structure c Demand controlled ventilation d Automatic blind control e Atria See decision flow chart accompanying notes Are any of the following HVAC supply distribution types present to any degree within the building a Medium temperature hot water MTHW b High temperature hot water HTHW c Steam distribution Are any of the following air conditioning system types present to any degree within the building a Variable
357. s for envelope elements or windows If the envelope or window you have created contains any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not you will need to go to the Envelopes and Windows main tabs select the record in question and add the thermal bridge manually See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges 101 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 e Shading system If the window or rooflight has anything but the default for this parameter which is All other cases then you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Transmission factor If the window or rooflight has anything but the default for this parameter which is 1 then you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Surface area ratio If the window or rooflight has anything but the default which is 1 for windows and 1 3 for rooflights for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Frame factor If the window or rooflight has anything but the defau
358. s has been defined as a roof i e the window is in fact a rooflight NB This parameter is used by SBEM to determine the area of the zone which is daylit by the array of rooflights for automatic daylight zoning sub division see Lighting Controls sub tab in Section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab If the user is doing the daylight zoning manually the Area ratio covered parameter is not relevant If the calculated value for this parameter is larger than the maximum of 4 then the user can either enter the value as 4 or do the daylight subdivision manually for the zone containing this array of rooflights 8 Display window tick box Tick this box if the window being defined is for display purposes e g a shop front window as defined in ADL2A NB As per ADL2A the tool does not check display windows for compliance with regards to the glazing s limiting standards for U values 9 Frame factor This is the ratio of the window or rooflight area which is occupied by the frame to the total window or rooflight area The default value is 0 1 for a window i e 10 of the total area is occupied by the frame and 90 by the glazing and 0 3 for a rooflight It cannot have a value which is less than 0 or which is larger than 1 10 Aspect ratio This is the ratio of the window s height to its width The default value is 0 7 11 Shading system Here you need to select from the drop down box wheth
359. s in the solar system is calculated according to the type of circulation system For thermosiphon systems and forced circulation systems assisted with photovoltaics the auxiliary energy consumption is zero For forced circulation systems that require grid electricity for the circulation pump in the solar loop the user needs to enter the nominal input power of the pumps which is the power stated on the pumps label For a multi stage pump the power corresponding to the typical operation mode should be chosen 134 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SEs pys Wind generators l Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector SES 1 Tac H E T Collector parameters Solar storage he Collector loop urlia energy amp Distribution losses Distribution losses Are the distibution pipes between the SES and the back up system insulated E tof fe yes ooo Auxillary energy consumption Circulation system thermosiphon s shern z Do you know the nominal power Paux of pumps fe Ho use derau valde Yes BAUR iE Record H l afi Eo H OR Fill Search Figure 65 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab NB There are no SESs in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 5 Defin
360. s involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window o Jamb at window or door e Global Psi value W mK for junctions not involving metal cladding for each of o Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door O O O OOO O O O OOO Tab Zones Sub tab General e Zone name 242 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Tab Envelopes HVAC system which serves the zone Building type Activity type in the zone Zone area mf Zone floor to floor height m or select global value Air permeability at 50pa m h m in the zone or select global value Is this a fit out area in a shell and core building Zone multiplier Description of zone Define the following Psi values for thermal bridges in the zone or use global values o Zone Psi value W mK for junctions involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door Zone Psi value W mK for junctions not involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door WUDU O DNDDNDDDDN WwW Sub tab General Tab
361. s used to calculate the area of air intercepted by the turbine rotor For axial horizontal wind turbines you can enter the rotor diameter D in m and the swept area A is automatically calculated by iSBEM as the area of the 2 D circle delineated by the turbine s blades and it is calculated as A T For any other type of wind turbines including vertical axis wind turbines you need to enter the area swept by the rotor in m Contact the turbine manufacturer if in any doubt 5 Hub height The wind turbine hub height in m NB The height of the turbine is used to adjust the wind speed values obtained from the weather database during the calculation For axial horizontal wind turbines this corresponds to the turbine hub height measured from the ground For other rotor types including vertical axis wind turbines use the geometric centre of the turbine rotor 6 Power The wind turbine rated power electrical power delivered at rated wind speed in kW General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS BES evs Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector WT 1 lapie a EH General Mame wT Multiplier Terrain type Suburban or industrial area Sad Swept area Horizontal Axis Diameter 5 m Others tes 19635 m Height
362. s version was used by consultees to investigate the implications of the proposed changes to the Regulations the Approved Document and the National Calculation Methodology After the results of the consultation process and impact assessment were fully evaluated and any adjustments to the proposed changes determined SBEM was correspondingly adapted in the form of a new version for demonstrating compliance with Part L2A of the revised 2010 Building Regulations in England and Wales which came into force in October 2010 This is version 4 1 e described in this manual Similar revisions of building regulations also took place in Scotland and in Northern Ireland in 2010 prompting further adaptations in the software in order to accommodate demonstrating compliance with 2010 Section 6 in Scotland and 2010 Part F in Northern lreland actually named 2012 Part F which came into force in October 2012 This manual describes how to use iSBEM to check for compliance with the 2010 Building Regulations and to generate an Energy Performance Certificate for countries throughout the UK The approach to the NCM embodied in this tool comprises a calculation engine called the Simplified Building Energy Model SBEM operating with a user interface called iSBEM The purpose of SBEM and its interface is to produce consistent and reliable evaluations Pronounced s bem Pronounced i s bem 14 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 of energy use in non domes
363. saeess 31 3 5 2 Naming constructions and building services SYSTOCING ccccceecseecseecneecneecnessuessnesaness 33 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED cccscesseseeseesseeseenseeseeneeseenneeees 34 ANNs SYSIEMUACGUIFGMEIIS x2s co2t ses Suse teats a iene eek eed a aa 34 4 2 Installing ISBEM On your COMPUTET c ccceceeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeseeeseeeeseeeeaeeens 35 AS ODCMINGQMS BE Misicti isa ituosiaeiia cine n eked veel seb aaedeveest aaa 36 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeees 37 A CIOSWAG tea BE Nias da petdatast eet tence gad te Mout le tecdeda dd howionsundedaatetondeniwadedadateionsunoes 39 4 6 Getting assistance with using ISBEM ccceccceeceeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeaeeens 41 5 TOUR OP NSB EM asicaccciaccca dace ceaccesetiacens aaiecceencuancusncdesautecceadencedtecessteneteaniceeeaieest 42 5 1 Introduction to the main forms in ISBEM cccceccceeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeees 42 5 2 Hierarchy of forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM ccccccceeeseeeeeeeees 43 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU 000 0000 46 6 1 Basic interface functionality and DUTIONS ccccceceeeceeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeens 46 G2 SBE VICI deers ea ae eens ie a nelees eee eee 49 5 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 7 ENTERING A BUILDING INTO ISBEM 00 cccececceteeeeeeeeeeeeeee
364. sage entrance doors 15 No external high usage entrance doors Ui ty Typical individual element U values W m K Uini Minimum individual element U values Wiim K There might be more than one surface where the minimum U value occurs Air Permeability Typical value This building mi h m at 50 Pa Page 6 of 6 218 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 8 Sample BRUKL Additional Details Report Additional Details on Project Parameters as Input by the Certifier Certifier s name Date Additional details on building fabric constructions glazing and air permeabilit Item Reference Specification Details 219 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Additional details on space heating cooling and ventilation systems and controls Item Reference Specification Details Additional details on water heating systems and storage Item Reference Specification Details 220 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Additional details on lighting systems and controls Item Reference Specification Details Other details Item Reference Specification Details Notes 1 It is anticipated that two versions of the standardised report will be produced the first before commencement of works as designed and the second after completion as built Text boxes under this section Additional Details on Project Parameters as Input by the Certifier should include a list of specifications to sup
365. seasonal heating efficiency of 3 9 and seasonal cooling energy efficiency ratio of 3 7 It has heat recovery Thermal wheel with a seasonal efficiency of 0 75 The HVAC system has provision for metering and has M amp T with alarms for out of range values The ductwork leakage meets the CEN standard Class D and the AHU has been tested and meets the CEN standard Class L1 The specific fan power is 1 2 W I s The HVAC system serves all the zones in the building except for the circulation spaces and the toilets Lighting Full lighting design has been carried out for lighting in the zones There is manual switching and photoelectric dimming with a back sensor in the coffee shop and the office The sensors are stand alone with a parasitic power of 0 2 W m There is manual switching in all other areas The lighting in the building has provision for metering and has M amp T with alarms for out of range values Hot water Dedicated hot water boiler fuelled by natural gas with a seasonal efficiency of 0 85 There is a solar hot water system consisting of 10 m of evacuated tube solar panels orientated towards the south with a tilt angle of 30 The circulation is forced powered by PVs Ventilation Toilets have mechanical exhaust with 5 I s m General The electric power factor for the building is gt 0 95 Zoning of the building The building has been divided into 19 zones z0 01east The coffee shop on the ground floor core a
366. select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be a wet radiator system with heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you Know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be a constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you Know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for them are quite pessimistic and cannot be edited by the user NB See note in Section 7 6 9 Defining the zone specific building services regarding indirectly conditioned spaces 4 Building type The default for this field is the building type that was selected when creating the project this information is recorded in the General Information tab
367. shading from overhangs and fins depends on the overhang or fin angle latitude orientation and local climate Seasonal shading correction factors for typical climates are given in Table 10 and Table 11 xvii The source of the shading calculation due to fins and overhangs is the CEN standard EN 13790 Energy performance of buildings Calculation of energy use for space heating and cooling 97 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 a Vertical section 6 Horizontal section Key overhang angle 5 fin angle Figure 44 Shading from overhangs and fins NB For the purposes of this calculation the angles alpha and beta indicated by the dashed lines in Figure 44 are taken between the plane of the window and the overhang or fin shadow line at mid window Overhang Gi EAE EW aot EW n s pew 0 i i 30 45 60 Table 10 Partial shading correction factor for overhang Fo Fin angle 45 45Na lat 65 N lat VA IREEN LIEREN IRN Table 11 Partial shading correction factor for fins Ff 7 5 7 Defining doors Doors tab Only a zone s external doors need to be defined in iSBEM The Doors tab contains one sub tab e General sub tab 98 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General sub tab This is where you need to enter the name of the door assign it to an envelope element and enter its area its construction type its additional thermal bridges if applicable and what type of doo
368. sidential soaces The self contained flats themselves should be assessed using SAP for domestic buildings Available from the Building Standards Division at http www scotland gov uk Topics Built Environment Building Building standards 38 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB The domestic type activities available under the building type Residential spaces in iSBEM are to allow the energy calculations for the generation of one EPC for a building which contains residential accommodation above a non domestic space e g a shop or a pub provided that the residential space can only be accessed from within the non domestic space i e the residential part is not designed or altered for use as a separate independent dwelling In addition to common circulation areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats these are the only cases where SBEM can be used to model domestic areas For more information on the appropriate software tools to use for modelling your building please refer to DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling E iSBEM Basic Information Basic Information x Weather location London hl Stage of analysis s designed b Building details Name of the project Pr
369. sor details Owner details Name hy name Import Address My address a City My city Postal Code Nw11AA M y phone number Email Jermail host com Accreditation scheme Not accredited Telephone number Assessor number ABCD 123456 Clear all Figure 26 The Energy Assessor Details in the General form Energy Assessor Details sub form in this sub form the following information can be entered 1 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume Name of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The input should be as you want it to appear in the XML file and lodged EPC Address of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The input should be as you want it to appear in the XML file and lodged EPC City of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The input should be as you want it to appear in the XML file and lodged EPC Post Code of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The input should be as you want it to appear in the XML file and lodged EPC Telephone number of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person Email address of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person Accreditation Scheme the name of the Accreditation Scheme to which the energy assessor belongs For energy assessors accredited with mor
370. ssioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings regulations 244 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Tab HVAC Systems Sub tab General e HVAC system name e HVAC system type o Heat recovery in ventilation system field enabled if there is mechanical ventilation at HVAC level B Heat recovery seasonal efficiency B Variable heat recovery efficiency Sub tab Heating System Heat source Fuel type for heat generator Does this heating system also use CHP Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for heat generator Heat generator radiant efficiency field enabled if HVAC is a radiant system e Does the heating system qualify for ECA relevant only if default efficiency value is used o Was the heating system installed in or after 1998 relevant only if default efficiency value is used Sub tab Cooling System enabled only if HVAC system provides cooling Generator type Generator kW Fuel type for cooling generator Seasonal energy efficiency ratio for cooling generator Nominal energy efficiency ratio for cooling generator Does the cooling system qualify for ECA relevant only if default efficiency value is used e Does the system have mixed mode operation strategy Sub tab System adjustment enabled only if there is mechanical ventilation at HVAC level e Has the ductwork been leakage tested o CEN classification it meets e Does the AHU meet CEN leakage standards o CEN classification it meets e Specific fan power
371. stems connected to the building if applicable e Wind generators tab This tab requires information on any wind generators connected to the building if applicable e CHP generator tab this tab only appears when one of the HVAC systems described in the HVAC Systems tab is specified as using CHP This tab requires information on any combined cooling heating and power generators connected to the building e Transpired solar collectors tab This tab requires information on any transpired solar collectors connected to the building if applicable e Zones tab This is where you assign the appropriate HVAC system and HWS to each zone and input details on the zones lighting and specific ventilation strategy 104 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 About iSBEM CHP generator Transpired solar collectory Building Services Ratings Building Navigation General Project Database Geometry 5 Wind generators Building services detail for the whole Project T HVAC System Defaults Project building services Air Conditioning Inspection These should be chosen if you do not know system type or detailled parameters IF you do not know heating method ie whether a heated only Building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system select electric resistance heating as your default If wou have more system Information set up another system via the HVAC systems sub tabs ones without
372. sting installations then the default values should be used by selecting e No use the default values from you then need to select the collector type from the drop down menu and SBEM will use the corresponding default values as shown in Table 14 Collector type in drop down menu no a a IAM Unglazed OO 1 Flat plate 0 75 6 o 094 Evacuated tube 065 3 o 097 Table 14 Default solar collector performance parameters On the other hand if the performance parameters are known then you should select e Yes the values are you then need to enter the following parameters which will become active a no sigma zero the zero loss collector efficiency factor from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area b a the collector heat loss coefficient in W m K from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area C az the temperature dependence of the heat loss coefficient in W m K from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area d IAM the incidence angle modifier IAM of the collector from the collector test standard EN 12975 2 when the test angle of incidence between it and the direct solar radiation for the test condition is 50 130 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation _Globa
373. sub tab Error files for the SBEM calculation SBEM err and the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL err can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 92 If the calculation crashes you can refer to these files for any error messages produced during the calculation Supporting Documents sub tab This sub tab Figure 93 contains buttons that allow access to the following supporting non official documents produced by SBEM the Main SBEM Output report section 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document and the Data Reflection Reports sections 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab This tab is visible only if EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The Asset Rating tab has the following sub tabs e Building Rating sub tab e Graphic Rating sub tab e Recommendations sub tab e EPC Audit sub tab e
374. sured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other heat recovery options in iSBEM to account for the additional resistance Demand Controlled Ventilation 2 If applicable you need to select from the drop down menu the type of demand controlled ventilation applicable in the zone This parameter becomes active if the zone is not served by an HVAC system that provides mechanical ventilation i e the ventilation is defined at zone level If the zonal ventilation type is defined as Natural then the options available in the drop down menu are No demand controlled ventilation and Enhanced ventilation If the zonal ventilation type is defined as Mechanical then the options available in the drop down menu are No demand controlled ventilation Demand control dependent on number of occupants and Demand control dependent on gas sensors Flow regulation type This parameter becomes active if the demand controlled ventilation type in the previous parameter is selected to be either Demand control dependent on number of occupants or Demand control dependent on gas sensors It specifies whether the air flow regulation type for the demand conitrolled ventilation in the zone is via Damper control or Speed control High Pressure Treatment 4 Does the activity
375. switchgear and controls such as inverters of the fans in the system that supply air and extract it back outdoor i e the sum of the total circuit watts of supply and extract fans divided by the design air flow rate through the system For further details on the SFP and how it is calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide If the SFP for the system is known it can be entered manually Otherwise the software will insert a default conservative value NB The default value does not necessarily comply with the Building Regulations and should be changed for new buildings NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you should enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other heat recovery options in iSBEM to account for the additional resistance NB If the HVAC system selected is Fan coil systems or Indoor packaged cabinet VAV the SFP input here should be for the central plant and then the SFP for the terminal units can be input in the Building Services form gt Zones tab gt Ventilation cont sub tab for all the zones served by this HVAC system If the type of HVAC system selected in the General sub tab is one where variable speed pumping can be a
376. t ETL of the ECA Figure 51 shows a heating system being defined Available from http www planningportal gov uk uploads br non domestic building compliance guide 2010 pdf Www eca gov uk etl 116 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Ps Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector HVAC for the example building 3 2 General Heating Cooling system Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Bivalent Systeme Zone Summary Heating system Heat source LTH boiler Tick if this system also uses CHP Fuel type Natural Gas zi Do pou know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency No use default value 0 89 Does it qualify for UK ECAs Yes seasonal efficiency is ECA list after 2001 a _ 1 Oo pou know the generator radiant efficiency Was it installed in or after 13382 fe House detaulbyvalue 0 4 Na iF Yes Yes radan etigiency te a4 Record H l afi ro RRS W Unfiltered Search Figure 51 HVAC systems definition Heating sub tab Cooling sub tab In addition to the information entered in the General sub tab you can define the power rating and efficiency of the cooling system If they are not known default values w
377. t Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England 2 Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents BEM log EPCaen log BRUKL log File CANNCMAISBEM v4 1 e Projects E sample building Complete E sample building Complete inp Initializing Default values OF Initializing Default tables OF Initializing standard activity values OF ACTUAL BUILDING Initializing BOC construction EJ Initializing Matra OE Reading Input file OK Processing Input file Adding Objects OF Assigning Default values to keywords OF Checking Code Keywords OF Writing BOL OF OF UF Creating SBEM Objects Figure 91 The Calculation Logs sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Calculation Errors sub tab Error files for the SBEM calculation SBEM err the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL err and the EPC generator EPCgen EPCgen err can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 92 If the calculation crashes you can refer to these files for any error messages produced during the calculation 175 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating ccc ccc ccc EPC England 2 Building Rating Graphic rat
378. t Employer Trading Name gt Employer Trading Address lt insert Employer Trading Address gt Issue Date 21 Dec 2012 Valid Until 20 Dec 2022 unless superseded by a later certificate Related Party Disclosure Not related to the owner Recommendations for improving the property are contained in Report Reference Number O000 2090 0040 1000 0603 lf you have a complaint or wish to confirm that the certificate is genuine Details of the assessor andthe relevant accreditation scheme are on the certificate You can get contact details of the accreditation scheme from the Government s website at www communities gov uk epbd together with details of the procedures for confirming authenticity of a certificate and for making a complaint ES For advice on how to take action and to find out about C A R B O N technical and financial assistance schemes to help make T R U S T buildings more energy efficient visit www carbontrust co uk or call us on 0800 085 2005 201 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 5 Recommendations Report for Example Building 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 Recommendation Report HMGovernment Report Reference Number 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Building Type s B1 Offices and Workshop businesses Total Useful Floor Area m Calculation Tool Used engine SBEM v4 1 e 5 Property Reference Report Reference Number 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 Assessor Name Employer Trad
379. t be entered into iSBEM 15 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 The tabs in italics above are the main tabs of the Geometry form see Figure 32 It is important to understand how to introduce information into these tabs as well as being able to use the Quick Envelope function as there are some parameters which can only be entered using these tabs However once familiar with the basis of the geometry objects it is likely that you will enter most of your data using the Quick Envelope function Order of data entry You need to create the zone before defining its envelope It is not mandatory to enter all the information about the zone envelopes doors windows thermal bridges before moving onto the next zone as you can always add or edit this information at a later time Where possible however you should introduce each zone one at a time into the interface Description of what is happening in iSBEM When you create a zone envelope element or window you are creating what is referred to in ISBEM as a building object These building objects need to be linked together correctly in order to define the geometry of a zone When you define an envelope element in the Envelopes main tab you will be prompted to link or assign it to a zone Equally when you define a window in the Windows amp Rooflights main tab you are prompted to link it to an envelope element If you create the envelope element or window in the Quick Envelope
380. t field in the interface opens the Help Entries window on the page of interest and closes the Help Topics window Within the Help Entries window it is possible to scroll through the Help Entries using the scrolling buttons Clicking on either the Contents Index or Find buttons opens the Help Topics window 50 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Scroll through Help entries in the order they appear in the Click on Contents Index or Find to open the Help Topics window Contents _ ff 2 SBEM National Calculation Methodology Building services form os or Geel x PUNTE nS a O x This form holds all the information relating to building s services This information is entered in 8 main tabs The first 6 tabs contain the details on all the systems in the building e HVAC DH generators SES PYS generators Wind generators HP generator this tab only appears when one ofthe systems described in the HVAC tab uses CHP Lighting and ventilation are defined atthe zone level e ones This is where you assign the appropriate HVAC and DHW system to each zone and input details on the zone s lighting and ventilation strategy Project This tab requires information on the electric power factor and lighting controls BS Figure 14 Help Entries window 51 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 7 ENTERING A BUILDI
381. t of information is displayed such as the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the energy performance and CO emissions of the building the potential Saving in COs emissions per pound spent and any additional comments input by the energy assessor It also includes any comments added by the Energy Assessor to any of the NCM recommendations NB Any NCM recommendations removed by the Energy Assessor from the official Recommendations Report will still appear in the SBEM Secondary Recommendations report See APPENDIX A A 6 for a sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report for the Example building 8 2 11 Accessing the reports from the project folder All of the above reports are accessible from the specific project folder created when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects The default location for this folder is within the main Projects folder within the iSBEM_v4 1 e folder e g C NCM ISBEM_v4 1 e Projects Example building complete The reports have the following file names and extensions Output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking 1 SBEM Main Output Document project name _sbem pdf 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations project name _brukl pdf Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr p
382. t of the following information as shown in Figure 35 Building Infiltration Global 1 Air permeability at 50 pa m h m The value you enter here will be the global or default value assigned to each zone You can choose later to either use this global value or enter a different value for each zone that you define see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Air permeability is the physical parameter used to quantify the air tightness of the building fabric It measures the resistance of the building envelope to infiltration It is defined as the average volume of air in m per hour that passes through unit area of the building envelope in m when subject to an internal to external pressure difference of 50 Pascals The envelope area of the building is defined as the total area of the floor walls and roof separating the interior volume from the outside environment It is measured with ventilators closed NB If the purpose of analysis option that has been selected in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab is EPC generation then iSBEM s default value for air permeability will be 25 m h m while if compliance with building regulations has been selected as the purpose of analysis the default value will be 10 m h m In either case the user can over write the default value by manually entering an alternative value NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid the
383. tained illuminance at the end of the lamp life and before cleaning of the luminaires should not be less than the design illuminance This value will be used along with the total wattage value in order to determine the consequent power density values associated with the lighting system used in W m per 100 lux This value will in turn be used to calculate the electrical consumption of an equivalent system which delivers the illuminance levels specified in the NCM Activity Database The calculated lighting energy consumption will be higher or lower than you expect depending on whether the design illuminance entered is higher or lower than the database illuminance for the activity Changing the activity in a zone will change the corresponding illuminance retrieved from the NCM Activity Database which would be reflected in both the actual and notional buildings You can download the NCM Activity Database from the NCM website if you wish to view the illuminance values associated with each activity type 2 Are air extracting luminaires fitted Select Yes or No don t know Figure 74 shows the lighting characteristics of a zone being defined 150 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Ps Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zanes Record selector 20 02 T HVAC
384. te that the tool will not check the U values of elements in unconditioned zones for compliance NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid the need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this during the compliance checking NB The area weighted average U value displayed in the BRUKL document is calculated using the U values of the different envelope elements and their areas as follows _ 4 xU avg yA where U area weighted average U value A area of envelope 7 and U U value of construction of envelope 7 e Criterion 3 This section of the report contains information about whether the solar gains limit is exceeded in each of the zones where the solar gains check is applicable e Criterion 4 This section of the report states whether the performance of the building as built is consistent with the BER Compliance is not checked by the tool for this criterion This is not included for Scottish Building Regulations e Criterion 5 This section covers the provision of information about the building Compliance is not checked by the tool for this criterion This is not included for Scottish Building Regulations e Technical Data Sheet Actual Vs Notional Building This section displays some information about the overall energy performance of the building actual and notional and some specific inform
385. ted area of special character or appearance or of traditional construction This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland Certifier Details Energy Assessor Details Agent Details Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab The name of this sub tab changes depending on the option selected in the parameter Purpose of Analysis in the Projects Details sub tab as follows e Certifier Details sub tab if the option selected is England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F 2012 e Energy Assessor Details sub tab if the option selected is EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland e Agent Details sub tab if the option selected is Scottish Building Regulations 2010 e Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab if the option selected is EPC Scotland This sub tab Figure 26 contains two sub forms Energy Assessor Details sub form and Insurance Details sub form 64 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation File Options General Information About iSBEM Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor _2 Project details Special considerations EPBD Recast Building details Energy Asses
386. ter the project name again and click on Save This folder and project file will be saved to the iSBEM Projects folder by default see Figure 4 NB It is recommended practice to create a sub folder for each project inside the Projects folder in which all the project related files are saved c A form then opens which allows you to enter some basic information about the project see Figure 7 This includes e Purpose of the analysis which will be carried out on the building e g Compliance Check with England amp Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 NB If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 2010 Scottish Building Regulations 2010 or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F 2012 is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Building Regulation Check tab becomes visible in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for compliance checking with Building Regulations If EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Asset Rating tab becomes visible instead in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for the generation of Energy Performance Certificates e Weather location pick the closest to your site from the available locations there are 14 locations for England and Wales 1 for Scotland and 1 for Northern Ireland e Stage of analysis whether as designed or as bui
387. the __ frames in your library cick here H User Library Constructions Glazinps Frames Construction Categories Sources Impor Frames To delete a frame click here 3 select the EEA EI A A es AA Sa E aA A a vee type Softwood ee rames Library Hardwood FORE Steel Mame Aluminium 7 Click on PVC Other Deit this button to Type Hardwood update iSBEM Source BRE Digest 405 zf with your new frames 4 select a source to add a gern source to this list see Section 4 of this appendix 6 enter a description poco a T gt a of 1 o W Figure 111 Description of Frames tab in User defined construction library 5 enter the U value For further details of this parameter press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the ISBEM User Guide A frame type created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab It will be accessible when the import one from the library radio button is selected from the frame library The frame type will be called Frame Name where Frame Name is the name entered in the name field 235 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 4 How to edit the list of opaque constructions categories and the list of Sources e Editing the list of categories for opaque constructions As described in Section 1 when creating a new construction type for your library you need to select a category under which y
388. the energy performance of buildings NB THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE AFFIXED TO THE BUILDING AND NOT REMOVED UNLESS REPLACED WITH AN UPDATED VERSION AND FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS DISPLAYED IN A PROMINENT PLACE 222 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 10 Sample Specification Information Document for Scottish Building Regulations SBEM Specification Information Scottish Building Regulations 2010 Section 6 Guidance Carbon Dioxide Emissions U Values Air Permeability and HVAC Project name Any Project Date Mon Jan 28 17 14 15 2013 Administrative information Building Details Owner Details Address Any Road Any Town EE00 E00 Name Any Occupier Telephone number 987654321 Certification tool Address Any Road Any Town EE00 E00 Calculation engine SBEM Calculation engine version v4 1 5 Agent details Name My name Telephone number My phone number Address My address My city NW1 1AA Interface to calculation engine iSBEM Interface to calculation engine version v4 1 e Compliance check version v4 1 5 1 Predicted CO2 emission from proposed building 2 The performance of the building fabric and the building services systems 2 1 How do the U values compare with Section 6 guidance The building does not follow guidance in Scottish Building Regulations 2010 CC occurs Personneldoors 2 2 ss 2 20 03 wi Vehicle access amp similar large doors a5 J Ja5 j No external vehicle access doors Ua
389. the user would need to use a Retail building activity such as a sales area or similar The building type does not need to be the same for all activities in a project It is intended to be a default for the project in iSBEM could apply to other interfaces and provides a filter on the many activities available in the database making it easier for users to find and make a choice of activity for each zone Generally activities from the default building type should be used but if there is nothing suitable available another building type could be used NB Only the communal areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats should be assessed for compliance using SBEM for example circulation areas using the Common circulation areas activity under the building type Residential soaces The self contained flats themselves should be assessed using SAP for domestic buildings NB The domestic type activities available under the building type Residential spaces in iSBEM are to allow the energy calculations for the generation of one EPC for a building which contains residential accommodation above a non domestic space e g a shop or a pub provided that the residential space can only be accessed from within the non domestic space i e the residential part is not designed or altered for use as a Separate independent dwelling In addition to common circulation areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats
390. theast z1 01northeast n z1 01northeast n g z1 01northeast e z1 01northeast e g z1 01northeast fi z1 01northeast c z1 O1east z1 O1east e z1 01east e g z1 01east fi z1 01east c zZ1 01southeast z1 01southeast e z1 01southeast e g z1 01southeast s z1 01southeast s g z1 01southeast fi z1 01southeast c z1 01south Z1 01south s z1 01south s g Z1 01south si Z1 01south ei Z1 01south wi z1 01south fe z1 01south fi Z1 01south c z1 01southwest z1 01southwest s z1 01southwest s g z1 01southwest w Z1 01southwest w g z1 01southwest fi z1 01southwest c z1 01 west z1 01west w z1 01west w g z1 01west fi z1 01west c z1 01northwest Z1 01northwest n z1 01northwest n g z1 01northwest w z1 01northwest w g z1 01northwest fi z1 01northwest c z1 01centre 614 z1 01centre el 54 18 z1 01centre wi 54 18 z1 0icentre fe 20 z1 01centre fi 594 194 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 z1 01centre c z1 01centre ni z1 01centre si z1 02 ni Z1 02 el Z1 02 si Z1 02 wi Z1 02 wi 1 z1 02 fi Z1 02 c z1 03 ni z1 03 ei z1 03 si z1 03 wi z1 03 fe Z1 03 c Zone Name z0 01east z0 01north z0 01northwest z0 01south z0 01southwest z0 01west z0 02 20 03 z1 O1centre z1 01east z1 01north z1 01northeast z1 01northwest z1 01south z1 01southeast z1 01southwest z1 01west z1 02 Z1 03 Other information Window to wall Door area m 614 7 5 2 5 7 5 2 5 Lighting Wattage 742 251 160 247 162 511 232 4401 279
391. tic buildings for Building Regulations Compliance and for building performance certification purposes Although it may assist the design process it is not primarily a design tool and should not be used for making strategic design decisions It does not calculate internal temperatures for example Vendors of design and other software offer design and asset rating calculations as part of their packages either by embedding SBEM within them or by offering accredited alternative calculation methods SBEM consists of a calculation methodology briefly described below which runs together with a compliance checking module BRUKL and an energy performance certificate generator EPCgen which utilise some of the same data during the calculation The user sees iSBEM the interface software which interweaves these components together and interacts with a series of databases to provide consistent data to the calculation while simplifying the user s need to obtain raw building construction data SBEM is a compliance procedure and not a design tool If the performance of a particular feature Is critical to the design even if it can be represented in SBEM it is prudent to use the most appropriate modelling tool for design purposes In any case SBEM should not be used for system sizing NEW 2 1 1 Key differences in the software In response to instructions for modifications by government stakeholders we have released the updated version iSBEM v4 1 e W
392. timt Limiting area weighted average U values Wimak Ui timt Limiting individual element U values W im2K Uacae Calculated area weighted average U values W m2K Ui cae Calculated individual element U values W m2K There might be more than one surface exceeding the limiting standards Display windows and similar glazing are not required to meet the standard given in this table 2 2 Air permeability Air Permeability This building s value mai h m2 at 50 Pa Bo Page 1 of 4 223 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 2 b Building services The building services parameters listed below are expected to be checked by the BCO against guidance No automatic checking is performed by the tool Whole building lighting automatic monitoring amp targeting with alarms for out of range values Whole building electric power factor achieved by power factor correction 1 HVAC for the example building Heating seasonal efficiency Cooling nominal efficiency Specific fan power W I s Automatic monitoring amp targeting with alarms for out of range values for this HVAC system 1 HWS for the example building Heating seasonal efficiency Hot water storage loss factor kWh litre per day Local mechanical ventilation and exhaust Zone S _ Supply amp extract SFP Wi I s Exhaust SFP Wi I s 21 03 pe OB OS Page 2 of 4 224 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Techni
393. tion the 3 re envelope elements need to be assigned to a zone pe ee er epee ee eee eee oe A g Enter information on D 5 building services such as D HVAC HWS and PV Tp systems if available To Ww h Enter zone specific L building services such as lighting and ventilation strategy and which HVAC system and HWS itis Q served by 3 i Calculate rating to 6 ad assess compliance 3 generate EPC Figure 16 Order of data entry The stages indicated by the letters in Figure 16 a i correspond to the stages described in Section 2 7 Overview of how a building is defined in iSBEM 7 2 Important note on the default values in iSBEM In iSBEM there are default values included for various parameters For example there are default seasonal efficiencies for HVAC systems and default constructions for envelope elements so that you can select them when defining the envelopes of a zone when learning how to use the tool These default values are not generous i e usually pessimistic should be checked by the user and if appropriate changed or added to NB If none of the default values in iSBEM are changed when modelling a new building it is very likely that the building will not comply with Building Regulations 53 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 7 3 General form The General form contains two tabs e File Options tab e General Information tab 7 3 1 File Options tab The File Options
394. tion for your system s functions NB Desitratification may be achieved by several means for each of which minimum flow rates should be ensured Where destratification and heating is provided by the same system higher flow rates may be needed to avoid excessive air supply temperatures e Cased fans installed at high level The volume of air handled by the fans should be at least equivalent to two room volumes per hour Total air movement will be higher than this because additional airflow will be induced e Open blade sweep fans In this case air soeeds will be lower and the volume of air handled should be at least the equivalent of 6 room volumes per hour e High velocity induction nozzles with a temperature rise through the heater of at least 45 C The volume of primary air from the nozzles should be at least equivalent to 0 15 room volumes per hour Total air movement will be significantly higher because of the additional airflow induced by the nozzles The system type along with the further details entered in the remaining HVAC sub tabs allow SBEM to calculate the System Seasonal Efficiency for heating SSEFF the System Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio for cooling SSEER and the Auxiliary Energy For further details on 109 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 these parameters and how they are calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide and the 2010 NCM Modelling Guide SSEFF The System Seasonal E
395. to be carried out outside of SBEM 5 Connects space to sometimes referred to as adjacent condition Here you need to select what conditions apply on the other side of the wall floor or ceiling roof If you click the Global button the condition associated with the type of construction selected below as has been defined in the Project Database form will be inserted as the default If this is not appropriate you can un click the Global button and select between Conditioned adjoining space External Strongly ventilated Underground Unheated space or Same space see Table 9 Option Brief Description Exterior For an envelope separating the considered zone from the outside air or water Strongly ventilated spaces For an envelope separating the considered zone from a space provided with one or more permanent openings i e that cannot be closed with a capacity for the supply of fresh air and extract of inside air determined according to section 5 3 of NEN 1087 of at least 3x10 m s per m useable area Unheated adjoining space For an envelope separating the considered zone from an unheated adjoining space other than meant under Strongly ventilated spaces i A pitched roof has a pitch greater than 10 deg If the roof s pitch is 10 deg or less it can be considered flat If the pitch is greater than 70 deg it can be considered a wall 88 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Condition
396. to be conditioned later on and which should be modelled as per the guidance in DCLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling NB For Scotland the EPC which has s different format from that in England and Wales and implements a different methodology for the calculation of the Asset Rating also displays the top 6 of the short payback NCM recommendations If there are user defined or user edited recommendations then the EPC will display up to 3 user recommendations with the shortest payback and the top 3 of the short payback NCM recommendations NB For Scotland the EPC can also display the potential rating and energy band with improvements if input by the Energy Assessor SBEM does not calculate the potential improved rating with recommendations This value is input by the user If the Energy Assessor does not want a question mark to appear in the Ratings form and the EPC the improved rating value needs to be entered by the Energy Assessor in the Rating with improvements field in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Energy Assessors can use iSBEM to arrive at that rating value by making a copy of the original completed nct file containing the building model in iSBEM in which they can im
397. trict heating then all the systems defined in the Bi valent Systems sub tab will be ignored by the tool during the calculation 122 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws SES Pys Wind generators Transpired solar collectors Zones Record selector HVAC for the example building Tc H Ees Ki To delete a heat source Gen 4 click here to Heat Source Fuel type SE Load Load left for the primary system 100 0 highlight o a a and click the Delete button on your keyboard Record H l afi oR RS W Unfiltered Search Figure 56 HVAC systems definition Bi valent Systems sub tab Zone Summary sub tab The names of the zones assigned to the HVAC system can be viewed in the Zone Summary sub tab of the HVAC Systems tab shown in Figure 57 The zones are listed in the left hand side window and if any of the zones are highlighted more details about that zone appear in the Zones properties window For example details such as the zone s area and activity are displayed Task 14 Define the HVAC system for the Example building The details on the HVAC system can be found in Section A 1 under Systems If you click into the HVAC systems tab you will see that the HVAC system for the Example building has been named for you HVAC system fo
398. tt oo ies neta cota concn tee china cael als 12 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE NCM cccsseeeeeseeeeee 14 2 1 What is iSBEM SBEM and the NCM 0 eee eceeceseeeeseseeneseeeneeees 14 2 1 1 Key differences in the SOPWAIPEC ccccccccecccsesenseecsesensueesesensueesesensusesseensusenseenausenseess 15 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes 16 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes 17 2 4 Calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations purposes 20 2 5 Calculations for the States of Jersey Building Regulations purposes 21 2 6 Deciding whether SBEM Is appropriate cccseeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeens 21 2 Overview of how a building is defined in ISBEM cccseccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA cccssseecseseeeceeneescenseesenneeseenneeees 24 Sele MAIO OUG ION 8s hoses tcas Sess a duns assandetednndeeecaateeatie 24 3 2 Tips for gathering information for ISBEM cccccceececeeeeeeeeseeeeseeesaeeees 25 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your DUIIGING cecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeens 2T 3 4 Measurement and other conventions cccccceccceeeceeeceeeseeneeeseeeneeeneeenes 29 325 JSBEMNOMENCIAlUrE serora a cee eae alas 31 3 9 1 Naming zones envelope elements windows and doors 1cccccecseeeneeeeeeeeeteee
399. type A mechanical ventilation system separate from the heating or cooling system i e zonal ventilation can be added here If the selected HVAC system does not already include ventilation the zonal ventilation radio buttons become active This would be possible for example with radiators or under floor heating You need to select either Natural or Mechanical supply amp extract according to whether there is a mechanical ventilation system present in the zone to provide fresh air Convention For EPCs Passive stack ventilation The convention is that passive stack should be treated as natural ventilation NB In order to ensure adequate ventilation for maintaining the concentration of CO2 below 0 5 in spaces served by unflued heating appliances the zonal ventilation option for these spaces should be set to mechanical NB The supply and extract flow rate for all ventilation systems is set to take the minimum fresh air requirements value from the NCM Activity Database NB Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level See note in Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems regarding specific fan power for fan coil systems NB If you change the HVAC system defined in your project from one that provides mechanical ventilation to one that does not or vice versa you must re visit the Ventilation sub tab of the Zones tab in the Building Services form for a
400. types of thermal bridge repeating and non repeating Repeating thermal bridges should be taken into account when calculating the U value of a construction Non repeating thermal bridges can arise from a number of situations but SBEM is only concerned with those arising from junctions between envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior as shown in Figure 36 79 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 These types of junctions fall into two categories 1 Junctions involving metal cladding 2 Junctions NOT involving metal cladding For each type of junction you can enter an psi y value W mK for the linear thermal transmittance or use the default values in iSBEM Either way SBEM will apply any applicable adjustments of performance to the psi values as specified in 2010 ADL2A which is available from http Wwww planningportal gov uk uploads br BR_PDF ADL2A 2010 pdf Once schemes are approved by the Secretary of State for accrediting quality assured construction details users can tick the relevant boxes in order to use this approach for defining thermal bridges psi values Until such time that accredited construction details schemes have been approved users may tick the box after inputting their calculated value of linear thermal transmittance and no adjustments of performance will be added by the tool provided this value has been calculated by a suitably experienced and qualified person and the builder has p
401. u input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 7 Glazing type choose between a default glazing type and the glazing types that you defined in the Project Database form 8 Disp Indicate whether it is a display window or not as defined in ADL2A Once the information is entered click on the Create Envelopes button to create the envelopes Once the button has been clicked and the envelopes have been created the contents of the Quick Envelopes tab will be automatically cleared If you do not wish for the contents of the tab to be cleared after the creation of the envelopes for e g so you can re use them then you need to untick the relevant box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab The box is ticked by default To view the envelopes and windows that you have created go to the Envelopes Summary sub tab in the Zones tab and the Windows Summary sub tab in the Envelope tab All the envelopes and windows will be available for editing in the main Envelope and Windows tabs NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors The parameters that you cannot define in the Quick Envelopes sub tab include e Thermal bridge
402. ucture of the forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM Q cccccccccccc cece cneecceecceeecceeecaescaeesaaeseneees 45 Lable Globa parameters sxssntsbeasimens tes Wicd Satake densi a saci eb eas pah deeanne esa Miadsaseanat iss tine 49 Table 9 Options for Connects space to field fOr CNVELOPES ccccsccccseccceeccneeceeeceaeeeeaeeeaeeesaeesaeesenaees 89 Table 10 Partial shading correction factor for overhang FO ccccsccccccccncccc veces eecceeeeceeecaeessaessaeeesaesenaes 98 lable tl gt Fartarshadine correchton actor FOr SINS Efer e er eE e ETE EE EE 98 Table 12 Definitions of heat recovery options in iSBEM ssoosessnensessensenssensenssenseessesseeseessesseese 112 Table 13 Definitions of HVAC type options in ISBEM oooneennennnnsnnnnnnsenssnssensenssesseeseessesserssessense 115 Table 14 Default solar collector performance parametefS neonnennennnnnnnnsensenssenseessesseeseessesseene 130 Table 15 Luminous efficacies used by SBEM in correspondence to the lamp types selected Table 9 Jom the ZOT ON GM Modelin Wide zorri ea e e E E N ir es ena 150 Table 16 Types of occupancy sensing controls available in iSBEM oonnonneennennnnsnnnsnnsenseesseseen 152 Table 17 Zoning summary and dimensions of the Example DUilding ccccccccccccccsecceesccaeeseaeeseeeeees 195 10 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 Acronyms used in iSBEM and this guide AHU BER BRUKL CCHP CEN CHP CO ECA EER E
403. uggested recommendations those that would have most impact on carbon emissions from the building For automatically generated recommendations the carbon impact indicators are determined by software but may have been adjusted by the Energy Assessor based on his her knowledge of the building The impact of other recommendations are determined by the assessor c Valid report A valid report is a report thathas been e Produced within the past 10 years e Produced by an Energy Assessor who is accredited to produce Recommendation Reports through a Government Approved Accreditation Scheme e Lodged on the Register operated by or on behalf of the Secretary of state Page 7 of 7 208 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 A 6 Sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report secondary Recommendations Report Not for Official Submission Building name Example building Building type B1 Offices and Workshop businesses Date Fri Dec 21 11 38 45 2012 This report lists recommendations for energy efficiency improvements to the building Key to colour codes used in this report Included by the calculation Included by the user Excluded by the user Recommendations for HEATING HEATING accounts for 1 2 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of HEATING provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of HEATING provision is GOOD The average energy efficiency of HEATING provision is GOOD The average CO2 efficiency of HE
404. uilding Complete sim hws 2 KB ae File O1 02 2013 17 a4 Example building Complete_nat_dr hitm SEE htm Data Reflection report for the notional building Example building Complete_dr htm 26496 KB HTM SOC oer Saas sere m m ee ae T Example building Complete _not err 7KE ERR html Data Reflection report for the actual building Example building Complete_bruk l err LE EHR File URAI 3 Tes Example building Complete err IRB E 3 Error files panna error messages and warnings E Example building Complete_not sim 117 EE O25 ithe E Example building Complete sim TW EE O25 imDocument 0102 2013 17 34 E Tea m Example Bellen Complete rot bdl 115 KE F Main SBEM Output report Example building Complete brukl bdl Example building TE Example building Complete bal Complete_sbem pdf FLEE ae pdf Data Reflection report for the actual building TE Example building Complete_dr paf 4 KB Adobi Additional Details Report by the Certifier SL Example building Complete Brukl 2 pdt 7 KE Adobenmmena os or er omalets brake pel JEE Adobi Building Regulations Compliance Document IE 44 MB 4 May Computer Al Figure 97 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking 7 Example building 24 objects 189 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 fj Example building Complete jo x File Edt View Favortes Tools
405. ur information into The first eight rows are for creating walls with orientations S SE E NE N NW W and SW and the last three rows are for ceilings floors and roofs There are then the following fields that need to be filled in for each envelope element 1 Construction type choose between a default construction and the constructions that you already defined in the Project Database form 2 Adjacent condition Here you have 2 options a Leave the Global button pressed in and hence apply the global default adjacency condition that was associated with the selected construction in the Project Database form see Section 7 4 1 Defining construction types or b Un depress the Global button and select a condition from the drop down menu choose between Exterior Strongly ventilated soaces Unheated adjoining space Conditioned adjoining space Underground or Same space 100 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 3 Area of the envelope calculated as described in section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab in m 4 Perimeter length L in m if the envelope is a wall NB If this box is left blank ISBEM will calculate the perimeter length using the input envelope area and assuming the height of the envelope to be the same as the height defined for the zone However if the envelope being defined does not have the same height as that defined for the zone the user needs to input the perimeter length manually
406. ut documents from SBEM calculation SBEM Outputs pdf Data Reflection Actual Building pdf Data Reflection Actual Building htrnl Data Reflection Mot Ref Building html Figure 93 The Supporting Documents sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 8 2 SBEM Output reports Output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and the calculation was run to check compliance with building regulations then SBEM produces six output reports The six reports produced by SBEM are as follows the first four of which can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab see Figure 83 1 SBEM Main Calculation Output Document 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations 3 Data Reflection Report for the Actual Building 4 Data Reflection Report for the Notional Building 5 Technical Output Report for the Actual Building 6 Technical Output Report for the Notional Building The following additional report is also produced but only for building regulations compliance checks for
407. v4 1 accdb i iSBEM v4_1_e File Edit View Favortes Tools Help Q eak O o J J Seach gt Folders O BEEMLib File Folder 0312 2012 11 12 O cev File Folder Os 22012 11 12 J iNCT File Folder 2970172013 11 16 I pem File Folder Os 1224012 11 12 C Projects File Folder 24 01 2013 09 44 3 bbl 1 dll 2438 KE Application Extension 31703 2011 20 23 Ey Grok dll 2 002 KB Application Extension 25 01 2013 15 1 kA E FCgen dll 3 611 KE Application Extension 017 1272012 19 56 I EPC gen ese J607 KE Application fof O1 2013 16 37 E E FCgen ini figuration Settings 29 01 2013 11 16 J iSBEM cnt Doub ectekto L Contents File 12 11 2010 15 34 SBEM HLP FRE i 12 11 2010 15 32 AOS KE MicrosottAccess Da 2970172013 11 16 3 curl dll FOO KB Application Extension 21 09 2011 15 46 a bea dll 1 517 EB Application Extension 14 02 2011 17 07 2 libidn 11 dll 24KB Application Extension 307 0372010 21 29 2 lbaslaz dll 347 KE Application Extension 14 02 2077 1707 lah net convert UF TO v3 5 4 mdb 1 664 K6 Microsoft Access Da 31703 2011 20 47 lak nct convert v4 1 e mdb 2160 KE Microsott4ccess Da 25 01 2019 15 46 README txt FEB Test Document 46 01 2013 14 27 SBEM exe BS ERB Application 25 01 2073 15 21 SBE Mlini TEE Configuration Settings 29701 2013 11 15 SBEM_brukl ini TEB Configuration Settings 29 01 2013 11 15 d User Library cnt 4EB Help Contents File 1202 2006 11 02 2 USER_LIBRARY HLP 2 616 KB Help File 12 02 2008 17 02 Fa
408. ved some automatically generated recommendations or added additional recommendations These recommendations do not include matters relating to operation and maintenance which cannot be identified from the calculation procedure Page 5 of 7 206 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 c Legal disclaimer The advice provided in this Recommendation Report is intended to be for d Complaints Details of the assessor and the relev report and the energy performance c the accreditation scheme from our together with details of their proc certificate and for making a complaint Page 6 of 7 207 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 5 Glossary a Payback The payback periods are based on data provided by Good Practice Guides and Carbon Trust energy survey reports and are average figures calculated using a simple payback method It is assumed that the source data is correct and accurate using up to date information The figures have been calculated as an average across a range of buildings and may differ from the actual payback period for the building being assessed Therefore it is recommended that each suggested measure be further investigated before reaching any decision on how to improve the energy efficiency of the building b Carbon impact The High Medium Low carbon impact indicators against each recommendation are provided to distinguish between the s
409. version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 3 4 Measurement and other conventions In order to provide consistency of application standard measurement conventions have been adopted to be used as part of the NCM These apply to both accredited dynamic simulation tools and third party software interfaces to SBEM although some parameters may only relate to the latter These conventions are specified in Table 4 below Zone Height Floor to floor height floor to soffit for top floor i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab Used for calculating length of wall to wall junctions radiant and temperature gradient corrections and air flow through the external envelopes due to the stack effect Convention For EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining zone height in a range of building configurations see APPENDIX H Zone Area Floor area of zone calculated using the internal horizontal dimensions between the internal surfaces of the external zone walls and half way through the thickness of the internal zone walls see Figure 3 Used to multiply area related parameters in databases Area basis needs to be consistent with that for operational ratings NB If the zone has any virtual boundaries the area of the zone is that delimited by the line created by that virtual boundary Convention For EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining horizontal dimensions ina range of building configurations
410. vity area and the outside i e the top floor ceiling should be defined as a roof and given the combined thermal performance of the whole construction including the ceiling construction the void and the roof construction If the roof space is occupied heated then it becomes a normal activity area If surfaces of the room are not rectilinear for example if a pitched roof is exposed to the inside of the conditioned zone i e there is no flat ceiling underneath it then the roof area will be that of the inner surface area of the roof as seen by the heat flux 7 Zone height Floor to floor height floor to soffit for the top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab is used for calculating the length of the wall to wall junctions and radiant and temperature gradient corrections Either enter you own figure into the box or click on the Global button E Pressing the Global button brings the global default value which you previously defined in the Projects tab into the field www ncm bre co uk 83 iSBEM version 4 1 e UK Volume 28Jan13 NB For a zone with a flat roof the zone height would be from top of floor to top of roof For a zone with a pitched roof and a flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to underside of soffit For a zone with a sloping roof i e an exposed pitched roof with no flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of flo
411. w it is calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide Figure 72 shows a zones ventilation characteristics being defined General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Transpired solar collectors ones Record selector 20 02 Kd P _HVAC amp Hw systems Ventilation Ventilation cont Exhaust Lighting Lighting Controls Display Lighting TSC Heat recovery Specific Fan Power for the system terminal units No heat recovery Do pou know the terminal unit Specific Fan Power PO Wickit arable heat recover eticenny Enr eede 0 8 Wils Do you know the Heat Rec seasonal efficiency e es She forthe system te Wi ls te Hoy use the default ratio Yes Heathens seasonal eth ie ratio Specific Fan Power for Night Cooling Do pou know the NC unt Specific Fan Power Tick if the zone is provided with Night Cooling NC Ge Ho Wee te default 25 wilds 2 es She for the system ts Wils Wer hous ortie pernminth oy wi Ble a lj m pia SEN ripe reeigite Mier hostate dunna HE Ratis Teme Record 14 4 2o0f19 Po H E 3 Filt Search Figure 72 Defining heat recovery in the Ventilation cont sub tab Exhaust sub tab This sub tab is used to specify the characteristics of a mechanical exhaust system in the zone if applicable The followin
412. walls the first two groups of figures identify the zone This is followed by c for ceiling and t is the type i is for internal ceiling and no letter means the ceiling has no occupied space above it i e it is in fact a roof 31 28Jan13 The first three groups of figures identify which envelope the window is attached to as described above The g stands for glazing The first three groups of figures identify which envelope the door is attached to as described above The d stands for door then the first wall would be named z0 01 n and the second would have a 1 added to the end and therefore be named z0 01 n 1 name lf there is more than one element which would have the same name following the above nomenclature 1 is added for the second element and 2 is added to the third etc For example if there were elements two north walls in a zone z0 01 with the same orientation and type Table 5 Suggested iSBEM nomenclature See Table 6 for examples Name Description of element Zz0 01 z0 01 Zone 01 on the ground floor 0 First North facing external wall of zone 0 01 Second North facing external wall of zone 0 01 Third North facing external wall of zone 0 01 A North facing wall of zone 0 01 which is internal A North facing underground wall of zone 0 01 Glazing in the North external wall of zone 0 01 Z0 01 c Roof of zone 0 01 i e there is an exterior space above Z0 01 ci Ceil
413. will first need to convert each file in order to make it compatible with this version of iSBEM See APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion for instructions on how to do this The tutorial begins in this chapter It uses a simple two storey rectangular building to demonstrate the different aspects of the application Details of this building can be found in Appendix A these details will only be needed for tasks set out in Chapters 7 and 8 4 1 System Requirements The current version of iSBEM iSBEM_v4 1 e mdb runs on Microsoft Access 2003 onwards If you do not have a full version of Microsoft Access on your computer installing a run time version would be sufficient for running iSBEM A run time version of Access 2007 is available for download free from either the Microsoft website or the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk In the unlikely event that you are unable to download the Access run time version from either location a run time version of Access 2003 can be requested on CD through the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk feedback sp We recommend at least 512 MB RAM on your computer to run the application To view all of the output documents produced by iSBEM you will also need Microsoft Internet Explorer Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your computer NB If you have been using MS Access 2000 to run older versions of iSBEM please note that it cannot cope with the changes introduced from iSBEM_v3 2 b onwards
414. you need to select one of the following options e There is no heat exchanger For solar thermal direct systems in which the solar primary transmission fluid and the consumed water are the same i e arrangement d in Figure 63 you should select this option Otherwise for indirect systems where the primary circuit fluid is different to that of the secondary side of the system there will be one or more heat exchangers in the storage vessel and you should selected one of the other two options below e No use the default value e Yes the value is you need to input the heat transfer rate in W K in the box that will become active For small systems the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger in the solar loop can be obtained from test results according to the standards EN 12975 3 Performance characterisation of stores for solar heating systems For large systems the value can be taken from the heat exchanger performance data sheet provided by the manufacturer For systems with more than one heat exchanger using an intermediary or tertiary arrangement such as with a thermal store an equivalent heat transfer rate can be input by the user alternatively dynamic simulation compliance tools can be used NB The solar collector loop refers to all elements located between the solar collector and the point where the back up heating source supplies the hot water system with energy 4 Do you know the overall heat loss coefficient of all
415. ystem served by CHP T General Fuel Type Natural Gad E Heat efficiency TE u HPF ratio CHPOA Quality Index Electrical efficiency 0 3333 Building pace heat supplied Z Building hot water supplied W Tick this box for Trigeneration systems Binding coing supplied fo ea hier efficieney f 045 of Figure 68 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tab NB There is no CHP generator in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 8 Defining a Transpired Solar Collector Transpired Solar Collectors tab There is only one sub tab in the Transpired Solar Collectors TSC tab e General sub tab General sub tab The parameters required to describe a transpired solar collector system in iSBEM are see Figure 69 Name Give it a unique name Type Select from Standard operation High temperature rise and High air volume Operation Type of operation of the TSC system Select from Constant flow and Variable flow Control type Select from Only manual and Automatic Absorptivity Select from Very high High Good Moderate and Low Shading factor the shading correction reduction factor for the TSC system A value of 1 means the TSC system is unshaded 7 Tick box to indicate if the transpired solar collector is provided with an independent fan If the box is ticked the following parameter becomes active a Supply specific fan power in W I s for the TSC system 139 iSBEM ve

A User Guide to iSBEM - National Calculation Method

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents